Screen Production: Draft Workplace Health & Safety Management Manual

SCREEN PRODUCTION
WORKPLACE HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT MANUAL
FOR YOUR CONSIDERATION
SCREEN PRODUCTION
DRAFT
WORKPLACE HEALTH & SAFETY
MANAGEMENT MANUAL
This manual has been developed with the invaluable information found in the following documents
OCCUPATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT IN THE AUSTRALIAN SCREEN PRODUCTION INDUSTRY
DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES dated 10 November 2004
FILM & TELEVISION SAFETY GUIDANCE NOTES 1995
FILM INDUSTRY RECOMMENDED SAFETY CODE 17TH AUGUST 1983
My sincere thanks and acknowledgement goes to those whose tireless work contributed to these documents
also
WORKSAFE VICTORIA REGULATIONS
OHS ACT 2004
OHS REGULATIONS 2007
SAFEWORK AUSTRALIA – Model WHS Regulations 2016
SAFETY GUIDELINES FOR THE ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRY August 24, 2001
Developed by the Australian Entertainment Industry Association and the Media Entertainment and Arts Alliance
These guidelines set out the policies, procedures and practices that relate to the SCREEN PRODUCTION
Also, describes how FILM & TELEVISION productions will meet the policy statement
This document prepared by

Joe Pampanella – Registered Safety Professional
Joe Pampanella – Certified OHS Practitioner (SIA)

Chartered Professional Member Safety Institute of Australia 2807
Diploma of Occupational Health & Safety Diploma of Screen and Media
MEAA Graded safety supervisor / consultant 3057449
Mobile: 0412 661 526
Email: makesafe5@bigpond.com
10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 1

31 May 2017 DRAFT WHS Management Manual Revision 1
SCREEN PRODUCTION
1 ISSUE / RELEASE DATE

ISSUE REVISED REVISION DESCRIPTION APPROVED DATE
SECTION
One Film & Television Safety Code SPAA Endorsed 1983
One National Safety Guidance Notes SPAA Endorsed 1995

No further action 10 November
Draft All National Safety Guidelines 2004
taken 2004
All Re-organise into sections and include –
Draft 2015 Work in Progress 2015
9,11 Management System framework
Continue Re-organising into sections
All
Draft 2016 and include –Document control, Work in Progress 2016
9,11
records
Draft 2017
31.11 Child safe codes of conduct Work in Progress 25 / 01 / 2017
Revision 1
Draft 2017
25.2 Drone operation under 2kg Work in Progress 05 / 02 / 2017
Revision 1
Draft 2017
All Re-arranging content and format Work in Progress 12 / 02 / 2017
Revision 1
Draft 2017 Include SWMS for High Risk Production
13 Work in Progress 13/ 03 / 2017
Revision 1 Work, (HRPW)
Draft 2017 Separation of production locations and
18, 19 Work in Progress 22/ 03 / 2017
Revision1 environments
Draft 2017 Inclusion of due diligence and duty of
4 Work in Progress 12/ 04 / 2017
Revision 1 care
Draft 2017
5, 9 Inclusion of Purpose and Scope Work in Progress 23/ 04 / 2017
Revision 1
Draft 2017
ALL Title Change to SCREEN PRODUCTION Work in Progress 24/05 / 2017
Revision 1
Draft 2017 Include standing safety orders all
13.1.30 Work in Progress 31/05 / 2017
Revision 1 locations
Draft 2017
18.4 Include induction safety checklist Work in Progress 31/05 / 2017
Revision 1

SCREEN PRODUCTION
2 CONTENTS
1 ISSUE / RELEASE DATE ......................................................................................................................................................2
2 CONTENTS ........................................................................................................................................................................3
3 PURPOSE .................................................................................................................................................................... 1515
3.1 ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT ................................................................................................................................................. 1515
3.2 GUIDELINES .................................................................................................................................................................. 1515
3.3 WHS LEGAL FRAMEWORK............................................................................................................................................... 1616
3.4 SAFETY REFERRAL COMMITTEE ......................................................................................................................................... 1616
3.5 PREAMBLE .................................................................................................................................................................... 1616
4 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................................................................... 1717
5 WORKPLACE SAFETY POLICY ....................................................................................................................................... 1818
6 WH&S LEGISLATION, REGULATIONS, & CODES OF PRACTICE ...................................................................................... 1919
6.1 NATIONAL HARMONISATION OF WORK HEALTH AND SAFETY LAWS ......................................................................................... 1919
6.2 PURPOSE OF THE WHS ACT ............................................................................................................................................. 1919
6.3 PRESCRIBED DOCUMENTS................................................................................................................................................ 1919
6.4 DEPARTMENT WHS OBLIGATIONS MATRIX ........................................................................................................................ 2020
7 PCBU .......................................................................................................................................................................... 2121
7.1 PCBU DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................................... 2121
7.2 INDIVIDUALS, BUSINESSES OR ORGANISATIONS .................................................................................................................... 2121
7.3 PCBU - PRIMARY DUTY OF CARE ...................................................................................................................................... 2121
7.4 WORKER ...................................................................................................................................................................... 2222
7.5 RESPONSIBILITY FOR WH&S ............................................................................................................................................ 2222
7.6 EMPLOYER’S RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................................................................................... 2222
7.7 DEPARTMENT HEAD RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................................... 2323
7.8 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................................................ 2323
8 MANAGEMENT OF WHS ............................................................................................................................................. 2424
8.1 DUE DILIGENCE ............................................................................................................................................................. 2424
8.2 DUTY OF CARE .............................................................................................................................................................. 2424
8.3 RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS............................................................................................................................................... 2525
9 MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................................. 2626
9.1 SECTION ONE – SAFETY MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES ......................................................................................................... 2626
9.2 SECTION TWO – REPORTS ............................................................................................................................................ 2626
9.2.1 Script Breakdown Safety Report ........................................................................................................................... 2626
9.2.2 Location Safety Reports ........................................................................................................................................ 2626
9.2.3 RA (Risk assessments) / SWMS (safe work method statement) ........................................................................... 2626
9.3 SECTION THREE - SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS................................................................................................................... 2626
10 DOCUMENTATION SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................................ 2727
10.1 DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................................................................................. 2727
10.2 SUPPORT DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................................................................. 2727
10.2.1 Safe Work Method Statements ........................................................................................................................ 2828
10.2.2 High Risk Production Work............................................................................................................................... 2828
10.2.3 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) ................................................................................................................ 2828
11 DOCUMENT CONTROL ................................................................................................................................................ 2929
11.1 DISTRIBUTION ............................................................................................................................................................... 2929
11.2 CHANGE CONTROL ......................................................................................................................................................... 2929

SCREEN PRODUCTION
12 RECORD’S ................................................................................................................................................................... 3030

13 SCREEN PRODUCTION GUIDELINES ............................................................................................................................. 3131
13.1.1 Health and Safety Planning .............................................................................................................................. 3131
13.1.2 Systems of Work ............................................................................................................................................... 3131
13.1.3 Risk Management ............................................................................................................................................ 3131
13.1.4 Hazard Identification........................................................................................................................................ 3131
13.1.5 Risk Analysis ..................................................................................................................................................... 3131
13.1.6 High Risk Production Work or Activity ............................................................................................................. 3232
13.1.7 Hierarchy of Controls........................................................................................................................................ 3232
13.1.8 Reporting of Workplace Accidents ................................................................................................................... 3333
13.1.9 Incident Site Preservation................................................................................................................................. 3333
13.1.10 Workers Compensation .................................................................................................................................... 3434
13.1.11 Call Sheets ........................................................................................................................................................ 3434
13.1.12 Weather Conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 3434
13.1.13 Verbal Communication ..................................................................................................................................... 3434
13.1.14 Alcohol and Drugs ............................................................................................................................................ 3535
13.1.15 Medical Questionnaire ..................................................................................................................................... 3535
13.1.16 Security and Transport to and from Work........................................................................................................ 3535
13.1.17 Workplace Related Stress................................................................................................................................. 3535
13.1.18 Workplace Violence .......................................................................................................................................... 3636
13.1.19 Stress and Fatigue ............................................................................................................................................ 3636
13.1.20 Work Experience Students and Work Placement ............................................................................................. 3737
13.1.21 Competency of Employees ............................................................................................................................... 3737
13.1.22 Abilities ............................................................................................................................................................. 3737
13.1.23 Competency Standards .................................................................................................................................... 3737
13.1.24 Permits, Licences and Certificates of Competency ........................................................................................... 3838
13.1.25 Contractor Management ................................................................................................................................. 3838
13.1.26 Contractors and Sub-Contractors ..................................................................................................................... 3939
13.1.27 Safety Induction for Employees and Contractors ............................................................................................. 4040
13.1.28 Visitor Induction ............................................................................................................................................... 4040
13.1.29 Site Induction.................................................................................................................................................... 4040
13.1.30 Standing Safety Orders all Locations................................................................................................................ 4141
13.1.31 Working Hours ................................................................................................................................................. 4141
13.1.32 Long Working Hours ......................................................................................................................................... 4242
13.1.33 Night Shoots ..................................................................................................................................................... 4242
13.1.34 Working in Darkness or Diminished Lighting Conditions.................................................................................. 4242
13.1.35 Second Units ..................................................................................................................................................... 4242
13.1.36 Medical and First Aid Services .......................................................................................................................... 4343
13.1.37 Nudity & Simulated Sex Scenes ........................................................................................................................ 4343
13.1.38 Simulated Sex Scenes ....................................................................................................................................... 4343
13.1.39 Consent to Perform .......................................................................................................................................... 4343
13.1.40 Rehearsal.......................................................................................................................................................... 4444
14 PRODUCTION ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................................................ 4545
14.1 SAFETY REPORTS ........................................................................................................................................................... 4545
14.1.1 Script Breakdown Safety Report....................................................................................................................... 4545
14.1.2 Supplementary Safety Reports ......................................................................................................................... 4646
14.1.3 Documents and procedures............................................................................................................................. 4646
14.2 LOCATION RECCI’S REPORTS ............................................................................................................................................ 4646
14.2.1 Locations .......................................................................................................................................................... 4646
14.2.2 Inspections ....................................................................................................................................................... 4747
14.2.3 Standing Safety Orders “Locations” ................................................................................................................. 4747
14.3 HAZARD MANAGEMENT.................................................................................................................................................. 4848

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.4 RISK MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................................................................................... 4949

14.4.1 Consultation and Assessment .......................................................................................................................... 4949
14.5 SCRIPT BREAKDOWN SAFETY REPORT PREPARATION ............................................................................................................. 5252
14.5.1 Consultation ..................................................................................................................................................... 5252
14.5.2 Risk Matrix ....................................................................................................................................................... 5353
14.5.3 Using a Risk Matrix .......................................................................................................................................... 5353
14.5.4 Risk Assessment ............................................................................................................................................... 5353
14.5.5 Emergency Response........................................................................................................................................ 5454
14.5.6 Interiors ............................................................................................................................................................ 5454
14.5.7 Exteriors ........................................................................................................................................................... 5454
14.5.8 Incident Notification......................................................................................................................................... 5454
14.5.9 Notice of Incident that Exposes a Person to Risk.............................................................................................. 5555
14.5.10 Notice of a Dangerous Occurrence................................................................................................................... 5656
14.6 MANUAL HANDLING ...................................................................................................................................................... 5757
14.6.1 Mechanical Lifting Devices ............................................................................................................................... 5757
14.6.2 Individual lifts: .................................................................................................................................................. 5858
14.6.3 Team Lifts ......................................................................................................................................................... 5858
14.6.4 Manual Handling Hazard Management .......................................................................................................... 5858
14.6.5 (I) Manual Handling Hazard Identification Check List ...................................................................................... 5959
14.7 ERGONOMICS................................................................................................................................................................ 6161
14.7.1 Ergonomics ....................................................................................................................................................... 6161
14.7.2 Typical Violations of Common Ergonomic Principles ....................................................................................... 6262
14.8 WORKING AT HEIGHT ..................................................................................................................................................... 6363
14.8.1 Under 2 meters................................................................................................................................................. 6363
14.8.2 Above 2 meters ................................................................................................................................................ 6363
14.8.3 Personal fall protection equipment .................................................................................................................. 6363
14.9 LADDERS ...................................................................................................................................................................... 6464
14.9.1 Safe Use & Care - General Principles ................................................................................................................ 6464
14.9.2 Safe handling procedures ................................................................................................................................. 6464
14.9.3 Transporting Ladders ....................................................................................................................................... 6464
14.9.4 Maintenance and inspection ............................................................................................................................ 6565
14.9.5 Extension Ladder safety ................................................................................................................................... 6565
14.9.6 Step ladder safety ............................................................................................................................................ 6666
14.10 RIGGING .................................................................................................................................................................. 6767
14.10.1 Work at Height ................................................................................................................................................. 6767
14.10.2 Falling Objects .................................................................................................................................................. 6868
14.10.3 Use of Safety Chains and Sandbags ................................................................................................................. 6868
14.10.4 Fire Precautions ................................................................................................................................................ 6868
14.11 MACHINERY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT .............................................................................................................................. 6969
14.11.1 Industrial Plant and Equipment ........................................................................................................................ 6969
14.11.2 Plant ................................................................................................................................................................. 6969
14.11.3 Scaffolding........................................................................................................................................................ 6969
14.11.4 Design, Installation, Erection, and Operation .................................................................................................. 6969
14.12 VEHICLES ................................................................................................................................................................. 7070
14.12.1 Licenses ............................................................................................................................................................ 7070
14.12.2 Tracking Vehicles .............................................................................................................................................. 7070
14.12.3 Tracking Trailers ............................................................................................................................................... 7070
14.12.4 Low Loader ....................................................................................................................................................... 7171
14.12.5 Stunt Performers/Use of Low Loaders.............................................................................................................. 7171
14.12.6 Restraints ......................................................................................................................................................... 7171
14.12.7 Vehicles Equipped with Exterior Camera Mounts ............................................................................................ 7171
14.12.8 Lead, Follow and Tracking Vehicles and Safety Bays ....................................................................................... 7272
14.12.9 Cast Driving Action Vehicles ............................................................................................................................. 7272
14.13 ACTION VEHICLES ...................................................................................................................................................... 7272

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.13.1 Motor Bikes ...................................................................................................................................................... 7373

14.13.2 Trucks ............................................................................................................................................................... 7373
14.14 HEAVY VEHICLE MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................................... 7373
14.14.1 Driving hours .................................................................................................................................................... 7373
14.14.2 Rest Periods ...................................................................................................................................................... 7373
14.14.3 Driving Records ................................................................................................................................................ 7373
14.14.4 Accreditation .................................................................................................................................................... 7474
14.14.5 Fatigue management ....................................................................................................................................... 7474
14.14.6 Trucks ............................................................................................................................................................... 7474
14.15 DANGEROUS MACHINERY ........................................................................................................................................... 7474
14.15.1 Guarding Dangerous Machinery ...................................................................................................................... 7575
14.15.2 Typical Hazards to Look for When Identifying Dangerous Machine Parts ....................................................... 7575
14.15.3 Types of Machine Guarding ............................................................................................................................. 7575
14.15.4 Competencies and Licensing ............................................................................................................................ 7676
14.15.5 Communications .............................................................................................................................................. 7676
14.15.6 Shooting from Non-Approved Tracking Vehicles .............................................................................................. 7676
14.15.7 Vehicles Used in Filming ................................................................................................................................... 7676
14.16 ELECTRICS / ELECTRICAL.............................................................................................................................................. 7776
14.16.1 Electrical ........................................................................................................................................................... 7777
14.16.2 Overhead Power Lines ...................................................................................................................................... 7777
14.16.3 Portable Appliances ......................................................................................................................................... 7777
14.16.4 Electrical Safety and Cable Management ........................................................................................................ 7777
14.16.5 Electrical Safety Practices – Film, Video and Television Sites (AS/NZ 4249)..................................................... 7878
14.16.6 General Safety Procedures ............................................................................................................................... 7878
14.16.7 Residual Current Devices (RCDS) ...................................................................................................................... 7979
14.16.8 Cables ............................................................................................................................................................... 8080
14.16.9 Plugs, Plug Socket Adaptors and Portable Outlet Devices ............................................................................... 8080
14.16.10 Lighting Fixtures and Portable Electrical Equipment ................................................................................... 8181
14.16.11 Equipment Testing and Recording ............................................................................................................... 8282
14.16.12 Electrical Equipment .................................................................................................................................... 8282
14.16.13 Hired Equipment and Appliances ................................................................................................................. 8282
14.16.14 Equipment Inspections and Tests................................................................................................................. 8383
14.16.15 Insulation resistance and continuity tests.................................................................................................... 8383
14.16.16 Protective earthing ...................................................................................................................................... 8383
14.16.17 Strobe lighting ............................................................................................................................................. 8383
14.16.18 Lasers ........................................................................................................................................................... 8484
14.17 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES ........................................................................................................................................... 8585
14.17.1 Material Safety Data Sheets ............................................................................................................................ 8585
14.17.2 Labelling of Substances Used in the Workplace ............................................................................................... 8585
14.17.3 General Labelling Requirements ...................................................................................................................... 8585
14.17.4 Labelling Hazardous Substances ...................................................................................................................... 8585
14.17.5 Signal Words, Dangerous Goods Class and Subsidiary Risk Labels .................................................................. 8686
14.17.6 Working Safely with Chemicals ........................................................................................................................ 8686
14.17.7 Compressed Gases ........................................................................................................................................... 8787
14.17.8 Flammable Liquids, Including Paints, Glues and Solvents ................................................................................ 8888
14.17.9 Spray Painting .................................................................................................................................................. 8989
14.17.10 Synthetic Mineral Fibres (SMFs) .................................................................................................................. 9090
14.17.11 Working safely with SMFs............................................................................................................................ 9090
14.18 ROADS .................................................................................................................................................................... 9191
14.18.1 Filming on Roadways – Filming Permissions .................................................................................................... 9191
14.18.2 Road Rules ........................................................................................................................................................ 9191
14.18.3 Traffic Safety .................................................................................................................................................... 9292
14.18.4 Traffic Control .................................................................................................................................................. 9292
14.18.5 Traffic Controllers ............................................................................................................................................. 9292

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.18.6 Driving in Traffic ............................................................................................................................................... 9292

14.19 POLICE NOTIFICATION ................................................................................................................................................ 9393
14.20 PERMITS .................................................................................................................................................................. 9393
14.21 AERIAL FILMING AND AIRCRAFT .................................................................................................................................... 9393
14.21.1 Introduction...................................................................................................................................................... 9494
14.21.2 Aircraft ............................................................................................................................................................. 9494
14.21.3 Operations – General ....................................................................................................................................... 9595
14.21.4 General Safety Guidelines ................................................................................................................................ 9696
14.22 HELICOPTERS ............................................................................................................................................................ 9898
14.22.1 On the Ground .................................................................................................................................................. 9898
14.22.2 In Flight ............................................................................................................................................................ 9898
14.23 FIXED WING AIRCRAFT ............................................................................................................................................... 9898
14.23.1 General Guidelines ........................................................................................................................................... 9898
14.23.2 Fixed wing aircraft............................................................................................................................................ 9999
14.24 TARMACS / RUNWAYS / LANDING AREAS ................................................................................................................... 100100
14.25 AIR DISPATCH ....................................................................................................................................................... 100100
14.26 FLYING IN AN AIRCRAFT WITH A DOOR REMOVED ...................................................................................................... 101101
14.27 CAMERA MOUNTS ON AIRCRAFT .............................................................................................................................. 102102
14.28 MOUNTING CAMERAS ............................................................................................................................................ 102102
14.28.1 Mounting Cameras on the Outside of an Aircraft ........................................................................................ 102102
14.28.2 Inside an Aircraft .......................................................................................................................................... 102102
14.28.3 General Guidelines ....................................................................................................................................... 102102
14.28.4 Camera operators sitting “in the door” on harness ..................................................................................... 103103
14.28.5 Operator’s Check List – Sitting “in the Door” on Harness............................................................................. 103103
14.28.6 Ultra-Light and Kit Aircraft, Para Gliders and Hang Gliders and Unregistered Flying Devices..................... 103103
14.28.7 Refuelling Aircraft ........................................................................................................................................ 103103
14.29 SKYDIVING ........................................................................................................................................................... 104104
14.30 HELICOPTERS ........................................................................................................................................................ 105105
14.31 REMOTELY PILOTED AIRCRAFT (DRONES) ................................................................................................................... 107107
14.31.1 Flying drones/remotely piloted aircraft in Australia .................................................................................... 107107
14.31.2 Commercial unmanned flight - remotely piloted aircraft over 2kg .............................................................. 107107
14.31.3 Commercial unmanned flight - remotely piloted aircraft under 2kg............................................................ 108108
14.31.4 Remote Controlled Pilot-Less Aircraft .......................................................................................................... 109109
14.32 AIRFIELDS ............................................................................................................................................................ 110110
14.33 FILMING WITH CHILDREN AND BABIES ....................................................................................................................... 110110
14.33.1 Children ........................................................................................................................................................ 110110
14.33.2 Regulatory Compliance ................................................................................................................................ 111111
14.33.3 Parental Rights and Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ 111111
14.33.4 Working Time Guidelines ............................................................................................................................. 111111
14.33.5 Education/Tutoring ...................................................................................................................................... 111111
14.33.6 Working Conditions ...................................................................................................................................... 112112
14.33.7 Specific Safety Precautions........................................................................................................................... 112112
14.33.8 Stress and Trauma ....................................................................................................................................... 113113
14.33.9 Babies Under 12 Weeks Old ......................................................................................................................... 113113
14.33.10 Chaperone ................................................................................................................................................ 113113
14.33.11 Child Safe Codes of Conduct .................................................................................................................... 114114
14.33.12 Declaration .............................................................................................................................................. 115115
14.34 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) ................................................................................................................ 116116
14.34.1 Personal Protective Equipment .................................................................................................................... 116116
14.35 FIRST AID FACILITIES .............................................................................................................................................. 117116
14.35.1 First Aid Equipment, Facilities, Services and Personnel ................................................................................ 117116
14.35.2 Medical and First Aid Services ...................................................................................................................... 118117
14.36 RIGGING, WORK PLATFORMS AND WORKING AT HEIGHT .............................................................................................. 120119
14.36.1 General Guidelines for All Work Involving Heights....................................................................................... 121120

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.36.2 Falling Objects .............................................................................................................................................. 122121

14.36.3 Personal Fall Protection Equipment ............................................................................................................. 123122
14.36.4 Use of safety chains and sandbags .............................................................................................................. 123122
14.36.5 Fire Precautions ............................................................................................................................................ 123122
14.36.6 Working with Ladders .................................................................................................................................. 123122
14.36.7 Working with Ropes ..................................................................................................................................... 124123
14.36.8 Elevating Work Platforms ............................................................................................................................ 124123
14.36.9 Powered and Non-Powered Lifting Devices ................................................................................................. 125124
14.36.10 Theatrical Flying and Rigging Operations ................................................................................................ 126125
14.36.11 Scaffolding ............................................................................................................................................... 127126
14.36.12 Working on Roofs .................................................................................................................................... 127126
14.36.13 Susceptible Roofing Materials ................................................................................................................. 127126
14.36.14 Personal Fall Protection Equipment ......................................................................................................... 128127
14.37 HANDLING TIMBER, WOOD AND WOOD BASED PRODUCTS ........................................................................................... 128127
14.37.1 Storage and Manual Handling ..................................................................................................................... 128127
14.37.2 Formaldehyde and Other Preservatives ....................................................................................................... 129128
14.37.3 Medium Density Fibreboard (MDF) .............................................................................................................. 129128
14.37.4 Machining, Finishing and Treating ............................................................................................................... 130129
14.37.5 Noise ............................................................................................................................................................ 130129
14.38 WELDING, CUTTING AND BRAZING (INCLUDING SOLDERING).......................................................................................... 131130
14.38.1 Major Hazards .............................................................................................................................................. 131130
14.38.2 Hazard Management ................................................................................................................................... 131130
14.38.3 Hot Work Procedures within Buildings ......................................................................................................... 132131
14.39 EXPLOSIVE POWERED TOOLS ................................................................................................................................... 132131
14.39.1 Safe Use of and Operation of EPTS............................................................................................................... 132131
14.39.2 Explosive Charges ......................................................................................................................................... 132131
14.39.3 Fasteners ...................................................................................................................................................... 132131
14.40 STUNTS, SPECIAL EFFECTS, AND HAZARDOUS SEQUENCES ............................................................................................. 133132
14.40.1 Guidelines ..................................................................................................................................................... 134133
14.40.2 Preparation Time.......................................................................................................................................... 136135
14.40.3 Notification of Safety Procedures................................................................................................................. 137136
14.40.4 Emergency Precautions ................................................................................................................................ 138137
15 PRODUCTION DEPARTMENTS ................................................................................................................................. 139138
15.1 CAMERA .................................................................................................................................................................. 139138
15.1.1 Director of photography/cinematographer ................................................................................................. 139138
15.1.2 Camera operator .......................................................................................................................................... 139138
15.1.3 First assistant camera (focus puller) ............................................................................................................ 139138
15.1.4 Second assistant camera (clapper loader) ................................................................................................... 139138
15.1.5 Loader .......................................................................................................................................................... 139138
15.1.6 Data wrangler .............................................................................................................................................. 139138
15.1.7 Steadicam operator...................................................................................................................................... 139138
15.1.8 Motion control technician/operator ............................................................................................................ 139138
15.1.9 Video split/assist operator ........................................................................................................................... 139138
15.2 MAKE-UP, HAIR ........................................................................................................................................................ 140139
15.2.1 Makeup and Hairdressing ............................................................................................................................ 140139
15.2.2 Scheduling .................................................................................................................................................... 141140
15.2.3 Working in the Sun ....................................................................................................................................... 141140
15.2.4 Special Effects Makeup ................................................................................................................................ 142141
15.2.5 Contact Lenses ............................................................................................................................................. 142141
15.2.6 Facilities........................................................................................................................................................ 142141
15.3 COSTUME / WARDROBE.............................................................................................................................................. 143142
15.3.1 Wardrobe ..................................................................................................................................................... 143142
15.3.2 Overuse Injuries ............................................................................................................................................ 143142

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.3.3 Lighting ........................................................................................................................................................ 143142

15.3.4 Working with Chemicals............................................................................................................................... 143142
15.3.5 Dyes .............................................................................................................................................................. 144143
15.3.6 Properties and Qualities of Fabrics .............................................................................................................. 144143
15.3.7 Reverse Season Filming ................................................................................................................................ 144143
15.3.8 Protective Costuming, Make-up and Hair and Costume Design Hazards .................................................... 145144
15.3.9 Resting Equipment ....................................................................................................................................... 145144
15.3.10 Hygiene ........................................................................................................................................................ 145144
15.3.11 Footwear ...................................................................................................................................................... 145144
15.4 ART DEPT. / STAND-BY PROPS ..................................................................................................................................... 145144
15.5 GRIPS ...................................................................................................................................................................... 146145
15.5.1 Gripping Equipment ..................................................................................................................................... 146145
15.5.2 Camera Cranes, Jibs and Dollies ................................................................................................................... 146145
15.5.3 Safe Use of Camera Cranes .......................................................................................................................... 146145
15.5.4 Safe Working Load ....................................................................................................................................... 147146
15.5.5 Communication ............................................................................................................................................ 147146
15.5.6 Modifications and Maintenance .................................................................................................................. 147146
15.5.7 Camera Cranes Involved in an Accident ....................................................................................................... 147146
15.5.8 Cranes not in Use ......................................................................................................................................... 147146
15.5.9 Camera Cranes, Jibs, Dollies and Motion Control Camera Rigs.................................................................... 147146
15.5.10 Serviceability and Checking .......................................................................................................................... 147146
15.5.11 Stability of Surfaces ...................................................................................................................................... 148147
15.5.12 Expertise ....................................................................................................................................................... 148147
15.5.13 Working in The Vicinity of Power Lines ........................................................................................................ 148147
15.5.14 Petrol/Diesel Operated Equipment .............................................................................................................. 148147
15.6 LIGHTING ................................................................................................................................................................. 149148
15.7 STUNTS .................................................................................................................................................................... 150149
15.7.1 Falls .............................................................................................................................................................. 150149
15.7.2 Foot Falls ...................................................................................................................................................... 150149
15.7.3 High Falls ...................................................................................................................................................... 150149
15.7.4 Falls into Airbags .......................................................................................................................................... 150149
15.7.5 Sheer Drops including Cliff and Building Faces............................................................................................. 150149
15.7.6 Falls into Water ............................................................................................................................................ 150149
15.7.7 Falls from Moving Vehicles .......................................................................................................................... 151150
15.7.8 Vehicles ........................................................................................................................................................ 151150
15.7.9 Using lasers???............................................................................................................................................. 152151
15.8 SPFX - SPECIAL EFFECTS ............................................................................................................................................. 153152
15.8.1 Theatrical Fogs, Smokes and Dusts .............................................................................................................. 153152
15.8.2 Snow and Rain Effects .................................................................................................................................. 154153
15.8.3 Water ........................................................................................................................................................... 155154
15.8.4 Explosives and Pyrotechnics ......................................................................................................................... 155154
15.8.5 Planning and Preparation ............................................................................................................................ 155154
15.8.6 Testing .......................................................................................................................................................... 155154
15.8.7 Permits and Licenses .................................................................................................................................... 155154
15.8.8 Preparation of the Site ................................................................................................................................. 156155
15.8.9 Camera and Cast Positioning ....................................................................................................................... 156155
15.8.10 Notification of Authorities ............................................................................................................................ 157156
15.8.11 Precautions on Location ............................................................................................................................... 157156
15.8.12 Monitoring ................................................................................................................................................... 157156
15.8.13 Firing Procedures.......................................................................................................................................... 158157
15.8.14 Flares ............................................................................................................................................................ 158157
15.8.15 Working in Confined Spaces ......................................................................................................................... 158157
15.8.16 Using Out of Date Explosives and Pyrotechnics ........................................................................................... 159158
15.8.17 Gas Cylinders and Associated Equipment .................................................................................................... 159158

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.8.18 Breakaway Props.......................................................................................................................................... 159158

15.8.19 Special Effects Involving Fire ........................................................................................................................ 160159
15.8.20 Precautions on set or Location ..................................................................................................................... 161160
15.9 ARMOURER .............................................................................................................................................................. 162161
15.9.1 Armoury / Weapons ..................................................................................................................................... 163162
15.9.2 Firearms, Replicas, and Weapons ................................................................................................................ 163162
15.9.3 Firearms and Weapons ................................................................................................................................ 163162
15.9.4 Theatrical Armourer – Class 1 ...................................................................................................................... 163162
15.9.5 Theatrical Armoury Supplier – Class 3 .......................................................................................................... 163162
15.9.6 Endorsements for Theatrical Armourer - Class 1 or 3 .................................................................................. 164163
15.9.7 Handling Procedures .................................................................................................................................... 164163
15.9.8 Use of Blank Ammunition on Set .................................................................................................................. 164163
15.9.9 Other Weapons ............................................................................................................................................ 165164
15.10 ANIMALS ............................................................................................................................................................. 165164
15.10.1 General Guidelines ....................................................................................................................................... 166165
15.10.2 Use of Animals.............................................................................................................................................. 167166
15.10.3 On-Set Animals ............................................................................................................................................. 167166
15.10.4 Animals used on Stunts and/or Special Effects ............................................................................................ 168167
15.10.5 Horses ........................................................................................................................................................... 168167
15.10.6 Venomous Reptiles ....................................................................................................................................... 169168
15.10.7 Firearms and Animals................................................................................................................................... 169168
15.10.8 Live Ammunition on Set................................................................................................................................ 169168
15.10.9 Use of “free-living” animals ......................................................................................................................... 169168
15.10.10 Capture .................................................................................................................................................... 170169
15.10.11 Transport ................................................................................................................................................. 170169
15.10.12 Handling and Restraint ............................................................................................................................ 170169
15.10.13 Holding..................................................................................................................................................... 170169
15.10.14 Release ..................................................................................................................................................... 170169
15.10.15 Stunts and special effects ........................................................................................................................ 171170
15.11 MARITIME ........................................................................................................................................................... 172171
15.11.1 Aquatic Licences ........................................................................................................................................... 172171
15.11.2 Boats and Water Vessel’s ............................................................................................................................. 172171
15.11.3 Personal Flotation Devices (Pfds) or Lifejackets ........................................................................................... 172171
15.11.4 Waterways ................................................................................................................................................... 173172
15.11.5 Boats ............................................................................................................................................................ 173172
15.11.6 Boat Registration ......................................................................................................................................... 173172
15.11.7 Safety Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 173172
15.11.8 Marine Safety Supervisor ............................................................................................................................. 173172
15.11.9 Safety Procedures......................................................................................................................................... 174173
15.11.10 Prevailing Conditions ............................................................................................................................... 174173
15.11.11 Health Factors .......................................................................................................................................... 175174
15.11.12 Children .................................................................................................................................................... 175174
15.11.13 Pollution and Garbage Disposal............................................................................................................... 175174
15.11.14 Working in Water .................................................................................................................................... 175174
15.11.15 Electricity and Filming Near Water .......................................................................................................... 175174
15.12 DIVING ................................................................................................................................................................ 176175
15.12.1 Dive Supervisor ............................................................................................................................................. 176175
15.12.2 Qualifications and Experience ...................................................................................................................... 176175
15.12.3 Dive Supervisor ............................................................................................................................................. 176175
15.12.4 Safety Divers................................................................................................................................................. 176175
15.12.5 Dive Supervisor and Safety Divers ................................................................................................................ 177176
15.12.6 Underwater Technicians............................................................................................................................... 177176
15.12.7 Stunt Divers .................................................................................................................................................. 177176
15.12.8 Actors and Models ....................................................................................................................................... 177176

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.12.9 Crew Selection .............................................................................................................................................. 177176

15.12.10 Dive Medical ............................................................................................................................................ 178177
15.12.11 Provision of Certifications ........................................................................................................................ 178177
15.12.12 Set Construction ....................................................................................................................................... 178177
15.12.13 The Right to Not Perform ......................................................................................................................... 178177
15.12.14 Operations Manuals and Log Books ........................................................................................................ 178177
15.12.15 Content of Operations Manuals............................................................................................................... 179178
15.12.16 (a) Planning.............................................................................................................................................. 179178
15.12.17 (b)Preparation ......................................................................................................................................... 179178
15.12.18 (c)Procedures during Operations ............................................................................................................. 179178
15.12.19 Dive Profiles ............................................................................................................................................. 179178
15.12.20 Dive Medicals ........................................................................................................................................... 179178
15.12.21 Content of Divers’ Log Books ................................................................................................................... 180179
15.12.22 Filming in Conjunction with Vessels, Pools and Tanks ............................................................................. 180179
15.12.23 Access and Egress .................................................................................................................................... 180179
15.12.24 Lighting .................................................................................................................................................... 180179
15.12.25 Diving Equipment ..................................................................................................................................... 181180
15.12.26 Alternate Air Supply ................................................................................................................................. 181180
15.12.27 Communication........................................................................................................................................ 181180
15.12.28 General .................................................................................................................................................... 181180
15.12.29 Oxygen ..................................................................................................................................................... 181180
15.12.30 Chamber Locations .................................................................................................................................. 181180
15.12.31 On-Site Recompression Chambers ........................................................................................................... 182181
15.12.32 Chamber Information .............................................................................................................................. 182181
15.12.33 Dive Medical Technician .......................................................................................................................... 182181
15.12.34 Asthmatics, Diabetics and Epileptics ....................................................................................................... 182181
15.12.35 Reporting of Accidents ............................................................................................................................. 183182
15.12.36 Decompression......................................................................................................................................... 183182
15.12.37 Diving Dress ............................................................................................................................................. 183182
15.12.38 Diving Standards ...................................................................................................................................... 183182
15.13 UNIT AND CATERING DEPARTMENTS ......................................................................................................................... 184183
15.13.1 Trucks, Vans and Equipment (including unit, catering, makeup, hair, wardrobe, etc.) ............................... 184183
15.13.2 Toilets and amenities – refer to Location Checklist at Appendix 1. .............................................................. 184183
15.13.3 Marquees/Tents ........................................................................................................................................... 184183
15.13.4 Meal Areas ................................................................................................................................................... 184183
15.13.5 Hot Water Urns, Toasters, Pie Warmers, etc. .............................................................................................. 185184
15.13.6 Kitchens, Catering Trucks and Catering........................................................................................................ 185184
15.13.7 Rubbish ......................................................................................................................................................... 185184
15.13.8 Water Supply ................................................................................................................................................ 185184
15.13.9 Catering ........................................................................................................................................................ 185184
15.13.10 General Lighting....................................................................................................................................... 185184
15.14 CONSTRUCTION..................................................................................................................................................... 186185
15.14.1 Set Construction ........................................................................................................................................... 186185
15.14.2 Carpentry and Related Operations ............................................................................................................... 186185
15.14.3 Set Striking and/or Demolition ..................................................................................................................... 186185
15.14.4 Excavation .................................................................................................................................................... 187186
15.14.5 Common Hazards ......................................................................................................................................... 187186
15.14.6 Prevention of collapse or failure of trenches and open excavations ............................................................ 187186
15.14.7 Design of engineering controls ..................................................................................................................... 188187
15.14.8 Shoring ......................................................................................................................................................... 188187
15.14.9 Benching and battering excavation walls .................................................................................................... 188187
15.14.10 Inspection of support systems ................................................................................................................. 189188
15.14.11 Security of excavations ............................................................................................................................ 189188
15.14.12 Fall prevention ......................................................................................................................................... 189188

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.14.13 Prevention of drowning ........................................................................................................................... 190189

15.14.14 Underground services .............................................................................................................................. 190189
15.14.15 Protection against rising, irruption or inrush of water or material ......................................................... 190189
15.14.16 Materials and loads above and near excavations ................................................................................... 190189
15.15 NURSE ................................................................................................................................................................ 191190
15.16 ANIMATRONICS, ROBOTICS, AND PUPPETRY ............................................................................................................... 192191
15.16.1 Design and Construction .............................................................................................................................. 192191
15.16.2 On Set ........................................................................................................................................................... 193192
15.17 DIGITAL EFFECTS ................................................................................................................................................... 193192
15.17.1 On Set Issues ................................................................................................................................................ 194193
15.17.2 Motion Capture Equipment .......................................................................................................................... 194193
15.17.3 Motion Control Cameras .............................................................................................................................. 195194
16 PRODUCTION ENVIROMENTS ................................................................................................................................. 196195
16.1 ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................................................................................................... 196195
16.1.1 Environmental Impact .................................................................................................................................. 196195
16.1.2 Exposure ....................................................................................................................................................... 196195
16.2 ATMOS EFFECTS ........................................................................................................................................................ 196195
16.3 PRODUCTION WASTE ................................................................................................................................................. 196195
16.3.1 Audience and Public Management .............................................................................................................. 197196
16.3.2 Smoking........................................................................................................................................................ 197196
16.3.3 Working in Darkness or Diminished Lighting Conditions.............................................................................. 197196
16.3.4 Temperature ................................................................................................................................................ 198196
16.3.5 Working in heat, including in seasonal heat ................................................................................................ 198197
16.4 NOISE AND HEARING CONSERVATION ............................................................................................................................ 199197
16.4.1 Regulatory Exposure Levels for Noise .......................................................................................................... 200198
16.4.2 Noise Management Strategy ....................................................................................................................... 200198
16.4.3 Headsets ....................................................................................................................................................... 200198
16.5 ULTRAVIOLET (UV) RADIATION IN SUNLIGHT .................................................................................................................. 201198
16.5.1 Measures for Controlling UV Radiation in Sunlight...................................................................................... 201198
16.6 DUST HAZARD MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................................... 202199
16.6.1 Dust Control Measures ................................................................................................................................. 202199
16.7 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES IN THE WORKPLACE ............................................................................................................... 203199
16.7.1 Infection Control Guidelines ......................................................................................................................... 203199
17 PRODUCTION LOCATIONS ...................................................................................................................................... 204200
17.1 LOCATION SURVEYS .................................................................................................................................................... 204200
17.2 SETTING UP WORKING AREAS FOR PRODUCTION DEPARTMENTS ........................................................................................... 204200
17.3 (A) - LOCATIONS – A BASIC SAFETY CHECKLIST ................................................................................................................ 204200
17.3.1 General ......................................................................................................................................................... 204200
17.3.2 Interiors ........................................................................................................................................................ 205201
17.3.3 Exteriors ....................................................................................................................................................... 206202
17.4 FIRE RISKS AND PREVENTATIVE MEASURES ..................................................................................................................... 207203
17.5 (B) STUDIOS AND NON-STUDIOS ESCAPE AND FIRE PROCEDURES........................................................................................ 207203
17.6 AMENITIES ............................................................................................................................................................... 207203
17.7 ACCESS AND EGRESS................................................................................................................................................... 207203
17.8 DEVELOPING AN EMERGENCY RESPONSE ........................................................................................................................ 208204
17.9 PUBLIC..................................................................................................................................................................... 208204
17.10 FILMING PERMISSIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 208204
17.11 FILMING IN REMOTE OR DISTANT LOCATIONS ............................................................................................................. 209205
17.12 FILMING OVERSEAS................................................................................................................................................ 209205
17.13 (D) SAFETY CHECKLIST - WORKING FROM ROOFS ........................................................................................................ 210206
17.15 (J) SAFETY INSPECTION CHECKLIST - OFFICE ENVIRONMENTS ......................................................................................... 211207
17.15.1 Building and Working Areas ......................................................................................................................... 213209

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.15.2 Fire and Fire Escapes .................................................................................................................................... 213209

17.15.3 Protective Gear............................................................................................................................................. 213209
17.15.4 Means of Escape .......................................................................................................................................... 214210
17.15.5 Fire Alarm Procedure.................................................................................................................................... 214210
17.15.6 Studio Grid Areas.......................................................................................................................................... 215211
17.15.7 Batteries in Studios....................................................................................................................................... 215211
17.16 DERELICT STRUCTURES ........................................................................................................................................... 216212
17.16.1 (E) Safety Checklist – Working in Derelict or Abandoned Structures............................................................ 216212
17.17 CONFINED SPACES ................................................................................................................................................. 217213
17.18 WORKING BELOW GROUND (INCLUDING EXCAVATIONS AND TRENCHES) .......................................................................... 218214
18 FORMS & APPENDICES ........................................................................................................................................... 219215
18.1 INCIDENTS AND ACCIDENTS .................................................................................................................................. 219215
18.2 EVACUATION PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................................... 219215
18.3 (P) – EVACUATION CHECKLIST ............................................................................................................................... 220216
18.1 (U)- INCIDENT REPORT FORM ............................................................................................................................... 221217
18.2 (G) SAFETY CHECKLIST – HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES MANAGEMENT .................................................................... 225221
18.3 (H) SAFETY CHECKLIST – FOR THE USE OF EXPLOSIVE POWERED TOOLS (EPT) ...................................................... 226222
18.4 (K) INDICATORS OF A CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP ............................................................................................ 228222
18.5 (L) GENERIC OH&S TENDER & SELECTION DOCUMENT ......................................................................................... 229224
18.6 (M) MEDICAL QUESTIONNAIRE ............................................................................................................................. 230225
18.7 (N) – PERMIT TO WORK ......................................................................................................................................... 231226
18.8 - (O) GENERIC EMERGENCY PLANS ........................................................................................................................ 232227
18.9 – REGULAR HAZARD CHECKLIST ............................................................................................................................ 234229
18.10 (R) – SWMS (SAFE WORK METHOD STATEMENT) ............................................................................................. 235230
18.11 (S) - RISK MATRIX .............................................................................................................................................. 237232
18.12 (T) – SCRIPT BREAKDOWN SAFETY REPORT LAYOUT ......................................................................................... 238233
19 REGULATORY DOCUMENTS .................................................................................................................................... 239234
19.1 COMMONWEALTH ..................................................................................................................................................... 239234
19.2 NEW SOUTH WALES................................................................................................................................................... 239234
19.2.1 Acts............................................................................................................................................................... 239234
19.2.2 Regulations .................................................................................................................................................. 239234
19.3 VICTORIA ................................................................................................................................................................. 239234
19.3.1 Acts............................................................................................................................................................... 239234
19.3.2 Regulations .................................................................................................................................................. 239234
19.4 QUEENSLAND............................................................................................................................................................ 240235
19.5 SOUTH AUSTRALIA ..................................................................................................................................................... 240235
19.6 TASMANIA ................................................................................................................................................................ 240235
19.7 NORTHERN TERRITORY................................................................................................................................................ 240235
19.8 WORKSAFE AUSTRALIA - CODES OF PRACTICE ................................................................................................................. 240235
19.9 AUSTRALIA STANDARDS/NEW ZEALAND STANDARDS ........................................................................................................ 241236
19.10 COMCARE AUSTRALIA ............................................................................................................................................ 241236
20 GLOSSARY OF TERMS.............................................................................................................................................. 242237
20.1 ACT......................................................................................................................................................................... 242237
20.2 ADG CODE .............................................................................................................................................................. 242237
20.3 ARMOURER .............................................................................................................................................................. 242237
20.4 ASSISTANT/TRAINEE RIGGER ........................................................................................................................................ 242237
20.5 AUSTRALIAN STANDARD (AS/NZS) ............................................................................................................................... 242237
20.6 (AUSSAR) AUSTRALIAN SEARCH AND RESCUE ................................................................................................................. 242237
20.7 CIVIL AVIATION SAFETY AUTHORITY............................................................................................................................... 242237
20.8 CODE OF PRACTICE ..................................................................................................................................................... 242237
20.9 COMPENSABLE INJURY ................................................................................................................................................ 242237

SCREEN PRODUCTION
20.10 DIVE COORDINATOR ............................................................................................................................................... 243238

20.11 EMPLOYER ........................................................................................................................................................... 243238
20.12 EPTS .................................................................................................................................................................. 243238
20.13 EWPS ................................................................................................................................................................. 243238
20.14 FIRST AIDERS ........................................................................................................................................................ 243238
20.15 FSWR ................................................................................................................................................................ 243238
20.16 FLOATING LINE...................................................................................................................................................... 243238
20.17 GAFFER ............................................................................................................................................................... 243238
20.18 GYRO-CAM PILOT .................................................................................................................................................. 244239
20.19 HARD POINT ......................................................................................................................................................... 244239
20.20 HAZARD .............................................................................................................................................................. 244239
20.21 HAZARDOUS ACTION .............................................................................................................................................. 244239
20.22 HEALTH AND SAFETY AUTHORITIES ............................................................................................................................ 244239
20.23 JOINT CONSULTATION ............................................................................................................................................. 244239
20.24 KEY GRIP .............................................................................................................................................................. 244239
20.25 LAME .................................................................................................................................................................. 245240
20.26 MDF .................................................................................................................................................................. 245240
20.27 MEAA ................................................................................................................................................................ 245240
20.28 MSDS ................................................................................................................................................................ 245240
20.29 NOHSC .............................................................................................................................................................. 245240
20.30 OH&S ................................................................................................................................................................ 245240
20.31 PENDULUM EFFECT ................................................................................................................................................ 245240
20.32 PPE .................................................................................................................................................................... 245240
20.33 PREMIUM ............................................................................................................................................................ 245240
20.34 PRODUCER ........................................................................................................................................................... 245240
20.35 PRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 245240
20.36 REHABILITATION .................................................................................................................................................... 245240
20.37 REGULATION ........................................................................................................................................................ 245240
20.38 RETURN TO WORK PLAN .......................................................................................................................................... 245240
20.39 RIGGER................................................................................................................................................................ 246241
20.40 RISK .................................................................................................................................................................... 246241
20.41 RISK ASSESSMENT/ MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................................ 246241
20.42 RSI ..................................................................................................................................................................... 246241
20.43 SAFETY CONSULTANT ............................................................................................................................................. 246241
20.44 SAFETY SUPERVISOR............................................................................................................................................... 246241
20.45 SAFETY REPORT AND SUPPLEMENTARY SAFETY REPORT/S ............................................................................................. 246241
20.46 SENIOR RIGGER ..................................................................................................................................................... 246241
20.47 STUNT RIGGER ...................................................................................................................................................... 246241
20.48 STUNT ACTION PERSON .......................................................................................................................................... 246241
20.49 SUPERVISING RIGGER.............................................................................................................................................. 247242
20.50 MEDICAL PERSONNEL............................................................................................................................................. 247242
20.51 SPAA ................................................................................................................................................................. 247242
20.52 SMFS ................................................................................................................................................................. 247242
20.53 SHOULD............................................................................................................................................................... 247242
20.54 SPECIAL EFFECTS COORDINATOR............................................................................................................................... 247242
20.55 SPECIALIST PERSONNEL ........................................................................................................................................... 247242
20.56 SPFX CO-ORDINATOR ............................................................................................................................................ 248243
20.57 STATUTORY DUTY .................................................................................................................................................. 248243
20.58 STUNT COORDINATOR ............................................................................................................................................ 248243
20.59 STUNT ACTOR / PERFORMER ................................................................................................................................... 249244
20.60 UNIT MANAGER .................................................................................................................................................... 249244
20.61 WATER SAFETY ..................................................................................................................................................... 249244

SCREEN PRODUCTION
3 PURPOSE
1. The primary purpose of these Guidelines is to inform industry stakeholders of the measures available for
reducing the inherent risks associated with Screen Production, thereby enabling everyone associated with the
industry to undertake their activities in relative safety.
2. The Screen Production industry is a unique industry and therefore presents unique workplace hazards.
3. With is in mind this Safety Management Manual has been developed to assist producers, managers,
supervisors, and employees understand their Workplace Health and Safety obligations under the OH&S act
2004 and the principles of workplace safety
3.1 About This Document

This Management manual was developed with the information found in the following documents
 FILM INDUSTRY RECOMMENDED SAFETY CODE 17TH AUGUST 1983

- Authors unknown
- Developed by SPAA and MEAA
 FILM & TELEVISION SAFETY GUIDANCE NOTES 1995
- Compiled and written by Lynn Gailey and Tim Read
- Endorsed by SPAA and MEAA
 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES dated 10 November 2004
- By the Screen Production Safety Review Committee in consultation with employers, industry
practitioners, unions and relevant organisations.
- The Screen Production Safety Review Committee comprises representatives from the Media
Entertainment and Arts Alliance, the Screen Producers’ Association of Australia, Fox Studios
Australia (representing film studios), the Australian Broadcasting Corporation (representing public
broadcasting) and the New South Wales Film and Television Office (representing state funding
agencies).
*Acknowledgement goes to those whose tireless work contributed to these documents and other resources*
3.2 Guidelines
 This WHS management Manual sets out workplace health and safety practices applicable to film, television,
and video production in Australia and by Australian producers undertaking work overseas.
 It provides practical guidance to employers and others who have duties under workplace health and safety
legislation.
 For these Guidelines, film, television, and video production includes
o all aspects of the pre-production, production and postproduction phases of all film, television and video
productions including drama, documentary, commercials, infotainment, and lifestyle programs,
corporate, training and education programs and the like, excluding only news and current affairs
programs.
 Producers, as the principal employers, have the primary responsibility for workplace health and safety in the
workplace.
 Employees, contractors, and sub-contractors have a responsibility to comply with the safety measures
developed in the workplace to minimise risk to themselves, others, and/or the environment.
 These Guidelines can be regarded as the national best practice within the industry.
 Failure to follow these Guidelines could be used to support an argument that adequate steps have not been
taken by the employer to fulfil their obligations set out in workplace health and safety (OH&S) legislation.
 These Guidelines have been developed to promote consistency across the industry in hazard management and
have been designed to complement provisions of both federal and state OH&S legislation.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
 These Guidelines should be read in conjunction with other relevant legislative provisions, regulations,
Australian Standards, and codes of practice.
 Where there is any inconsistency between these Guidelines and legislation or regulations in any state or
territory authority, the legislation or regulations shall prevail.
3.3 WHS Legal Framework

1. At common law, every employer owes employees a duty of care.
2. The employer’s duty of care is not transferable and will depend upon the circumstances facing the employer at
the time.
3. All employers are subject to the provisions of both federal and state OH&S legislation, regulations, approved
codes of practice, Australian Standards, National Occupational Health, and Safety Council (NOHSC) advisory
documents and other recognised guidance information.
4. OH&S Acts establish a legislative framework for the regulations governing workplaces and mandate that
regulatory bodies such as state and federal occupational health and safety agencies (eg. Victorian Work Cover
Authority, Work Cover NSW, and Comcare Australia) undertake core enforcement activities.
5. This framework and regulatory activities are specifically aimed at encouraging employers to focus on
developing a broad range of risk management strategies (eg. OH&S plans, procedures, and guidelines) to
reduce the incidence of workplace related injury.
6. These Guidelines have been developed to provide information about how to ensure that risks associated with
Screen Production are eliminated or reduced to the lowest possible levels.
3.4 Safety Referral Committee

1. Any dispute/disagreement regarding any aspect of safety may be referred to the ‘’Safety Referral Committee’’.
2. Such committee will consist of one nominated representative from SPAA and MEAA.
3. Each organization may nominate any person to be their representative on such a committee, and is required to
organize an alternative representative, if the regular representative is unavailable.
4. Such representative shall not have any pecuniary or other interest in the production from which the dispute
arose.
3.5 Preamble
1. Whilst the primary responsibility for safety falls with the production company
2. It is essential that all personnel, crew, and cast familiarize themselves with the code and take an active
interest in promoting safety during filming.
3. In the implementation of the code, common sense by all parties should prevail.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
4 SCOPE
This scope of this document covers all production either for television or theatrical release

SCREEN PRODUCTION
5 WORKPLACE SAFETY POLICY

The Production recognises its legal and moral obligation to provide and uphold as far as is practicable a work place that is
safe and without risk to the physical and psychological health of its workers.
It is therefore our policy to:

 Promote a health and safety culture within the workplace
 Safeguard all employees from injury or illness
 Provide resources and funding sufficient to maintain an effective health and safety program
 Comply with statutory and common law health and safety requirements
 Consult with employees on health and safety matters
PCBU- (Persons Conducting Business or Undertaking) – Producers, Directors, Managers, Head of Department, or any
person in a “Position of Management” or “Position of Control” of a “workplace “or “a worker “or a “visitor to a
workplace”, etc.
Will be responsible for:
 Maintaining a safe work place
 Ensuring safe working procedures are followed
 Providing adequate supervision
 Ensuring plant and equipment are safe
 Communicating safety information
Workers & Visitors are responsible for:

 Complying with safe workplace procedures
 Protecting their own health and safety and that of fellow workers
 Co-operating with PCBU to achieve a safe and healthy workplace
 Advising the PCBU of any workplace hazard and practise
This production company is also committed to being a responsible member of the community in all aspects of SCREEN
PRODUCTION and its operations, ensuring compliance to all applicable laws and regulations.
This production will also endeavor to-

 Recognise the environmental aspects of its activities, products, and services
 Minimise environmental impact through waste reduction, re-use, and re-cycle activities

SCREEN PRODUCTION
6 WH&S LEGISLATION, REGULATIONS, & CODES OF PRACTICE

1. The organisation needs be aware of all Workplace Health & Safety Legislation, Regulations related to its
operations as it has an obligation to ensure compliance with legal requirements
2. The aim is to provide all workers in Australia with the same standard of health and safety protection regardless
of the work they do or where they work.
3. A stronger national approach means greater certainty for businesses (particularly those operating across state
borders) and over time reduced compliance costs for business.
4. More consultation between businesses, workers, and their representatives, along with clearer responsibilities
will make workplaces safer for everyone.
6.1 National Harmonisation of Work Health and Safety Laws
1. The following states and territories now use harmonised WHS legislation instead of previous OH&S laws:
a) Australian Capital Territory
b) The Commonwealth of Australia
c) New South Wales
d) Northern Territory
e) Queensland
f) South Australia
g) Tasmania
h) Victorian Government has stated that it will not be adopting the model work health and safety laws in their
current form.
Work Safe continues to enforce Victoria's existing workplace health and safety (OHS) laws.
Victoria's Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007 will expire in 2017,
i) Western Australia - The Minister for Commerce has tabled the Bill in parliament and announced the opening
of a public comment period for this draft legislation.
Public comment is open until 30 January 2015?
6.2 Purpose of the WHS Act
1. The WHS Act provides a framework to protect the health, safety, and welfare of all workers at work and of other
people who might be affected by the work.
2. The WHS Act aims to:
 Protect the health and safety of workers and other people by eliminating or minimising risks arising from work or
 Workplaces
 Ensure fair and effective representation, consultation, and cooperation to address and resolve health and safety
issues in the workplace
 Encourage unions and employer organisations to take a constructive role in improving work health and safety
practices
 Assisting businesses and workers to achieve a healthier and safer working environment
 Promote information, education and training on work health and safety
 Provide effective compliance and enforcement measures, and
 Deliver continuous improvement and progressively higher standards of work health and safety.
6.3 Prescribed Documents
 WH&S Legislation, Regulations are available from Safe Work Australia and Worksafe (Victoria)
• Guidance notes can be sourced through the web pages of Safe Work Australia, Worksafe Victoria
 Codes of practice are available from the Victorian Work Safe Authority – Health and safety divisions or Safe Work
Australia
 Safe Work Australia works with government and non-government organisations to achieve the best possible
approach to work health and safety for all Australian workers and workplaces

SCREEN PRODUCTION
6.4 Department WHS Obligations Matrix

1. Provided is a list of some WH&S Legislation, Regulations and Codes of Practice’s that are relevant to Screen
Productions
2. This list is not conclusive it is with the reader / recipient to ensure any specific regulations to their activities are
followed
3. Depending on activities other legislations and regulations may need to be referred
WHS ACT,
PCBU –MNGMT /
CONSTRUCTION/
HOD/POSITION
REG, CODES OF
SET BUILDERS
PROSTHETICS
OF CONTROL
UNIT NURSE
PRACTISE, LIGHT/ ELEC
WARDROBE
ARMOURER
WRANGLER
LOCATIONS
WRANGER
RIGGING /
STAND-BY
ART DEPT
PRESCRIBED
CAMERA
RIGGERS
VEHICLE
MARINE
ANIMAL
STUNTS
DOCUMENTS SOUND
GRIPS
M/UP
UNIT
SPFX
VFX
DUTY OF CARE
CERTIFICATION
OF PLANT X X X X X X X X X
USERS
HAZ
X X X X X X
SUBSTANCES
INCIDENT
X X
NOTIFICATION
ISSUE
X
RESOLUTION
MANUAL
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
HANDLING
NOISE X X X X X X X X X X X
PLANT &EQUIP X X X X X X X X
PREVENTION
X X X X X X X X
OF FALLS
DANDGEROUS
X X X X X X X X
GOODS
DG STORAGE /
X X X X X X X X
HANDLING
DG TRANSPORT X X X X X X X X
WORKING WITH
X X X X X X X X X
CHILDREN
MARINE SAFETY X X X
NURSES
(HEALTH X X
SERVICES)
CIVIL AVIATION X X
ROAD SAFETY X X X X X X X
COUNCIL
X X X
PERMITS
TMP X X X
GUIDELINES
FOR X X X X X X
SCAFFOLDING
ELECTRICAL
X X
EQUIP / INSTAL
BUILDING AND
X X
CONSTRUCTION
FIRST-AID IN
THE X X X
WORKPLACE
ANIMAL
X X
WELFARE
Safe Work Australia
WHS Act
WHS Regulations
WHS codes of practice

SCREEN PRODUCTION
7 PCBU
(person conducting a business or activity)
 Under the work health and safety (WHS) laws,
 Effective from 1 January 2012, the term –
 'EMPLOYER' was replaced by (PCBU) 'PERSONS CONDUCTING A BUSINESS OR UNDERTAKING' and
 'EMPLOYEE' was replaced by 'WORKERS'.
7.1 PCBU Definitions

7.2 Individuals, Businesses or Organisations
PCBU – PERSON CONDUCTING A BUSINESS OR UNDERTAKING
A 'person conducting a business or undertaking' (PCBU) is a legal term under WHS laws for individuals, businesses
or organisations that are conducting business.
A person who performs work for a PCBU is considered a worker, see Worker and Employee WH&S Responsibilities
As a PCBU you must meet your obligations, so far as is reasonably practicable, to ensure the health and safety of
workers and other people like visitors and volunteers
These obligations include:
 safe systems of work and a safe work environment
 safe use of plant, structures, and substances
 adequate facilities for the welfare of workers
 notification and recording of workplace incidents
 adequate information, training, instruction, and supervision
 compliance with requirements under the Work Health and Safety Regulation
 effective systems for monitoring the health of workers and workplace conditions
 maintain the premises used for accommodation for workers, if required
A PCBU has further obligations if involved in specific kinds of activities like:

 the management and control of workplaces, or fixtures, fittings, or plant at workplaces
 the design, manufacture, import or supply of plant, substances, or structures
 Installation, construction or commissioning of plant or structures.
PCBUs must also have meaningful and open consultation about work health and safety with workers, health and
safety representatives, and health and safety committees.
As a PCBU you must also consult, cooperate, and coordinate with other PCBUs if you share duties
You must also ensure that the health and safety of others is not put at risk from work done as part of the business.
7.3 PCBU - Primary Duty of Care

As a PCBU you have a primary duty of care to ensure workers and others are not exposed to a risk to their health
and safety.
You owe this duty of care when as a PCBU you:
 direct or influence work carried out by a worker
 engage or cause to engage a worker to carry out work (including through sub-contracting)
 have management or control of a workplace

SCREEN PRODUCTION
7.4 Worker
1. A person who performs work for a PCBU is considered a worker
2. Anyone who performs paid work in any capacity for an employer, business or organisation is considered a
worker.
3. However, the term can also include unpaid workers such as volunteers or work experience students.
4. You're considered a worker if you're an:
 employee
 trainee, apprentice, or work experience student
 outworker, contractor, or sub-contractor
 employee of a contractor or sub-contractor
 employee of a Labour hire company
5. Our PCBUs, workers and officer’s fact sheet has more information
6. Ultimately, we are all responsible for our own safety and the safety of those around us (workmates, colleagues,
and the public)
7. It is the responsibility of all cast and crew to report hazards and dangerous work practices to the relevant
persons;
8. All near misses and accidents must be reported and investigated.
9. All personnel are responsible for workplace health and safety.
7.5 Responsibility for WH&S
 Employers have the primary responsibility for ensuring adequate measures are taken to ensure the health,
safety and welfare of their employees, contractors, sub-contractors, relevant third parties, the public and the
environment.
 All employees have a duty of care to themselves and others.
 All employees have a responsibility to participate in and comply with the safety measures implemented by
their employer to minimise the risk of injury to themselves and others.
 Whilst tasks may be delegated, health safety and welfare responsibilities cannot.
7.6 Employer’s Responsibilities

 Employers are specifically responsible for ensuring that the following occurs:
1. The provisions of relevant acts, regulations, standards, codes of practice are implemented and complied with
by employees and/or contractors and sub-contractors.
2. Adequate risk assessment/s are undertaken on all productions for all phases of production and for all work
sites.
3. Any person who has the discretionary authority to delegate work to other employees is fully conversant with
their responsibilities and ensures that all work is carried out in a safe manner.
4. The following critical point summary (not exhaustive) is provided to assist those responsible for assigning,
scheduling, and/or directing work to effectively discharge their OH&S responsibilities:
a. be familiar with relevant OH&S legislation, regulations, Australian standards, hazard management
principles, these Guidelines and local safety policies, procedures and/or agreements;
b. develop and implement mechanisms for joint consultation with employees;
c. provide OH&S induction for all persons entering all work sites;
d. ensure all available information regarding potential hazards is provided to employees;
e. ensure risk assessments are carried out for every phase and stage at every workplace and as
required under relevant legislation;
f. ensure all employees can access appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) as and when
required;

SCREEN PRODUCTION
g. ensure that systems are in place to ensure that all furniture, vehicles, and/or other
plant/equipment to be used in the workplace is appropriate for the purpose and is maintained in a
serviceable condition;
h. allow for and allocate adequate time for rest breaks in the production schedule;
i. Report all OH&S related incidents as specified in relevant legislation (see Section - Reporting of
Workplace Accidents ).
5. Any accidents are fully investigated to determine the cause/s and to ensure appropriate remedial actions (to
prevent a recurrence) are implemented.
6. All employees, contractors and sub-contractors are aware of their specific OH&S responsibilities.
7.7 Department Head Responsibilities

Are responsible for their crew/team and the tasks they are directed to perform;
Department heads: - Must
1 Make sure that employees have the necessary experience, instruction, training, and resources to carry out
their duties safely
2 Must ensure safety equipment is used in accordance with all relevant codes of practice and regulations;
7.8 Employee Responsibilities

The following critical point summary (not exhaustive) is provided to assist employees in complying with their
specific OH&S responsibilities:
1. Be familiar with your specific OH&S obligations and these Guidelines;
2. Monitor the workplace for potential hazards;
3. Report or deal with any potential hazards appropriately;
4. Actively assist with the preparation of risk assessments;
5. Ensure you adhere to safe working practice always and wear appropriate PPE as required;
6. Ensure you hold the appropriate licenses and/or relevant certificates of competency;
7. Report all injuries, accidents, and incidents.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
8 MANAGEMENT OF WHS
8.1 Due Diligence
 In the workplace means that employers, supervisors, and others understand and carry out their legal duties,
assess the risks and hazards in the workplace on an ongoing basis and take all reasonable precautions with
respect to those risks and hazards.
 Due diligence is a proactive tool that will assist in a careful and systematic identification and assessment of
specific workplace hazards and the establishment of control measure to prevent injuries and illness at work.
 It is important to remember that what may constitute due diligence in one case may not constitute the same
level of due diligence in another case.
 Whether a person has acted diligently depends on the actions taken in the circumstances for that particular
case.
 The following elements of a Safety Management Plan will contribute in establishing that an employer has
acted with due diligence:
 Carrying out all activities under the Act and ensuring that the organisation complies with the Act and
associated legislation;
 Setting up a well-documented system for identifying, reporting, and responding to all hazards in the
workplace;
 Establishing safe practices, procedures and controls that are specific to the hazards in the workplace, that
either meet or exceed the requirements of the legislation;
 Providing instruction and training on an on-going basis to all employees;
 Communicating regularly with employees about foreseeable health and safety hazards;
 Allocating adequate time and resources for the health and safety program to be established and followed by
all in the workplace;
 Monitoring, auditing, evaluation, and review of the Safety Management plan on a regular basis.
8.2 Duty of Care

 Under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, all employers owe a duty of care to all people at the
workplace including those people who are not employees.
 Duty of care requires everything reasonably practicable to be done to protect the health and safety of people
at a workplace.
 The NOHSC explains: “Reasonably practicable” means that the requirements of the law vary with the degree
of risk in a activity or environment which must be balanced against the time, trouble and cost of taking
measures to control the risk. It allows the duty holder to choose the most efficient means for controlling a
risk from the range of feasible possibilities preferably in accordance with the ‘hierarchy of control’.
 This qualification allows those responsible to meet their duty of care at the lowest cost. It also requires
changes in technology and knowledge to be incorporated but only as and when it is efficient to do so. The
duty holder must show
 that it was not reasonably practicable to do more than what was done or that they have taken ‘reasonable
precautions and exercised ‘due diligence’. (refer to Section 2.1)
 This duty of care extends to:
 ensuring that any plant (Refer to Section 9.1) or substance (Refer to Section 9.7.1) provided for use by the
employees at work is safe and without risks to health when properly used,
 ensuring that systems of work and the working environment of the employees are safe and without risks to
health,
 providing such information, instruction, training, and supervision as may be necessary to ensure the
employees' health and safety at work,
 providing adequate facilities for the welfare of the employees at work and

SCREEN PRODUCTION
 In relation to persons who are not employees, ensuring that any premises controlled by the employer where
the employees work (and the means of access to or exit from the premises) are safe and without risks to
health.
8.3 Rights and Obligations

1. All employees have a right to be advised about the nature of the risks associated with their work.
2. OH&S legislation provides for employees to enter a process of joint consultation with employers to develop
and implement effective hazard management strategies.
3. All employees have the right to speak directly with their employer regarding any OH&S issue which they
believe could have an adverse impact on their health and/or wellbeing while at work.
4. Employers must provide impartial accurate advice regarding any hazard/s to which employees may be
exposed and/or about which they are concerned.
5. When hazard management strategies have been developed to manage a risk, the employer will fully
implement such strategies.
6. All employees are required to adopt safe systems of work.
7. Any employee has, at common law, the right to refuse to follow an instruction that involves some risk of
injury normally inherent in the job that is an unreasonable or unnecessary risk.
8. Where hazard controls identified in the Safety Report are breached or where new or additional risk/s are
identified:
a) The First Assistant Director, as the producer’s delegate on the set, may at his/her own discretion stop the
shoot until a risk assessment is undertaken and appropriate hazard controls are implemented; and
9. The cast/crew delegate/elected safety representative shall have the discretion to stop the shoot after a
majority vote has been taken;
10. The stoppage shall remain in force until a risk assessment is undertaken and appropriate hazard controls are
implemented.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
9 MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
9.1 SECTION ONE – Safety Management Guidelines
GENERAL WH&S INFORMATION
 The scope of section one is to assist (you) in fulfilling your Workplace Health & Safety obligations under the ACTS and
legislation of the day.
 The information and guidance necessary to comply with WHS ACTS and legislations can be found in this Film Industry
Recommended Safety Management Manual
Refer –CONTENTS PRODUCTION GUIDLINES PRODUCTION ACTIVITIES PRODUCTION DEPARTMENTS
9.2 SECTION TWO – Reports

9.2.1 Script Breakdown Safety Report
The primary scope / focus of this section is to identify any hazardous action or activity, special effects, pyrotechnics, and
stunts directly relating to the script, story board, etc.
A qualified safety Supervisor/consultant must review the final release script for and prepare a script breakdown safety
report and submit to the production prior to the commencement of shooting who should review and implement controls
as recommended
Refer- SAFETY REPORTS
9.2.2 Location Safety Reports

The primary scope / focus of this section to identify physical hazards associated with a location both in what filming
activities are planned and what if any impact these activities will have on the surrounding environment.
Recci’s reports will be prepared and submitted to production prior to the commencement of shooting if it is deemed
necessary due to the inherent hazards associated with a location or the activity being undertaken at a location
Refer- LOCATION RECCI’S REPORTS
9.2.3 RA (Risk assessments) / SWMS (safe work method statement)

All High-Risk Production Activities that is proposed for a production at any time even after the preparation of the
Safety Report will be subject to detailed risk assessment or (SWMS) safe work method statement
9.3 SECTION THREE - Supporting Documents

It may be necessary to conduct an additional more detailed risk analysis on certain scenes or production activity that has
been identified in the Script Breakdown Safety Report or other risk assessment as “high risk: or has been deemed
necessary by the safety supervisor or other interested party such as (local Council or Authority, Vic roads, Child
Employment, Police, CASA), etc.
These documents could be in the form of

 SWMS (safe work method statements)
 Traffic Management Plans,
 Working with children permits
 Council approvals
 Vic roads permits
 Local, state, or national governing authority permits or approvals
 other appropriate permit or approvals.
 And / or any Established Procedures

SCREEN PRODUCTION
10 DOCUMENTATION SYSTEM
Please familiarise yourself with it as it notes the aspects of safety you need to be aware of.
The following three sections should be read in conjunction with the other although each section can be used individually
depending on the specific requirements needed.
This report is provided to assist the production to implement its safety management practices
All sections need to be considered “were appropriate” to the activities being undertaken
This Safety management system is defined by the assembly of all its components
LEGAL OBLIGATIONS MORAL OBLIGATIONS

Compliance to Acts, Regulations Duty of Care
Codes of practice & Compliance codes Information Sharing
WHS tickets and Licenses Consultation
Permits Training and Inductions
DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION
Section 1 WHS MANAGEMENT Manual Producers, Management, and Head of Dept.
Script Breakdowns
Section 2 ESTABLISHED Location and Tech recci
PROCEDURES Risk Assessments (Stunt, SPFX) 1st.AD, Head of Dept.
REPORTS etc. Crew (via Call sheet)
where applicable
Section 3 SUPPORT FORMS & RECORDS

DOCUMENTS SWMS – (Safe Work Method Statements), On-Site / On File
TMP – (traffic Management Plans
PERMITS – Council, Vic-roads, Police,
Child employment, Work permits
10.1 DOCUMENTS
This Safety Management document reaffirms the production company’s absolute commitment to ensuring a safe and
healthy place of work for all its employees and minimizing any adverse effects to the environment
10.2 SUPPORT DOCUMENTS
1. Other documentation that maybe needed
a) Safe Work Method Statement
b) Working with children permit
c) Traffic management plans,
d) Council permits,
e) Vic roads permits,
f) Hot work permit,
g) Confined Space Entry permit
h) MSDS – Material Safety Data Sheets etc.
2. Other form of hazard identification, assessment & control may need to be prepared and issued to production

SCREEN PRODUCTION
10.2.1 Safe Work Method Statements

1. A Safe Work Method Statement (SWMS) is a document that:
a) lists the types of high risk work being done
b) states the health and safety hazards and risks arising from that work
c) describes how the risks will be controlled, and
d) describes how the risk control measures will be put in place
10.2.2 High Risk Production Work

DUTIES:
1. A SWMS must be prepared if proposed works involve any of the HRPW - (HIGH RISK PRODUCTION WORKS) as
per the activities listed and/or work although not listed may poses a risk to the health and safety of any person.
2. Affected employees / crew and their HOD (Head of department) must be consulted in the preparation of the
SWMS.
3. Once a SWMS has been developed and implemented, the HRPW to which it relates must be performed in
accordance with the SWMS.
4. Duty holders (HOD, Crew-member) must stop the HRPW immediately or as soon as it is safe to do so, if the
SWMS is not being complied with the HRPW must not resume until the SWMS is complied with or reviewed
and revised as necessary.
5. The SWMS must be reviewed and if necessary, revised whenever the HRPW changes, or after any incident that
occurs during HRPW, or if there is any indication that risk control measures are not adequately controlling the
risks.
6. The production must retain a copy of the SWMS for the duration of the HRPW.
10.2.3 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

1. All crew working with hazardous goods, chemicals and substances must familiarise themselves with the
Material safety data sheets (msds) for that item and follow all instructions given on the msds stringently.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
11 DOCUMENT CONTROL
This WHS Management Manual details the Safety & Health Management System for the Screen Production industry
that has been implemented in line with the Screen Production industry’s WHS Policies.
This WHS Manual is the first section of the workplace Health and Safety management system documentation for all
workplace health and safety related activities performed by the Screen Production industry
11.1 Distribution
 The WHS Management Manual is reviewed and approved by the industry governing bodies (SPAA, MEAA) prior
to its release.
 The appointed governing body is responsible for the control and the issuing of copies of the Manual and
maintaining a register of holders?
11.2 Change Control
 All revisions to the WHS Management Manual are reviewed and approved by the governing bodies (SPAA,
MEAA) prior to release.
 The appointed governing body is responsible for distributing all revisions of the Manual after changes are
approved and ensuring that the Documentation Control Database is updated accordingly.
 All revisions are issued under cover of a Control Sheet containing a brief description of the revision.
 Issues are identified by (Issue 1, 2, 3, etc.), and each new issue cancels and replaces all previous issues.
Refer – ISSUE / RELEASE DATE
The revision status of individual Manuals is subject to audit as part of the industry governing bodies internal audit
program

SCREEN PRODUCTION
12 RECORD’S
Records are evidence of the ongoing operation which may include but are not limited to;
 Legislative and Regulatory Requirement
 Reports – (incl: SWMS, TMP, working with children permits, council approvals, etc.)
 Permits and Licenses
 Any Training Activity
 Inspection Calibration and Maintenance Activity
 Emission Monitoring Data
 Details of Non-Conformance, Incidents, and Complaints and Follow-Up Action
 Supplier and Contractor Information
 Safety, Health & Environmental inspections or audits
 Management Reviews
 Injury and/or incident reports
 Material Safety Data Sheets
A system is required to maintain accurate and complete records of all safety and health-related activities and incidents.
Records must be kept in compliance with industry standards and government regulations.
This requirement can be met by creating a list/matrix indicating responsibilities for and location of safety and health
records.
NOTE:
All records must be legible, identifiable, and traceable to the activity, product or service involved.
Original records such as permits must be retained for at least 7 years, unless an alternative is specified, before being
discarded to satisfy any potential later legal enquires.
The minimum retention period may also be influenced by, EPA, Worksafe and other factors.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13 SCREEN PRODUCTION GUIDELINES
13.1.1 Health and Safety Planning

1. Workplace Hazards must be identified, assessed, and controlled before any work/activity is undertaken.
2. Due to the unique Screen Production industry, there are numerous unforeseen situations requiring on the spot
decisions, which may differ from any report.
3. Such decisions should always be made in the interest of the safety and health of all involved
13.1.2 Systems of Work

1. The totality of the methods adopted for carrying out the operations required in a workplace.
2. It covers all facets of the employment situation, including the organisation of work processes, the methods of
using plant and equipment, job training and instruction about aspects of safety in the workplace.
13.1.3 Risk Management

Risk management refers to the practice of identifying
1. Potential hazards in advance,
2. Analysing the risks and
3. Taking precautionary steps to reduce/curb the risk.
13.1.4 Hazard Identification

1. All heads of departments are to be aware of the hazards associated with each of their activities, perform a risk
assessment and implement controls
2. An analysis tool and formula has been attached in this report, it is not exclusive, other assessment tools or formulas
may be used
3. Regardless of the assessment tool used, consistency is important when performing any analysis.
13.1.5 Risk Analysis

1. Assessment - likelihood of the hazard and risk, degree of harm, frequency and duration of exposure, severity of the
hazard or risk.
2. All heads of departments need to be aware of their responsibilities for individual Risk Assessments and/or Safe Work
Method Statements that are required to be raised by laws, regulation or codes or practice.
3. These assessments are to be carried out on any action, rig or activity that may be considered and or assessed as high
Risk.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13.1.6 High Risk Production Work or Activity

1. It may be necessary to conduct an additional more detailed risk analysis on certain scenes or production activity
that is
 Mentioned in a regulation, compliance reference document such as “Safe work method statements” for high risk
production work
 Identified in the Script Breakdown Safety Report as an activity that is “high risk”
2. These documents either “prescribed” or resulting from an assessment “will need to be prepared and issued to
production prior to performing work,
HIGH RISK PRODUCTION WORK- Means work that includes:

 Heights of more than two metres
 Diving
 Trenches or shafts deeper than 1.5 metres
 Temporary supports for structural alterations
 Powered mobile plant
 Explosives
 Confined spaces
 Involves weapons
Work that is in, on or near:

 Electrical installations or services
 Roads or railways in use by traffic
 Water/liquids that pose a drowning risk
SWMS / risk assessments are mandatory for high risk production work, which includes:
 Involves a risk of a person falling more than two metres
 Is carried out in or near water or other liquid that involves a risk of drowning
 Involves diving
 Involves weapons
 Involves Explosives
13.1.7 Hierarchy of Controls

1. Control of hazards and risks - good knowledge about hazard, risk, and cost associated and available options
determine which would be desirable.
2. The process beginning with the most preferable to the least preferable includes:
a) Elimination through design
b) Substitution by replacing materials, equipment, or processes
c) Engineering by controls, mechanical aids, barriers, ventilation, or insulation
d) Administrative control through job rotation, changing work tasks, procedures, and training
e) Personal protective equipment (PPE) to reduce potential exposure.
f) Monitoring and controls - hazards may change and that risk control measures need to be reviewed continuously
to determine their effectiveness.
3. Having identified the hazards and assessed the risks, the organisation needs to establish effective control measures.
4. Where practical, this risk should be eliminated through changes to the work, activity, process, or equipment.
5. Where this is not practical, the risk should be controlled by substitution or through an engineering control.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13.1.8 Reporting of Workplace Accidents

1. Regulations made under federal and state laws require certain employment related incidents to be notified to
the relevant statutory authority.
The regulations also set out the prescribed time, manner and form of the notification and specify penalties for
non-compliance.
2. Most regulations require the employer to formally notify certain incidents within the time frame prescribed
once becoming aware of the incident.
In general terms, the following incidents (having occurred at or near a workplace) need to be reported to the
relevant authority:
a. the death of any person – usually within two hours by phone or by fax;
b. b. a serious personal injury to any person, i.e. an injury to any person which needs emergency treatment
by a doctor or treatment in a hospital whether the person is admitted to hospital – usually within 24
hours;
c. incapacity to any employee – usually within 24 hours of becoming aware of the duration of the incapacity
(the incapacity varies but is usually defined as continuous working days or shifts);
d. a dangerous occurrence/incident (includes “near misses” that could have resulted in death, serious
personal injury or significant damage and covers incidents such as the collapse of scaffolding, failure of a
structural support, collapse of a trench or camera crane, etc.) – usually within 24 hours.
3. The above definitions and/or time frames may vary between states and territories.
4. Commonwealth Regulations effective from 29 July 1993 require all Commonwealth agencies to notify and
report certain accidents and dangerous occurrences to Comcare Australia. Comcare Australia is required to
collect and analyse this information, provide statistical data and other management information to employers
and to actively investigate serious incidents in the workplace.
5. Any place at which filming and/or associated work is being carried out can be defined as a work place. If a
notifiable accident or occurrence occurs, depending on contractual arrangements and/or the circumstances,
the duty to notify may fall upon several parties.
6. Copies of all accident and incident reports shall be provided to MEAA and SPAA.
Refer - INCIDENT NOTIFICATION
13.1.9 Incident Site Preservation

1. The site of an incident where a death has occurred must not be disturbed until-
 An inspector arrives or until directed by an inspector
 Except to protect the health and safety of a person; or
 Provide aid to an injured person involved in the incident; or
 To take essential action to make the site safe or prevent a further incident.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13.1.10 Workers Compensation

1. ARRANGEMENTS IN AUSTRALIAN JURISDICTIONS
2. Federal and state based authorities are responsible for administering OH&S and worker’s compensation
legislation and regulations.
3. OH&S and worker’s compensation arrangements, whilst fundamentally similar, vary in their detail from state to
state.
4. The legislation and regulations can be found on the web sites of the relevant state authorities.
See Appendix L.
5. Care needs to be taken when production activities are undertaken in more than one authority.
6. Other government authorities, such as health, police, ambulance, and fire, are vested with specific powers in
certain emergency situations and can also provide specific advice regarding health and safety.
7. Standards Australia and NOHSC oversee the development of OH&S related advisory documents that provide
guidance on how to manage hazards and meet duty of care and workplace health and safety obligations.
8. During discharging their statutory and advisory functions, these authorities will draw the attention of
employers, unions, government, and the public to a variety of documents when providing assistance and advice
regarding statutory compliance, best practice, and hazard and risk management.
9. It is important to note that mere compliance with the guidance provided in such documents may not
necessarily mean that an employer has met their duty of care and/or workplace health and safety obligations if:
• Reasonably foreseeable risks were not identified, or
• The measures implemented for controlling the risks were inadequate given the circumstances.
10. Reference is made throughout these Guidelines to several regulatory and advisory documents for providing
specific information from a recognised external body.
11. The documents can include legislation (eg. relevant Acts), Australian Standards (eg. AS/NZS 4249) and
WorkSafe Codes of Practice (eg. National Code of Practice for Manual Handling).
13.1.11 Call Sheets
Each individual cast and crew member is responsible to know what is his or her call time / pickup time is for the following
day
13.1.12 Weather Conditions
1. The producer should ensure cast and crew are aware of the type of weather conditions they are likely to encounter
so appropriate clothing and footwear can be worn/taken.
2. Warm coats or similar should be on standby for actors when shooting in cold / wet weather or conditions, at night or
early mornings.
3. Care should be given to the effects of the Sun and/or climatic conditions and where suitable, clothing and/or a
recommended block out, hat should be used.
13.1.13 Verbal Communication
1. For the filming of stunts, hazardous action, SFX, lager numbers of cast or at hazardous locations, the First AD, Stunt
Coordinator and Safety Supervisor should give adequate verbal briefings to all cast and crew in relation to their areas
of responsibility.
2. This can be delivered individually or the First AD, Stunt Coordinator and Safety Supervisor can nominate a single
spokesperson
3. If any cast or crewmember is still unsure of the action after briefing, it is their responsibility to seek clarification or
more information
4. No one should participate in any hazardous action without a full understanding of the sequences.
5. Designated “safe” areas for cast, crew and the public shall be nominated and filming should not commence until all
personnel are in their appropriate designated area.
6. The appropriate authorities (such as Police, nearby hospitals, councils. pollution control board, landholders etc.)
should be informed on the time and place of sequences requiring loud explosions or gunshots

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13.1.14 Alcohol and Drugs

1. At no time, shall any illegal drug/s be brought into or consumed in the working environment.
2. No alcohol shall be consumed in the working environment during working hours without the express
permission of the employer.
3. If the employer considers any person to be intoxicated or under the influence of any drug to the extent that the
person’s performance is affected or the person presents a risk to themselves or to others, they may enforce
that person’s removal from the work environment.
4. If any person is taking medication that may affect their work performance, the employer must be notified and
due consideration given to the ability to perform work tasks.
5. All personnel will be requested to advise their employer of any medical condition/s that may impact on their
ability to perform their work duties.
6. A suggested form for recording this information is set out in the (M) MEDICAL QUESTIONNAIRE
13.1.15 Medical Questionnaire

1. All personnel are to advise their employer of any medical condition/s that may impact on their ability to
perform their work duties.
2. A suggested form for recording this information is set out in the (M) MEDICAL QUESTIONNAIRE
3. The questionnaire is designed to ensure appropriate regard is given to the health and well-being of every
person in the workplace.
4. The provision of this information shall be treated confidentially and shall only be used in the interests of the
health safety and welfare of the individual employee.
5. Access to, storage and archiving of such information shall be in accordance with relevant legislative
requirements.
13.1.16 Security and Transport to and from Work

1. The Producer shall ensure the security of all persons in the workplace, including ensuring safe entry and egress
from the working environment.
2. Having regard to the time of day/night, the presence or otherwise of crowds and other relevant matters, the
Producer shall take all reasonable measures so that all persons have safe access between the working
environment and transport to and from work.
13.1.17 Workplace Related Stress

1. Employers have a duty to identify potential causes of hazardous workplace related stress and implement
effective hazard management strategies which will reduce the incidence of workplace related stress in the
workplace.
2. Such systems should focus on eliminating the root causes of workplace related stress and target “work context”
issues rather than the “personal disposition” of individual employees.
3. The following factors are key contributory causes of workplace related stress:
a) Role ambiguity and contradictory goals or objectives;
b) Poor job design and working conditions;
c) Inadequate consultation;
d) Qualitative and/or quantitative overload;
e) Poor information dissemination, communication, education, and training;
f) Poor managerial skills and supervisory skills;
g) Poor relationships, ie. Peer to peer and supervisor to employee;
h) Unrealistic work deadlines, unrealistic rehearsal, pre-production, production, and postproduction schedules.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13.1.18 Workplace Violence

1. Violence in the workplace can be described as the unjust or unwarranted use of force and/or power.
2. Violence in the workplace, ie. Workplace violence, can take many forms ranging from
a. Verbal abuse,
b. Threats,
c. Harassment,
d. Bullying to
e. Physical assault which can result in serious bodily injury and/or death.
NB: this section does not cover contrived violence that is part of creating special effects or stunts which are called
for as part of the script.
3. Because workplace violence takes many forms it can be difficult to develop hard and fast strategies for
prevention. However, employers have a responsibility to identify potential sources of violence in a workplace
and implement strategies for eliminating or reducing the potential risks which can arise from workplace
violence.
4. As Screen Productions require work to be undertaken in a diverse range of locations and circumstances, it lends
itself to a wide variety of potential sources of workplace violence that may include:
a) Fellow employees, ie. Violence between people in a workplace.
b) It may include bullying, intimidation, abuse of power, isolation, alienation of workers, or poorly managed
conflicts of opinion and/or failure to manage unacceptable behavior.
c) Violence motivated by material gain, ie. Acts of violence committed to gain money, drugs, valuable goods,
etc.
d) Opportunistic violence, ie. Violence committed by people who need no motivation to be violent and can
include vandalism, snatch and grab, theft, assault, and violence toward certain cultures and/or individuals.
e) Indirect violence, ie. Third parties who, though not directly involved in the act of violence, may become
emotionally traumatised by witnessing a violent incident.
f) Disturbed people, ie. People who may have a mental or intellectual disability or be under the influence of a
mind-altering substance can, in certain circumstances become violent.
5. Options for identifying potential sources of workplace violence include:
a) Auditing systems of work and value of items handled, eg. Cash, drugs, people in and having access to the
workplace, current security measures, lighting in workplace and surrounds;
b) Ensuring current reporting procedures are appropriate;
c) Consulting with employees about potential sources of workplace violence;
d) Providing a confidential method of reporting violent incidents for employees who may require it;
e) Providing appropriate crowd control measures when filming in public places.
13.1.19 Stress and Fatigue
1. Production is to consider fatigue management when scheduling
2. Accidents can and most likely will happen when people are put under pressure and rush to get things done or
try to attempt more than they are capable of.
3. Long shoots, coupled with rap activities and travel time are all contributors to fatigue, which dramatically
increases the risk of accidents happening.
4. Alternative accommodation to promote rest and reduce these risks should be considered were circumstances
permitting.
5. The Producer should ensure everyone has enough time to perform his or her work safely.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13.1.20 Work Experience Students and Work Placement

1. Standard of care obligations at common law demand that an employer considers what, if any, special
precautions may need to be taken over and above those already taken for more experienced workers to ensure
that youth workers, work experience students and work placement students are not ignorant of any hazards or
are not, through their own inadvertence, injured while at work.
2. This can involve providing:
a. Closer or more direct supervision;
b. Not allowing very young and/or inexperienced workers to operate certain dangerous equipment;
c. Providing additional training and information about hazards, eg. Dangerous substances;
d. Obtaining a medical certificate stating a young person is fit to be in the workplace.
13.1.21 Competency of Employees

1. The employer must ensure that all persons engaged on a production are competent to undertake the duties for
which they have been engaged.
13.1.22 Abilities
1. It is the cast and crew’s responsibility to honestly inform the Producer of their ability in relation to the scripted
action.
2. Any action-required by a cast member should be well within their ability or other alternatives such as a double
should be considered.
3. All cast and crew have the right refuse to work where he/she considers themselves unnecessarily at risk.
13.1.23 Competency Standards

1. In most cases, the competency standards and performance criteria required to obtain certificates of
competency are set out in the WorkSafe Australia National OH&S Certification Standard for Users and
Operators of Industrial Equipment.
2. In the case of equipment not covered by the Standard, e.g. camera cranes and booms, employers are required
to develop appropriate competency standards and performance criteria and maintain an internal register of
any competent users and/or operators.
3. Persons who are engaged in work such as scaffolding or rigging, operating cranes, hoists, etc., must hold the
appropriate certificate of competency.
4. In the case of learners, the learner must only operate and/or use plant and/or equipment under the direct
supervision of a certificate holder, maintain a log book and keep the log book in their possession always.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13.1.24 Permits, Licences and Certificates of Competency

1. All permits, licenses and certificates of competency which are relevant to the design, installation, erection,
operation and use of industrial plant and equipment under a statute or Codes of Practice must be issued by the
relevant state or territory authority.
2. Where the statutes are silent with respect to requiring permits, licenses and certificates of competency (e.g.
camera cranes and booms), employers are responsible for ensuring that such designers, installers, operators
and/or users are provided with sufficient training, education and experience to ensure that the person
operating the equipment can do so with a minimum risk of injury to themselves and/or other persons.
3. A vehicle or plant machinery may only be driven or operated by a person that holds an appropriate license.
4. Production should obtain and keep on file copies of relevant licenses and tickets
Such as
 Car – Australian driver’s license
 Motorbike – Australian motor bike license
 Boat or other type of water craft (Jet Ski etc.) – Boat license and or PWC personal water license
 Truck various load limits – Appropriate truck license
 Plant or equipment (Forklift, cherry picker, etc.) – appropriate work safe issued license/ticket
5. Production should obtain copies of relevant permits for
 Emergency Services Telecommunications Authority
(ESTA) Notification Form – Filming Event
 Such a for the following categories
o Firearms, Weapons & Special FX

o Private Traffic Management
o General Filming – which has the potential to cause public concern, and any mock police scenes
 Vic Roads permits
Such as
o Exemption from road rule 256 – (for riding a pushbike without a helmet on a public road)
o TMP – traffic management plan
13.1.25 Contractor Management
1. An employer contracting out work should have effective contractor management systems which are fully
integrated into their overall business management system/s.
2. An employer engaging contractors and/or sub-contractors has an overriding responsibility for ensuring any
work undertaken by the contractor or sub-contractor is undertaken in a manner that does not jeopardize the
safety of other employees, visitors, other contractors and sub-contractors or the general public.
3. The duty extends to monitoring the effectiveness of contractor management systems and ensuring that
contractors strictly adhere to any conditions that may be imposed on the contractor as part of the contract
and/or other documents such as work permits, work method statements and/or risk assessments.
4. A generic Permit to Work is attached at Appendix R.
5. The employer must ensure that their own employees fully understand the contractor management systems
and the conditions of the contract, especially conditions pertinent to workplace risk management. All
contractors must be required to undertake a site induction at which the above-mentioned items and conditions
are discussed.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13.1.26 Contractors and Sub-Contractors

1. Under OH&S legislation, employers are required to ensure that safe systems of work are adhered to in
workplaces under their control, irrespective of whether employees, contractors and/or sub-contractors
undertake the work.
2. Indicators of a Contractual Relationship and an Employment Relationship can be found at (K) INDICATORS OF A
CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP
3. Notwithstanding the provisions of a contract between the principal employer and a contractor/sub-contractor,
the provisions of the relevant OH&S legislation and regulations will apply.
4. Contractors and sub-contractors must be contractually required to:
a) Adopt safe systems of work;
b) Comply with relevant statutory provisions, regulations, Australian standards, and codes of practice;
c) Ensure all relevant licences and certificates of competency are held and can be produced on demand by any
relevant authority;
d) Undertake risk assessment/s prior to any work being undertaken;
e) Provide the employer with a copy of all risk assessment/s, work method statements, etc.;
f) Adhere to the employer’s policies, hazard management strategies, work permits and/or work method
statements;
g) Accept the employer’s right to audit them oh&s management systems;
h) Accept the employer’s right to monitor OH&S performance;
i) accept the employer’s right to stop any work being undertaken if the work violates agreed OH&S
management systems or any relevant statutory provision, regulation, Standard or codes of practice;
j) Abide by safety induction procedures.
Note: Whilst contractors and sub-contractors are employers and, as such, have all the legal responsibilities of
employers in respect of their employees, in most jurisdictions contractors and sub-contractors may be employees
of the principal employer.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13.1.27 Safety Induction for Employees and Contractors

1. Safety procedures should be developed and implemented for locations, sets and studios which include safety
inductions that include, evacuation, location of fire suppression equipment, identification of first-aiders and
first-aid supplies, Emergency services contact phone numbers, etc.
5. All those working on a production must be given sufficient information to enable them to perform their job
safely. Irrespective of the duration of their engagement period, all those working on a production must be
given an induction at each work site at which they will perform duties
6. It must include an orientation and information relevant to the production
7. Time will be put aside on the first day of employment at each location or site for this induction.
8. Key issues likely to be covered include:
a) An outline of what the employer expects of employees/contractors while working on the site;
b) The names of key contacts on site and their function/s;
c) Distribution of written information, e.g. site maps, contractor rule book;
d) Relevant introductions;
e) Relevant site tour including location of: o safe access and egress points,
f) facilities and amenities,
g) OH&S equipment including personal protective equipment,
h) first aid facilities, emergency equipment, assembly points, accident reporting procedures;
i) material safety data sheets for any relevant hazardous substances;
j) emergency and evacuation procedures and relevant personnel;
k) Crucial workplace-specific procedures, including relevant manual handling issues.
l) A short test to ensure that the contractor/s understand their specific responsibilities with a signing off to
acknowledge attendance at the induction training program.
9. Any person requiring information in addition to that provided at the safety induction should consult their
supervisor. If the required information is unavailable for any reason, the matter should be raised with the
relevant supervisor for rectification.
13.1.28 Visitor Induction

1. All visitors to a production must be given sufficient information to enable them to visit the site safely.
2. Irrespective of the duration, all those visiting a production must be given information relevant to the level of
risk.
13.1.29 Site Induction

A safety briefing for all cast and crew to take place prior to filming, at each location.
This safety briefing should be conducted by the 1st AD and/or the Safety Supervisor.
The safety briefing should address specific safety risks and hazards relevant to each location and scenes to be shot.
On many occasions, crew members such as Riggers, Art Department and Electrics etc. will arrive at the location
before the official Site Induction.
It is advised that departments in this situation should first familiarise themselves with any hazards and PPE
requirements at each individual location.
Crew members should first have Toolbox Talks with their HODs to help prepare themselves for potential hazards.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13.1.30 Standing Safety Orders all Locations

This Procedure is every cast and crew member’s responsibility
 Upon arrival at ANY location, familiarise yourself with the emergency exits and the location of fire
extinguishers
 Familiarise yourself with the ‘Emergency Assembly Area”
 Be aware of cabling & equipment on the ground and/or overhead.
 Do not plug in any appliance/piece of equipment without first consulting the Gaffer
 There is to be no smoking on set
 Unsafe situations or behavior will not be tolerated.
 If anyone considers a situation/activity to be unsafe in any way, they should stop that activity
immediately and report the situation/activity to the 1st A.D., Safety Supervisor and/or the Production
Manager
 Appropriate footwear should be worn at all times (no open-toe shoes)
13.1.31 Working Hours

1. Everyone has a responsibility to ensure exposure to fatigue is minimised.
2. Attention must be paid to good diet, adequate exercise, adequate sleep, meal and rest breaks during working
hours and adequate breaks between shifts.
3. Fatigue is tiredness that results from physical and/or mental exertion.
4. The level of fatigue experienced will depend on the workload imposed by a job, the length of shift, previous
hours and days worked and the time of day or night.
5. Disruptions to normal sleep routines and a lack of sufficient sleep lead to what is called sleep debt.
6. (After the urge to breathe, the urge to sleep is the most powerful physiological urge.)
7. Without enough sleep, the human brain may spontaneously shift into sleep in order to meet its need.
8. This might only last a few seconds or might stretch to several minutes.
9. These involuntary sleep episodes can occur while undertaking work related activities including operating
machinery and driving.
10. Other effects associated with sleep debt include fatigue, dizziness, inability to concentrate, perceptual and
mood changes – all of which can be an impairment risk.
11. Lack of sleep and fatigue in combination can adversely affect job performance, risking individual health and
safety and the safety of others.
12. The risk of sleep debt and fatigue is higher when the following working conditions apply:
a) Shift work, particularly extended shifts, and night work;
b) Long hours of work and/or high levels of overtime;

c) Unpredictable work schedules, particularly if there is a continual possibility of recall to work;
d) Jobs which require standing for lengthy periods, frequent manual handling or repetitive movements and/or
heavy work which is physically demanding particularly on long shifts or shifts with overtime;
e) Monotonous work or work where a high level of attention and alertness is required can also increase
fatigue; and
f) Night work combined with extended hours is extremely hazardous in terms of sleep debt and fatigue.
13. The employer’s responsibilities extend to ensuring that the adverse OH&S effects of night shoots, half day/half
night shoots and overtime are considered and avoided whenever possible.
14. Employers and supervisors are responsible for ensuring that those persons required to operate equipment
and/or drive vehicles of any kind are in fit condition, fully awake and alert.
15. Consideration may need to be given to the provision of alternate means of transport, the engagement of
additional personnel and double crewing.
16. Other problems associated with shift work, flexible working hours, night shoots and changing from day to night
shoots include:

SCREEN PRODUCTION
a) Some people experience gastro-intestinal complaints and/or

b) depression and/or
c) psychiatric disturbances;
d) Social isolation;
e) Possible unintended consequences of the interference with the effects of certain medicines for medical
conditions.
13.1.32 Long Working Hours

1. When scheduling consideration must be considered for fatigue resulting from long work days or consistent long
working weeks’ extra consideration when shooting at nights for extended periods
2. With long hours of work and substantial crew travel may require that a swing crew (unit) be employed for such
situations.
3. It is also recommended that if any crew member is concerned with driving after long hours they should make
prior arrangements to travel home with a work mate or stay somewhere close to the location.
4. Group travel arrangements (buses etc.) may need to be provided between the studios and certain locations if
the situation demands it.
5. These arrangements will need to be assessed on an ongoing basis throughout the production, keeping the
crew’s previous and future schedules in mind.
6. It will also be up to individual crew members to alert their Head of Department to any travel or turn-around
concerns.
13.1.33 Night Shoots

1. During night shoots the supply of work lights is important whenever they are required.
2. Crew members should always carry battery operated torches in case of a power down situation.
13.1.34 Working in Darkness or Diminished Lighting Conditions

1. Working in darkness or diminished lighting conditions is a hazard that cannot be avoided in some productions.
2. Risk assessments must identify procedures to reduce the associated risks.
3. Consideration must be given to the use of blues and other work lights, use of fluorescent tape markings on floors,
steps, and edges, etc.
4. Consideration must be given to those who need to move from areas of bright lighting to low lighting, including
appropriate access and egress.
5. Appropriate warnings must be provided prior to light levels being reduced.
6. Consideration should be given to the fact that darkened environments can inhibit communication, especially for
those with hearing impairments.
7. Exit and safety lighting must be maintained and visible always.
8. Good housekeeping is essential and trip hazards must be eliminated.
13.1.35 Second Units

1. Large crews often make use of reduced units or 2nd units to shoot sequences which, for a variety of reasons, it
is decided will not been covered by the main unit.
2. Actors are often involved, in all cases, the safety needs and concerns of any crew must be addressed.
3. Sometimes such units are called upon during main unit shooting in response to circumstances that have arisen
and have not been considered in pre-production.
4. Therefore, all reduced or 2nd unit activity must be scrutinised for safety considerations, noting specifically if any
of the following are involved:
a) Action sequence
b) Vehicles
c) Stunts / Special effects
d) Aircraft
e) Children / Animals

SCREEN PRODUCTION
f) Night shoot
g) Underwater sequence / Boats
h) Any special or unusual circumstance or camera position
1. Any reduced or 2nd unit must have appropriate crew levels, safety personnel, and emergency support
commensurate with the scope of the sequence to be filmed and the risks it may entail
13.1.36 Medical and First Aid Services
1. After consultation with the Safety Consultant, the Producer will provide a medical service which, in their view,
is sufficient for the production.
This will include liaison with a qualified medical practitioner located within a reasonable distance from the
production office, who will be prepared if necessary to treat unit members outside their working hours.
2. There must be a qualified registered nurse on set always when the stunts and/or special effects and/or
hazardous filming are carried out. Where a potentially dangerous stunt or special effect is being performed, an
ambulance must, if available, be in attendance on set. Where an ambulance is unavailable, a viable means of
transporting injured person(s) to hospital must be provided.
3. First aid equipment approved by the St. Johns Ambulance Brigade will be provided always by the Production
Company, to be places in a safe but accessible position on or near the set.
4. Cast and crew are to be responsible for advising the Production Manager of any medical problems which may
affect/be affected, by their work in the film. The Production Manager is to advise the unit medical officer of
such medical problems.
5. This information will be treated in confidence by those personnel who are informed for safety reasons only.
6. The Producer will ensure that the working conditions for the pre-production and off-set crews are adequate
and safe and that first aid provisions are available and accessible.
13.1.37 Nudity & Simulated Sex Scenes

1. Scripts that require actors to perform nude scenes (either partial or total) the production must make actors
aware of this requirement prior to engagement? REF: Consent to Perform
2. Actor’s dignity and level of comfort during the filming of nude scenes must be paramount, a closed set should
be in place, cover up robes or the like must be at hand near the set.
3. The set ambient temperature should be warm were possible, if this is not possible due to the set location or the
scripted activity then an enclosed structure with sufficient heating devices need to be in place close to the set.
13.1.38 Simulated Sex Scenes

1. Scene involving the simulation of performing a sexual act/s
2. Scripts that require actors to perform sexual scenes the production must make actors aware of this
requirement prior to engagement? REF: Consent to Perform
3. Loss of Privacy / modesty / dignity and general level of comfort during the filming of sexual acts whether nude
or part nude is protected and maintained
4. Consider a closed set
5. Cover up robes or the like must be at hand near the set
13.1.39 Consent to Perform

1. Before rehearsing or shooting scenes that require semi-nude, nude or in sex-simulated scenes a signed consent
to perform document must be obtained by the director.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13.1.40 Rehearsal
1. Sufficient time is to be allocated for cast who are required to use weapons such as swords/spears or the like,
perform a sequence of movements which require an element of timing, whether the requirement is a
stunt/hazardous action or not
2. The rehearsal should be conducted in a safe location when there are no filming schedules or unduly time
constraints present.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14 PRODUCTION ACTIVITIES
14.1 Safety Reports
1. The producer will ensure that a Safety Report is compiled by a suitably qualified Safety Consultant, such person
to be:
• A member of a panel of such consultants previously approved by MEAA and such panel to be circulated by
the union;
• The holder of a recognised first aid certificate;
• And will have no other pecuniary interest in the film, except in the exceptional circumstances, and where
the SPAA and MEAA consent.
2. In the safety Report the Safety Consultant will:

a) Recommend the sequences for which a specialised person is required;
b) Stipulate procedures to be followed to mitigate safety risks;
c) Detail areas that require either a specialist in attendance or specialist advice (e.g. electricians,
mechanics, fire brigade, etc.);
d) Include relevant details of location surveys, including terrain, buildings, etc.
e) Advise the production company on the safety requirements of known equipment: plant and/or
machinery, vehicles, props, crew vehicles, etc.
f) Include the normal location first aid equipment on set;
g) Include details of the nearest hospital equipped to handle possible accident victims, and where location
filming is to be carried out in country areas shall set out procedures for contacting air ambulance, etc.
3. Copies of the Safety Report will be sent to SPAA and MEAA prior to the commencement of filming, by the
Production Company.
4. The fee for compilation of the Safety Report will be set annually for the period of 1 January to 31 December by
mutual consent of the union and SPAA.
14.1.1 Script Breakdown Safety Report

1. The primary focus of this report is to identify hazardous action, special effects, pyrotechnics, and stunts directly
relating to the script, story board, etc.
2. To provide information, instruction, and recommendations for the setting of a SAFE work environment in
relation to the script contents, so filming can be performed in a manner that is safe and to minimise any risk of
injury or the health of cast and crew and were necessary the public
3. An accredited and qualified safety Supervisor/consultant must review the final release script or storyboards,
etc. and prepare a script breakdown safety report and submit to the production prior to the commencement of
shooting who should review and implement controls as recommended
4. Attention must be given to scenes and/or sequences involving hazardous action, e.g. Special effects, stunts,
prosthetics, animatronics, weapons, animals, aerial shooting, which must be the subject of detailed risk
assessment at the pre-production stage.
5. The person/s preparing the safety report must be familiar with federal, state and territory OH&S regulations
covering the risk assessment process.
REFER – APENDIX (T) – SCRIPT BREADOWN SAFETY REPORT LAYOUT

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.1.2 Supplementary Safety Reports

1. In the case of series, serials and ongoing television programs, a separate Safety Report must be commissioned
for hazardous action in any single episode unless it has been covered in a comprehensive Safety Report for the
entire program (Supplementary Safety Report).
2. Any hazardous action that is proposed for a production at any time after the preparation of the Safety Report
will be subject to detailed risk assessment and Supplementary Safety Report.
3. The Supplementary Report must be added as an attachment to any previously prepared Safety Report/s and
circulated to recipients as required.
14.1.3 Documents and procedures

A – Locations Basic Safety Checklist
B – Escape and Fire Procedures
C – Setting up Work Areas
14.2 Location Recci’s Reports

14.2.1 Locations
1. It is recommended that location surveys be conducted to assess the safety and suitability of the location/s in relation
to the scripted action.
2. It is also recommended safety inspection be conducted for the location / site of new production offices and facilities
where production staff are expected to work, appropriately qualified or competent personal should perform these
inspections
3. The personnel recommended in the Safety Code depending on the locations and scripted action should attend
surveys.
4. The following points should be taken into consideration at all locations: -
• Ground condition, stability, and grading
• Exposed or hidden holes, protruding rocks, tree roots
• Debris- cans bottles, glass, rubbish, and other sharp items
• Overhead power lines, trees, branches, buildings, etc.
• Waterways, dams, swamps, marshes, etc.
• Testing water ways for E. coli and other waterborne pathogens
• Flora and fauna
• Entry and exit to be well signposted free of obstructions and well lit
• Fire safety (including studio, location, unit buses, catering etc.)
• General lighting requirements other than for filming
• Security
• Hygienic toilets/hand washing facilities, Access to hot/cold liquid refreshments
• Emergency plans for evacuation
• Cables that could impede possible escape routes should be ramped
• Cables placed near a water hazard should be appropriately insulated and kept where possible off the ground
• Fire hazardous areas such as, but not limited to: Unit buses, SFX and fuel storage, etc.
• Is the presence of materials such as (asbestos, dusts, chemical residue, etc.) possible?
• Proper footwear should be worn always.
• The producer will ensure that the cast and crew are informed of the type of clothing suitable for the film
location having regard for the climatic conditions.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.2.2 Inspections
Refer LOCATIONS – A BASIC SAFETY CHECKLIST
- Interiors
- Exteriors
- General
1. Include relevant details of location surveys, including terrain, buildings, etc.

a) List of locations, as supplied by the Production Company, including the production office itself, the
construction, wardrobe, art department and editing department areas.
b) At each location, the following should be given attention for possible safety factors.
• Entry and exits
• Fire precautions in the following areas of the set: wardrobe, make-up, hair, wardrobe and catering;
• Access to and from toilets
• General lighting requirements other than for filming
• Adequate ventilation
• Protection from the unintentional intrusion of the public, e.g. filming on streets and in public
spaces.
14.2.3 Standing Safety Orders “Locations”

1. This Procedure is every cast and crew member’s responsibility
a) Upon arrival at ANY location, familiarise yourself with the emergency exits and the location of fire
extinguishers
b) Familiarise yourself with the ‘Emergency Assembly Area”
c) Be aware of cabling & equipment on the ground and/or overhead.
d) Do not plug in any appliance/piece of equipment without first consulting the Gaffer
e) There is to be no smoking on set
f) Unsafe situations or behaviour will not be tolerated.
g) If anyone considers a situation/activity to be unsafe in any way, they should stop that activity immediately
and report the situation/activity to the 1st A.D., Safety Supervisor, and/or the Production Manager
h) Appropriate footwear should be worn always (no open-toe shoes)

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.3 Hazard Management

1. Effective hazard management is fundamental to reducing the risk of workplace injury, maintaining a safe
working environment and maximising output.
2. Screen Productions often takes place in a dynamic environment where employees are exposed to a range of
hazards not usually found in office or other more static working environments that can include:
a) Sophisticated screen-based work;

b) Stunt work;
c) Special effects;
d) Working with animals and/or children and/or the elderly;
e) Working with people from overseas (cast and/or crew) and resultant language and cultural differences;
f) Ultraviolet radiation
g) Radio frequency radiation;
h) Heavy manual handling;
i) Hazardous substances;
j) Aggressive people;
k) driving;
l) using mobile phone whilst driving;
m) A variety of weather conditions;
n) A range of communicable diseases;
o) That may result in:
p) Death and/or serious traumatic injury;
q) Sprains and strains of the back, joints and muscles;
r) Sunburn;
s) Melanoma, basal cell carcinoma;
t) Workplace related stress;
u) Anxiety;
v) Dermatitis;
w) Tuberculosis;
x) Hepatitis;
y) Hypo/hyperthermia;
z) Burns.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.4 Risk Management

14.4.1 Consultation and Assessment
1. Risk management is the identification of hazards, the assessment of the risk of the identified hazard causing
injury or illness and where appropriate eliminating the hazard or in the event it cannot be eliminated
implementing control measures to minimise the risk.
2. Therefore, well-developed systems for identifying, evaluating, and controlling hazards are fundamental to
managing risks.
3. These systems can involve a range of activities and may include:

a) Direct consultation with employees involved in carrying out the work;
b) A visual inspection of the workplace (including all equipment, materials, and substances);
c) auditing;
d) work study;
e) testing of equipment and substances;
f) Biological and environmental monitoring;
g) Technical or scientific evaluation;
h) User trial of equipment;
i) Analysis of injury and/or near miss data;
j) Analysis of information provided by suppliers of plant, equipment and/or substances.
4. Historically, safety reports prepared for Screen Productions have addressed the manner in which identified
risks might be managed during filming.
5. These Guidelines are based on the concept of hazard identification, risk assessment and risk management and
cover all aspects and all phases of a production, not simply on-set issues.
6. Comprehensive risk assessments must be undertaken for all phases of all Screen Productions in respect of all
workplaces in which work will be undertaken.
Attention must be paid to

a) Preproduction
 Including design and construction,
 Striking and demolition,
 Casting,
 Rehearsals, costumes, etc.
b) Principle Filming
 Script content
 Stunts
 SPFX
 Locations
c) Postproduction
 Including editing,
 Visual effects,
 Mixing, etc. –
In addition to all aspect of principal photography and all additional shooting units.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
7. Risk management principles require

 Hazards to be identified and
 Controls put in place to eliminate the risk, or
 Where elimination is not possible, to minimise the risk to the greatest extent possible.
8. In order of preference, the following hierarchy of hazard controls must be followed:

 Elimination,
 Substitution,
 Isolation of the hazard, for instance by engineering out the hazard,
 Administration and training, for instance, training personnel in a safe system of work,
 Provision of PPE.
9. The risk assessment prepared to cover principal photography and all filming continues to be known as the
“Script Breakdown Safety Report” and must be documented in writing, prepared in consultation with crew and
cast including sub-contractors and must be made available to all persons involved in the filming.
10. Attention must be given to scenes and/or sequences involving hazardous action,
a) E.g. Special effects,
b) stunts,
c) prosthetics,
d) animatronics,
e) weapons,
f) animals,
g) aerial shooting,
Which must be the subject of detailed risk assessment at the pre-production stage.
11. Risk assessments and the Script Breakdown Safety Report must be prepared in consultation with those persons
who will be affected by the tasks being assessed.
REFER to Appendices 72.18 RISK MATRIX and 72.19 SCIPT BREAKDOWN SAFETY REPORT for an outline
methodology for carrying out a risk assessment and a pro forma for identifying the hazards to ensure the risk
assessment is relevant and complete.
Note: Any pro forma is not exhaustive and will not cover all potential hazards that may be encountered in an
individual workplace.
12. Where hazardous filming activities are to be undertaken, the Safety Report should determine:
a. Shooting scenes for which a Stunt Coordinator, Special Effects Coordinator, Medical Personnel and/or Safety
Supervisor must be engaged;
b. When/if the employment of a specialist/s is necessary (e.g. Armourer, animal trainer, veterinarian, fire
brigade, mechanic) and relevant licensing requirements;
c. The emergency services, Medical Personnel and supplies required, such as adequate first aid kit/s, nearest
hospital equipped to handle accident victims, etc.;
d. Specific requirement for the Stunt Coordinator, Special Effects Coordinator and/or Safety Supervisor
e. Risk analysis and Procedures to be adopted for eliminating and/or reducing any risks;
f. Production to determine the nearest local and contact number for emergency services;
g. Any safety requirements associated with any equipment to be used, e.g. Vehicles, rigs, props, cranes,
lighting, dollies, etc.;
h. Provision of first aid supplies as appropriate in all work sites.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
13. The employer must:

a) Commission a Safety Report;
b) ensure that a suitably qualified Safety Consultant compile the report;
c) ensure that any recommendations made in the report are acted upon by the responsible person/s;
14. Coordinate distribution of the report to:

a) all cast and crew members (including, where relevant, contractors and sub-contractors);
b) a copy each to SPAA and MEAA; and
c) Ensure that a copy is available at all times on the set/location for the use of extras.
d) Ensure that hazards and controls are detailed on daily call sheets.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.5 Script Breakdown Safety Report Preparation

IDENTIFY HAZARDS
Identify associated hazardous according to the scripted activity or a combination of activities.
1. Recommend the sequences for which a stunt coordinator/special effect coordinator and/or safety officer
will be required on set.
a) Detail the Scene Number,
b) Particulars of the stunt/special effect,
c) The specialists to be employed,
d) The pre-production time required as started in Clause 10 f the Code (or such longer period of time as the
report Writer may believe necessary),
e) Noting the need for any testing to be carried out as per sub clause 35(b) of this Code.
2. Detail areas that require a specialist in attendance or specialist advice

a) (E.g. electricians, mechanics, Fire Brigade, riggers, etc.).
b) Details scene number, area of concern, specialists to be employed, and pre-production time required.
c) Include under this heading, the medical requirements as mentioned in sub clause 4(a) of this Code.
STIPULATE PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED TO ELIMINATE SAFETY RISKS ARISING FROM STUNTS/SPECIAL EFFECTS,
AS OUTLINED IN PARAGRAPH
ASSESS THE RISK
Assess the likelihood of an injury to persons against each hazard, using a risk assessment tool that will assist in
identifying highest risk activity.
RECOMMEND CONTROLS
Against each hazard and utilising the risk assessment score make recommendations that will eliminate or minimise
the risk of injury to cast and crew and were appropriate the public.
DOCUMENTATION
Document the hazard id, risk assessment and controls for each scene and forward the report to the production
office.
AMENDMENTS TO SUBMITTED REPORTS

Any changes, other than dialogue changes to the script upon which this report is based, notification to the nature
of the changes should be forwarded to the Safety Consultant / Safety Supervisor and other heads of departments
at least 24 hours prior to filming, to allow for the assessment of any additional safety matters which may arise.
14.5.1 Consultation
1. An employer must consult with their employees to enable the employees to contribute to the making of
decisions affecting their health safety and welfare at work. Consultation should be undertaken:
a) When risks to health and safety are assessed or reviewed,
b) When decisions are made about risk elimination, control or monitoring,
c) When decisions are made about adequacy of facilities for employee welfare,
d) When changes are made to premises, systems, methods, plant or substances that may affect health, welfare
or safety,
1. When changes are made to consulting procedures. Consultation involves providing employees with relevant
information and giving them the opportunity to express their views.
2. These views are to be valued and considered by the employer.
3. The need to establish and/or elect/appoint health and safety committees, representatives and other agreed
consultative mechanisms are set out in the relevant state and territory legislation and regulations.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.5.2 Risk Matrix

1. There are several variations of risk matrix’s that can be found in the literature.
2. It does not matter which matrix you use as long as you consistently use the same matrix
14.5.3 Using a Risk Matrix
1. It is important to remember the purpose of a risk matrix.
• We’re usually not trying to obtain a precise estimate of the risk, or to determine the potential impact on
objectives in great detail and any such attempts are rarely useful.
• When we use a risk matrix we are usually trying to assess and prioritize a list of risks.
• Where there are too many risks for us to give them all the same level of attention we need to aggregate
them into a few groups or identify the most significant risks, so that we can focus first on those requiring
urgent management, then deal with other important risks, and merely monitor the remainder.
• The use of red-yellow-green types of categorization reflects this broad classification of risks into high-
medium-low priority.
• In some cases, it may be enough merely to rank risks against each other to determine relative prioritisation.
• All ‘red or high’ risks should be treated as high priority and we may not need to worry about whether some
are redder than others.
Refer (S) - MAKESAFE RISK MATRIX
14.5.4 Risk Assessment
1. Risk assessment means "establishing the likelihood of an injury or illness to a person/s resulting from exposure
to identified hazard/s".
2. Can also include or applied to environment aspects of activities being conducted
• Controls should be prioritised and applied in relation to the severity (or consequence) of the risk.
• Solutions to remove or mitigate the risk must take priority.
• Whenever possible risk assessments should be documented, and filed for future reference
RISK EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT TOOL
• Upon the identification of any hazard/s (real or potential)
• Rank the impact of the hazards you have identified using the following Risk Assessment tool
• The following formula is used to determine the Risk rating
• A number is assigned to the hierarchies, and then each real or potential hazard can be assigned a risk
rating using the following formula.
3. Each Real or Potential hazard should be included for consideration and a ranking to determine the Risk rating
for which controls can then be determined.
4. All “High” risk rated activities must have a specific Hazard / Risk Assessments or SWMS which are to be
submitted by relevant supervisor / HOD to production

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.5.5 Emergency Response

14.5.6 Interiors
 A person (the safety supervisor (if on set), 1St Ad or other nominated person) should be responsible for
ensuring that all emergency exits are accessible for use at all times
 A clearly marked gangway, min 900mm in width, must be kept clear around the perimeter of the studio/sets
 Adequate space must be allocated on the studio floor plan for storage of movable set pieces, equipment,
property and/or other filming equipment during the course of the occupation of the studio.
 In no circumstances, any such equipment be placed in the gangway
14.5.7 Exteriors
 An Emergency Evacuation Procedure with nominated Fire Wardens will be in place at the commencement of
filming.
 This procedure will vary from location to location.
 Some locations will have their own Emergency Assembly Areas. Other locations will have to have an Assembly
Area and Emergency Procedures tailored to their individual requirements.
 These requirements will be communicated during safety induction and where possible made available on the
daily call sheet
 *Refer “safety induction document”
14.5.8 Incident Notification
1. Occupational health and safety act 2004 requires an
2. Employer or self-employed person to notify Work safe immediately after becoming aware of an incident at a
workplace which results in—
a) The death of any person; or
b) A person requiring medical treatment within 48 hours of exposure to a substance; or a person requiring
immediate treatment as an in-patient in a Hospital; or
c) A person requiring immediate medical treatment for—the amputation of any part of his or her body; or a
serious head injury;
d) or a serious eye injury;
e) or the separation of his or her skin from underlying tissue (such as de-gloving or scalping); or
f) electric shock; or
g) a spinal injury; or
h) the loss of a bodily function;
i) Serious lacerations

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.5.9 Notice of Incident that Exposes a Person to Risk

1. An employer or self-employed person must notify Work Safe immediately after becoming aware of an incident
at a workplace which exposes a person in the immediate vicinity to an immediate risk to the person’s health
and safety through-
a) The collapse, overturning, failure or malfunction of, or damage to, any plant that the regulations prescribe
must not be used unless the plant is licensed or registered; or
b) The collapse or failure of an excavation or of any shoring supporting an excavation; or
c) The collapse or partial collapse of any part of a building or structure; or
d) An implosion, explosion or fire; or
e) The escape, spillage or leakage of any substance including dangerous goods as defined in the Dangerous
Goods Act 1985; or
f) The fall or release from a height of any plant, substance or object; or
g) The following incidents in a mine:
h) The overturning or collapse of any plant; or
i) (ii) The inrush of water, mud or gas; or
j) (iii) The interruption of the main system of ventilation
In addition to immediate notification, the employer/self-employed person must provide a written record of the
incident to Work Safe within 48 hours of becoming aware of an incident.
This is the Approved Form for notification in writing.

An Approved Electronic Form is also available at www.worksafe.vic.gov.au to Notify Work Safe immediately, call
132 360
2. For written notification send this Incident Notification Form to Work Safe within 48 hours:
a) Electronically via the web or
b) By post to GPO Box 4306, Melbourne 3001 or
c) By facsimile to (03) 9641 1091 or
d) By post or delivery to Work Safe at 222 Exhibition Street, Melbourne 3000
3. Keep a copy of the written record for at least 5 years Site Preservation
4. The site of a notifiable must not be disturbed until an inspector arrives or until directed by an inspector except
to protect the health and safety of a person;
a) or provide aid to an injured person involved in the incident;
b) or to take essential action to make the site safe or prevent a further incident

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.5.10 Notice of a Dangerous Occurrence

1. Equipment (Public Safety) Regulations 2007 requires a person in charge of prescribed equipment at an
equipment site to notify Work Safe immediately,
After becoming aware of an incident involving the equipment which results in-
a) The death of any person; or

b) A person requiring medical treatment within 48 hours of exposure to a substance; or
c) A person requiring immediate treatment as an in-patient in a hospital; or
d) A person requiring immediate medical treatment for—
• the amputation of any part of his or her body; or
• A serious head injury; or
• A serious eye injury; or
• The separation of his or her skin from underlying tissue (such as de-gloving or scalping); or
• Electric shock; or
• A spinal injury; or
• The loss of a bodily function; or
• Serious lacerations
2. A person in charge of prescribed equipment at an equipment site must notify Work Safe immediately after
becoming aware of an incident involving the equipment which exposed a person in the immediate vicinity to an
immediate risk to that person’s health and safety through-
a) The collapse, overturning, failure or malfunction of, or damage to, any item of plant listed in 903 (3) of the
Equipment (Public Safety) Regulations 2007 and the Australian Standards referred to therein; or
b) An implosion, explosion or fire. In addition to immediate notification, a person in charge of prescribed
equipment must provide a written record of the incident to Work Safe within 48 hours of becoming aware
of the incident.
c) This is the Approved Form for notification in writing.
3. An Approved Electronic Form is also available at www.worksafe.vic.gov.au
4. To Notify Work Safe immediately, call 132 360
5. For written notification send this Incident Notification Form to Work Safe within 48 hours:
a) Electronically via the web or
b) By post to GPO Box 4306, Melbourne 3001 or
c) By facsimile to (03) 9641 1091 or
d) By post or delivery to Work Safe at 222 Exhibition Street, Melbourne 3000

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.6 Manual Handling

Manual handling injuries are the number one cause of employee injury resulting in time off work.
Yet manual handling injuries are the easiest to prevent.
1. Manual handling is any activity where a person is required to exert force to
a. Lift,
b. Lower,
c. Pull,
d. Push,
e. Carry or
f. Otherwise move,
g. Hold or
h. Restrain any animate or inanimate object.
2. Employers must ensure the risks associated with systems of work involving manual handling are either
eliminated or reduced.
3. The risk assessment/s for the production must incorporate all manual handling activities through all phases of
the production.
4. No person shall be required to lift more than they can lift on the day.
5. There are 18 risk identifiers in the National Code of Practice on Manual Handling and weight is only one.
6. Other considerations include movements and posture required;
a. Layout of the workplace,
b. Actual handling task,
c. Exposure to the task,
d. Task requirements and object characteristics (weight, dimensions, grip, what the load is),
e. The work environment and individual work factors.
f. Where possible, mechanical lifting devises must be used to move anything heavy or awkward.
g. Appropriate aids to reduce the risk of manual handling injuries must be provided such as trolley,
adequate storage,
h. Always ensure the pathway is clear prior to moving anything.
7. Incorporating all manual handling activities including
a. Gear and equipment transportation,
b. Bump in and bump out activities.
8. Things to consider when lifting include
a. Movement and posture required,
b. Layout of the workplace,
c. Actual handling task,
d. Exposure to the task,
e. Task requirements and
f. Object characteristics (weight, dimensions, grip, what the load is),
g. The work environment and individual work factors.
14.6.1 Mechanical Lifting Devices

1. Should be used to move anything heavy or awkward whenever possible
2. Always ensure the pathway is clear prior to moving anything.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.6.2 Individual lifts:

1. Assess the load Plan the lift.
a. To do this, assess what you are lifting, deciding where and how you are going to move it.
b. Ideally, lifting should occur at mid-thigh to shoulder height.
c. Avoid unnecessary bending, twisting, or reaching.
d. Ensure there is a clear path to your destination and a suitable place to put the load down.
2. Get close to the load Position yourself as close to the centre of the load as possible.
a. If the load is on a bench, pull it closer towards you.
b. This will minimise the strain on the back while lifting and enable you to use your strongest arm muscles
to hold the load.
3. Place feet apart for balance
a. Place your feet part to make sure your body posture is evenly balanced.
b. If the load is positioned below waist height, straddle it if possible before lifting.
4. Relax the knees to begin the lift, gently relax your knees to get down close to the load.
5. Lower your body and bend your knees lower your body, bending at the knees.
a. Preferably, your knees should not be bent beyond right angles.
b. Bend your back slightly, if necessary.
6. Lower your head lower your head to look at the load you are lifting.
7. Get a firm grip on the load Grip the load securely and comfortably with both hands.
a. Use your whole hand, rather than your fingers.
b. A firm grip should help pull the load closer, as well as support its weight.
c. Pull the load as close to your body as possible.
8. Raise your head gently raise your head upwards.
a. This will help you position your back correctly and ensure that your arm and leg muscles take most of
the load.
9. Straighten your legs and lift slowly and smoothly, minimising the use of your lower back.
10. Keep the load close to your body while lifting.
11. Lift and turn your feet after lifting the load
a. Turn your feet,
b. Then your body in the direction you wish to walk.
c. Avoid twisting your body while carrying out the lift.
14.6.3 Team Lifts
1. ensure one person is in charge during a team lift;
2. designate the route of movement prior to the lift and remove any obstacles or obstructions;
3. Where possible, ensure members of a team lift are of similar height;
4. Position people for the lift having regard to the size, shape, and balance of the load.
14.6.4 Manual Handling Hazard Management

1. A Manual Handling Hazard Identification Checklist is attached at (I) MANUAL HANDLING HAZARD
IDENTIFICATION CHECK LIST
2. Risks associated with manual handling can be minimised or reduced by:
a) Developing appropriate systems of work;
b) Designing and building workplaces that minimise manual handling;
c) Installing equipment that replaces the need to undertake manual handling;
d) Planning activities that will involve a significant amount of manual handling where manual handling is
unavoidable.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.6.5 (I) Manual Handling Hazard Identification Check List

1. Actions and Movements
a) Does the task involve bending and twisting?
b) Are loads shared unevenly between the hands or lifted with one hand?
c) Is there frequent or prolonged bending down where the hands pass below mid-thigh height?
d) Is there frequent or prolonged reaching above shoulder height?
e) Is there frequent or prolong twisting of the back?
f) Is there frequent or prolonged twisting or sideways bending?
g) Are awkward postures assumed frequently or over prolonged period, ie. Postures that are not forward
facing and upright?
2. Workplace and Workstation Layout
a) Does the work layout make it hard to reach things involved in the task?
b) Are work heights and/or seat heights not suitable?
c) Are objects in the way of legs or feet?
d) Are mechanical handling aids easily accessible?
3. Duration and Frequency
a) Do employees perform manual handling frequently or for long periods?
b) Are tasks requiring manual handling performed at high speed?
4. Location of Loads and Distances Moved
a) Are objects moved or carried over long distances?
b) Are objects double handled unnecessarily?
5. Weights and Forces
a) Is the weight of the object?
a. More than 4.5kg and handled from a seated position?
b. More than 16kg and handled in a working posture other than seated?
c. More than 55kg? Note: Lower loads than those listed above may be hazardous when combined
with other risk categories.
d. Is it necessary to pull, push or slide objects that are difficult to move?
e. Are large forces applied while seated?
6. Characteristics of Loads and Equipment
a) Are objects being handled large or have an awkward shape?
b) Is the object hard to grasp or hold?
c) Are loads often wet, greasy or dirty and cannot be held close to the body?
d) Does the object block the person’s view when carried or handled?
e) Are loads unstable or have contents that may move suddenly?
f) Are large heavy objects place or stored……?
7. Work Organisation
a) Are there busy periods when employees have difficulty keeping up with demands?
b) Are personnel for team lifting always available when required?
c) Is the equipment used for manual handling regularly maintained?
d) Is there sufficient manual handling equipment such as trolleys?
e) Can the order in which the work is done be improved? For instance, heavy tiring tasks can be alternated with
easier tasks.
8. Working Conditions – Environment
a) Is the task performed in a confined space?
b) Is the lighting adequate for safe manual handling?
c) Is the climate particularly hot or cold?
d) Is the floor working surfaces cluttered, uneven, slippery or otherwise unsafe?
e) Are the different floor levels in the work area?

SCREEN PRODUCTION
9. Personal Factors
a) Age Are workers under the age of 18 performing strenuous or repetitive tasks or lifting objects weighing
more than 16kg?
b) Skills and experience Have employees received appropriate training in manual handling? Are employees
properly instructed in work practices and procedures? Do the demands of the task exceed the physical
capacity of the employee?
c) Clothing Does clothing restrict movements or otherwise hinder manual handling?
d) Is protective equipment or clothing suitable?
e) Special needs are there employees who may be at higher risk due to, for instance, pregnancy, current
medical conditions or recent illness?

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.7 Ergonomics
14.7.1 Ergonomics
1. Ergonomics involves designing tasks and workplace which complement the employee’s skills, aptitudes, and
ability rather than expecting an employee to adapt to a poorly designed system of work or workplace.
2. Ergonomics does not simply deal with furniture, computer keyboards or tool design.
3. A detailed ergonomic study of a job must include an analysis of the entire system of work which includes the
study of:
a) Sensory inputs and requirements;
b) Decisions to be made;
c) Feedback to indicate quality of performance;
d) The skills involved;
e) Demands on the musculoskeletal system;
f) Training required to undertake the work;
g) Stress factors;
h) Noise and thermal comfort, i.e. Ambient conditions;
i) Organisational factors, e.g. Accountabilities and responsibilities;
j) Autonomy;
k) Social factors, e.g. Feasibility of interaction with others;
l) Hours of work;
m) Meal breaks and other breaks;
n) Shift rosters, etc.
4. the most common causes of injury result from:
a) Inappropriate body postures and/or movements;
b) The need to apply excessive forces to carry out a task;
c) Repetitive tasks;
d) Poorly designed tools and equipment;
e) Poor training;
f) Poor strategies to identify the incidence and potential severity of injuries.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.7.2 Typical Violations of Common Ergonomic Principles

1. Prolonged abnormal postures involving the back, neck, shoulders, and/or upper arms:
2. Often involve excessive flexing or twisting of the neck or back to one side and/or the excessive raising of the
upper arms and/or shoulders;
3. Often due to a work surface that is too high or a work surface that does not allow enough clearance for the legs
to facilitate easy swiveling of the body;
a) Commonly encountered in production offices,
b) Construction workshops,
c) Editing and postproduction facilities and
d) Encountered in on set tasks such has handheld camera work,
e) Operating booms and
f) Animatronics.
4. Excessive extension of angles of joints particularly if associated movements are sharp or against a force:
a. Can occur as the result of prolonged keyboard work,
b. Hammering above should height or too far from the object.
5. The maximum angle of extension should be around 60 degrees but this may vary depending on the individual.
6. Excessive twisting of wrists or maintaining wrists for prolonged periods in a static position.
7. Extreme ulnar deviation can occur when a packaged is picked up, and turned through 90 degrees in order to
repack or store them elsewhere; and can be associated with the use of hand tools, particularly pliers,
screwdrivers, soldering irons, file handles and knives.
8. Motions which require repetitive actions of the forearm:

a) Usually arises when the forearm is required to adopt a static position away from the side of the body for an
extended period of time in a “static load” position, eg. Using hand tools to carry out work in awkward
positions for a sustained period of time.
9. Repetitive manual activities requiring excessive force by squeezing the hand:
a) Cutting heavy wires with pliers,
b) Cutting heavy materials with scissors, for instance making costumes,
c) Using a chalking gun,
d) Removing materials from boxed by gripping and lifting a leading edge, etc.
10. This problem can be exacerbated when a “pinch grip” rather than a “power grip” has to be used,
a) Using the tips of the fingers as opposed to the entire hand.
11. Repeated “shock loading” to the hand, wrist, and arm:
a) Repetitive use of hammers,
b) Tugging at cloth or threads, using jerky motions, or sustaining sharp reactions from hand held power
tools.
12. The repetition of shock over a substantial period of time can lead to cumulative damage of the hand, wrist, or
arm,
a) Use of vibrating tools such as mechanical sanders can lead to “white finger” as a result of poor blood flow.
13. Repetitive actions involving picking up small heavy objects by hand:
a) Laying bricks or any activity requiring excessive effort to pick up an object.
These types of activities are performed mainly by elbow flexion but the wrist extensors are also put into
considerable static tension to help maintain the wrist position.
2. Using devices which place excessive stress on the hand:

a) Tool handles, etc. which do not allow hands of various sizes to take up an optimum position; input devices
b) (Eg. computer mouse’s) that are too small or cannot be used in both hands.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.8 Working at Height

1. Falls from height are a major cause of work related fatalities and injuries in Australia and consequently have
specific regulations relating to the management of the risk.
2. Every time an employee climbs up on a ladder or through some other method, works above the ground, they
are placing themselves at risk of falling from a height.
3. Even falls from a low height have the potential to cause serious injury and must be managed.
4. In workplaces, there are several tasks that may involve working at heights.
14.8.1 Under 2 meters

1. Tasks at heights under 2 metres require safe work procedures to be developed and implemented to minimise
the risk.
a. Stable platform,
b. Stable and secure access steps/ ladder,
c. Highlight edge with hi-vis tape if in minimal light / or darkness, etc.
14.8.2 Above 2 meters
1. Tasks that involve working from a height of 2 metres or more are considered high risk.
2. These tasks must be identified and have controls put in place.
3. Depending on the circumstances and the hazard / risk assessment the following fall prevention systems can be
used
a. The use of a passive fall prevention device (safety rail, hand rail), etc.
b. The use a work positioning system to ensure employees work within a safe area (safety restraint line,
barriers, fencing) etc.
c. The use of a fall arrest system to limit the risk of injuries in the event of a fall ( fall arrest harness and lanyard)
d. As much of the task as possible should be completed on the ground prior to working at height.
14.8.3 Personal fall protection equipment
1. Personal fall protection equipment is designed to stop a person falling.

2. Protection equipment should be used when there is a risk of a person falling and it is not reasonably practical
to change the design of the job to eliminate the risk of a fall.
3. The equipment should be used to:
a) Minimise the risk of a person falling from a height (travel restriction devices); or
b) Minimise the risk of injury to a person who has fallen from a height (fall arrest devices).
4. A risk assessment must be undertaken to determine the most appropriate form of personal fall protection
equipment for the situation – refer AS1891 – including:
a) Travel restriction devices are to be preferred to fall arrest devices;
b) Anchorage points must be capable of sustaining the load of the person falling;
c) All persons who need to use fall protection equipment must be trained in its use and maintenance;
d) Adequate supervision must be provided to people using fall protection equipment.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.9 Ladders
1. Every time an employee climbs up on a ladder or through some other method, works above the ground, they
are placing themselves at risk of falling from a height.
2. It is important to note that ladder use should be subject to risk assessment, safe work procedures and training.
3. When not in use, ladders should be stored horizontally in a secure area.
4. Make sure ladders are compliant with AS 1892; and
5. Monitor the work at height practices of all employees and contractors to ensure they are working safely.
14.9.1 Safe Use & Care - General Principles

1. Ladders must be handled with care always.
2. Observe the manufacturers warnings and instructions
3. Observe closely the area in which you wish to position the ladder and assess for risks (e.g. open door ways,
overhead power lines, uneven ground).
4. Where a risk is present, remove (or reduced to an acceptable level) the risk, or seek an alternative safe means
of access.
5. Ladders are designed and built for a specific use. Read the warning labels and never use the ladder that is not
recommended by the manufacturer.
6. Choose the right type of ladder and the correct height for the task at hand.
7. Always inspect the ladder for damage prior to use.
8. NEVER USE A LADDER THAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED OR HAS MISSING PARTS.
9. Ensure the ladder is free from dirt, water and grease prior to use paying attention to the treads/rungs
10. When using a ladder near a door way, block/lock the door and/or post a guard.
11. Do not leave ladders unattended while they are erected.
12. Always wear fully enclosed footwear with slip resistance soles.
13. Avoid using ladders in very wet or windy conditions.
14. Never use a ladder if you are impaired by drugs, alcohol, or sickness.
14.9.2 Safe handling procedures

1. Never drop or jar a ladder as it may damage the ladder and make it unsafe to use.
2. Always employ safe lifting practices when moving or handling ladders (e.g. bend the knees).
3. Always be aware of others and property when carrying ladders. Care should be taken when carrying a ladder
through or door way or around corners.
4. Always ensure that you have full control of the ladder always.
5. Be aware of the position of your hands when using ladders to avoid entrapment.
14.9.3 Transporting Ladders

1. When transporting a ladder on a vehicle ensure that the following points are observed:
a) The ladder is supported along its length to prevent sagging.
b) The overhang beyond supports is equal and less than 1/3 of the length of the ladder.
c) The ladder is securely tied down to prevent road shock and chaffing. Do not over tighten as this may
damage the ladder.
d) The upper surface of the roof racks or supports should be covered with soft material, such as rubber or
pine, to decrease road shock.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.9.4 Maintenance and inspection

1. Prior to each use check ladders for damage or missing components.
2. Check for loose or missing bolts or rivets.
3. Check ladder feet for excessive wear.
4. Check ropes are not fraying and are securely attached.
5. Check that ladder stiles/rungs/treads are straight.
6. Check spreaders are in good order.
7. Check that the ladder is free from dust, water, grease, and corrosion.
8. Clean a ladder with mild soapy water and ensure it is dry prior to use.
9. Check timber ladder for splits, rot, and insect infestation.
10. Never paint a timber ladder use a clear varnish suitable for exterior or marine environments so that defects are
not hidden.
11. If a ladder does have any defects take it out of service immediately.
12. Either send it to a ladder repairer or destroy the ladder so it cannot be used and replace it.
13. Ladder repairs and checks must be carried out by a competent person
14. Store ladders in a dry, covered location.
15. Exposure to excessive heat may weaken a ladder.
16. If the ladder has sustained a blow or impact carefully check the ladder for defects prior to next use.
17. Fibreglass ladders will over time degrade and fibres may become exposed.
18. Wash the ladder with a commercial solvent and apply enough coats of polyurethane or clear acrylic lacquer to
encapsulate the fibres.
14.9.5 Extension Ladder safety
1. Ensure that the ladder is on firm level surface and both feet are in contact with the ground.
2. Where the ground is firm but uneven, use a Ladder Leveller.
3. Check that stiles/rungs/clutch/pulley/rope/guides and feet are in sound condition prior to use. NEVER USE THE
LADDER IF ANY OF THESE PARTS ARE MISSING OR DAMAGED.
4. Always face the ladder when ascending or descending.
5. Ensure that three limbs are in contact with the ladder always.
6. Always position the ladder at the correct angle.
7. For every four metres of unsupported ladder length the base of the ladder should be one metre from the
bottom of the vertical wall.
8. Care should be taken when estimating the distance from the vertical if the structure is not 90 degrees from the
ground the ladder must be extended one metre, or three rungs, past the top of the structure.
9. The ladder should be secured against slipping at both the top and the base of the ladder. Lashing the top of the
ladder to the wall is adequate. When the ladder cannot be secured at the base an assistant should secure the
base of the ladder from slipping.
10. Ensure that the surface the ladder is resting against is flat and is in sound condition.
11. Pole straps must be used against structures such as trees and poles.
12. Never use a metal ladder or a timber ladder with metal stile reinforcing where an electrical hazard exists.
13. Do not climb from one ladder to another.
14. Do not use an extension ladder in a horizontal position. (E.g. as a bridging structure).
15. Do not exceed the load rating of the ladder.
16. Do not use a ‘Domestic’ duty rated ladder for frequent heavy use, or in a workplace, an ‘Industrial’
17. Ensure the clutch is ‘fully engaged’ before climbing

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.9.6 Step ladder safety

1. Always ensure that the ladder is placed on a firm level surface.
2. Check that each foot is in contact with the surface.
3. Ensure that spreaders are fully extended prior to use.
4. Do not use a ladder if the spreader is missing, lose or damaged.
5. Regularly check ladder feet for excessive wear.
6. When ascending, or descending a ladder you must be facing the ladder and have three limbs in contact with the
ladder at all times.
7. Never stand or sit on the top cap. They are not designed to be used as a step/seat.
8. Never stand on the tread immediately below the top cap as you may lose your balance.
9. Do not over reach when using a ladder - ensure your body is centred within the ladder stiles. Keep your belt buckle
inside the foot area of the ladder.
10. Always descend the ladder prior to moving the ladder - do not attempt to make the ladder walk.
11. Before moving a ladder take care to ensure that all tools and other items have been removed.
12. Do not use a closed stepladder as a non-self-supporting ladder (e.g. leaning against a wall).
13. Do not climb from one ladder to another.
14. Do not use ladders as trestles as they are not designed for this type of use.
15. Never use a metal stepladder where an electrical hazard exists.
16. Do not exceed the load rating of the ladder.
17. Do not use a ‘Domestic’ duty rated ladder for frequent heavy use, or in a workplace, an ‘Industrial’ duty rated ladder
must be used.
18. Carry tools and materials in a tool belt or have them passed to you.
Which ‘Ladder’ Standards do I need to know about? - AS/NZS 1892.1-5
a) AS/NZS 1892 Portable Ladders
b) Part 1 Metal
c) Part 2 Timber
d) Part 3 Reinforced Plastic
e) Part 5 Safe Use & Care
Reference- Model Code of Practice - Managing the Risk of falls at Workplaces - Safe Work Australia

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.10 Rigging
1. Riggers assemble and install rigging gear such as cables, ropes, pulleys and winches to lift, lower, move or position
machinery, structural steel and other heavy objects.
2. Riggers may perform the following tasks:
a) Examine objects to be moved, estimate their size, shape and weight, and decide on the type of equipment
necessary to move them
b) Erect a temporary jib or derrick (lifting devices) if required, and install cables, pulleys, and other tackle
c) Choose or make slinging equipment and attach it to the load
d) Erect cranes and mobile crane booms, and increase the height of tower cranes by bolting component parts in
place and rigging cables
e) Splice ropes and cables to make slings and tackle
f) Erect structural steel for buildings or plants under construction
g) Erect precast concrete panels used on facades of buildings
h) Inspect, maintain and repair equipment
i) Make sure that safety requirements are met always
j) All work at height will be the subject of a detailed risk assessment undertaken in accordance with relevant state
and territory legislation and regulations.
14.10.1 Work at Height
1. May include work undertaken on:
a) Studio grid areas and gantries;
b) Scaffolding, hoists, buckets, cherry pickers, other working platforms;
c) Roofs;
d) Masts, towers, crow’s nests.
2. Consideration must be given to:
a) The weight bearing capacity of roof structure, gantries and grids and floor structures and, where relevant, load
bearing documentation must be obtained from the owner/manager;
b) Rigging undertaken by qualified licensed riggers;
c) Scaffolding erected by competent and appropriately qualified person/s;
d) Edge protection, i.e. Guard and/or railing that complies with AS 1657;
e) Elevated work platforms operated by competent and appropriately qualified person/s;
f) Industrial fall arrest system/s, device/s and anchorage/s which comply with AS 1891.4, AS 2626 and AS 4626 must
be worn where appropriate;
g) Double lanyards must be used when rigging to ensure that when a person moves between anchorages/safety
lines, they are constantly attached to a safety system.
3. Appropriate risk reduction strategies will be determined in consultation with employees undertaking the tasks and
having regard to the prevailing weather conditions.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.10.2 Falling Objects

1. A falling object includes any object or material falling from a height, but also includes objects or material that can be
propelled upwards or sideways and can injure a person who is struck by the object or material.
2. A risk assessment must be undertaken for all falling object hazards and appropriate management strategies
identified.
3. Objects must be prevented from being accidentally knocked or dropped from heights:
 Secure all tools and equipment when working at heights or climbing ladders;
 Do not store anything on platforms or near unprotected edges or openings;
 Adequately secure luminaires with properly maintained safety chains;
 Secure props and scenery, especially during set-up and when striking;
 Maintain housekeeping at a high standard.
4. Issues concerning flying include:
 Ensure that the systems, ropes, slings, barrels, safety chains, etc. Are in good order;
 Provide proper warning to all relevant persons prior to flying scenery;
 Inspection by a competent person, prior to its use, of any system used for suspending objects;
 Ensuring adequate mechanisms for securing chains on chain motors.
5. Other risk control measures include:
 Choreograph performers appropriately to minimise the potential for them to drop or propel objects hazardously
(including themselves);
 Training performers and props staff in the correct methods of carrying weapons and firearms;
 Tape down cables in areas where people may walk;
 Install toe or kick boards on elevated walkways and platforms;
 Wear hard hats when working below where other people are working, where the risk assessment identifies this
protection.
14.10.3 Use of Safety Chains and Sandbags

1. Refer to Section 10 of AS/NZS 4249 Electrical Safety Practices Video and Television Sites.
14.10.4 Fire Precautions

1. Rigging, work platforms and associated equipment must be rigged and/or set in such a way as to not obstruct or
otherwise compromise the effectiveness of fire emergency exits and/or firefighting equipment.
2. Fire extinguishers must be located at appropriate positions in studio gantries and a fire extinguisher must be carried
in all cherry pickers.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.11 Machinery, Plant & Equipment

14.11.1 Industrial Plant and Equipment
1. Industrial plant and equipment includes:
 Cranes and hoists;
 Camera cranes, jibs, dollies, booms, etc.
 Cherry pickers;
 Turbines and reciprocating steam engines;
 Vehicle loading cranes;
 Scaffolding; • elevating work platforms;
 Gas equipment;
 Compressors, air receivers, boilers, and pressure vessels;
 Equipment such as bench saws, drills, nail guns, guillotines, lathes, angle grinders, etc.;
 Explosive power tools;
 spray painting equipment;
 Certain equipment that may be used in stunt/special effects/hazardous filming sequences.
14.11.2 Plant
1. Any cherry picker, tower, cranes, elevated platforms, or other special equipment should be thoroughly inspected
prior to use and be in good working order.
2. Operators of ride on equipment should be secured and restrained whenever the equipment is being raised, lowered,
and travelling
3. All operators of such machinery/equipment must be appropriately experienced and/or certified/licensed to operate.
(Safe distances are referred to in the Safety Guidance Notes pages 43-44)
4. All crew equipment should be regularly checked and maintained. Generators must be connected as per
manufacturer’s specifications.
14.11.3 Scaffolding
1. To be erected or supervised by a licensed scaffolder and to be built to standards as/NZS 4576:1995 and
Amendments.
2. It is also important to ensure a safe system for lowering and raising equipment on to platform.
3. Competent persons where license is not required
4. A person is not required to hold a scaffolding license if a person or thing may fall 4 metres or less from the scaffold.
5. However, any person performing scaffolding work should be competent and must be provided with relevant
information, instruction, training, and supervision in the safe erection, dismantling, maintenance and alteration of
the scaffold
6. High risk work licenses
7. A person performing scaffolding work must hold the relevant scaffolding license class if a person or thing may fall
more than 4 metres from the scaffold
8. All scaffolds in wind exposed locations must be designed to withstand likely environmental loads, including wind
loads and rain loads
9. The producer will ensure that all necessary reports & certificates are obtained for any and all special constructions
where any relevant head of department considers that safety is at risk.
14.11.4 Design, Installation, Erection, and Operation
1. Employers must ensure that industrial plant and equipment is designed, installed, erected, used and/or operated,
maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications and relevant legislation, Australian
Standards and codes of practice by competent appropriately certificated personnel.
2. Workplace Risk Management in the Australian Film & Television Industry – Draft National Safety Guidelines Second
Published Draft – 27 February 2003Draft dated 10 November 2004
3. While certain types of equipment, e.g. camera cranes, are not specifically referred to in the statutes as industrial
plant or equipment, the designers, manufacturers, installers, erectors, users and operators of such equipment must
have the necessary qualifications, knowledge, skills and experience to design, build, install, operate and/or use such
equipment.
4. Plant for raising or lowering a load or person/s should be tested to ensure safety.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.12 Vehicles
14.12.1 Licenses
1. Vehicles and in some cases machinery e.g.: cranes boom type work platforms require licensed operators by law.
2. Any person required to operate these types of equipment should present their appropriate license or certification to
production management and a copy be keep on file.
14.12.2 Tracking Vehicles
1. Police permission for an A-frame or other special rig may need to be obtained.
2. The intended location(s) for the rig must be surveyed beforehand to ascertain suitability of corners.
3. The area should, for preference, be a light traffic area at the time of shooting.
4. A suitable safe area should be set aside, off the road, for rigging and setting up the tracking vehicle.
5. The Key Grip must attend such surveys and be satisfied about the suitability of the road/s, the route and safe
areas.
6. Only vehicles approved by the Key Grip, in consultation with the Safety Supervisor, Tracking Vehicle Driver and,
when relevant, the Stunt Coordinator, can be used for tracking purposes.
7. Competent personnel, under the direction of the Key Grip, must do all rigging of equipment in a safe manner.
8. Clearance and safety lights must be fixed prominently to the extremities of the tracking vehicle and/or trailer.
9. To provide rear lighting, an A-frame must be fitted with two portable tail-lights.
10. The lights will be affixed to the towed vehicle, but controlled by the tracking vehicle.
11. If side mounts are to be used, lead and follow vehicles should stay sufficiently close to provide cover for left or
right side.
12. Tracking vehicle personnel shall wear reflectorised vests unless reflections pose problems for filming.
13. All personnel must remain within vehicle surrounds while the vehicle is moving – sitting on side rails, leaning
out, etc. is not allowed.
14.12.3 Tracking Trailers
1. Tracking trailers should meet with motor regulation towing regulations.
2. Essential personnel only permitted to travel on tracking vehicles.
3. Helmets must be available and worn by all personnel travelling on tracking vehicles were significant risk of head
injury is foreseeable or identified
4. A police lead vehicle and/or a following vehicle is required depending on the circumstance
5. If for any reason an actor is unable to drive or perform the action, then a suitably experienced driver double and/or
low loader/trailer rig will be used.
6. When filming interiors/exteriors of moving vehicles, adequate traffic control procedures should be adopted
including stop/slow signs, witches’ hats, flashing amber lights, reflective jackets and police if necessary.
7. If it is necessary to close a part of a road, permission from the relevant authority (council) should be obtained and/or
a police presence will be required.
8. Effective radio communication must be maintained between the traffic control personnel, drivers, First AD and the
Stunt Coordinator &/or Safety Supervisor.
9. Safety vehicles should be positioned at the front and rear to the action vehicle wherever possible.
10. All stunt/action vehicles should be checked by the Stunt Coordinator to ascertain their suitability for the scripted
action. Modification and/or repairs may be required.
11. All action vehicles need to be regularly maintained and have good steering, foot and hand brakes, tires and
mechanically sound.
12. If personnel need to be secured for tracking vehicle/low loader shots or similar, a Safety Supervisor will be present.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.12.4 Low Loader

1. Low loaders, tracking vehicles must be safely and properly rigged by a qualified and competent person/s.
2. Experienced/competent persons should do all the driving.
3. Only essential persons and equipment shall ride on tracking vehicles and all persons riding on tracking vehicle must
wear helmets as recommended
4. Start stop positions should be set to ensure the trailer rig has room to move off the roadway. Ref: pages 109-125 of
the safety Guidance Notes)
5. All Vehicle and camera placements are to be ratified by the Safety Supervisor or Stunt Coordinator.
14.12.5 Stunt Performers/Use of Low Loaders

1. Actors must be doubled with stunt performers or the vehicle low loaded if the action:
a) is at or over 60 kph or is intended to cause damage to other property;
b) requires the tyres to leaves the ground, lose traction or lock;
c) involves any special effects or damage to be caused to the vehicle;
d) Involves the possibility of an impact, including a near miss, rolling or an explosion.
2. In any event, both the producer and the actor must feel confident that the actor is capable of safely handling
the vehicle during the sequence.
3. Where necessary – for instance, when period cars are used or a manual is to be used when the actor is
accustomed to automatics – time for instruction shall be allowed.
14.12.6 Restraints
1. A load rated harness, rope or other means as applicable having regards to the circumstances should be used to
securely restrain equipment and all personnel travelling on the tracking vehicle.
14.12.7 Vehicles Equipped with Exterior Camera Mounts

(1) A vehicle that does not comply with the standards for registration only because it is equipped with a camera mount is
taken to comply with the standards for registration if
a) The vehicle is solely used for filming
b) on a highway that is closed to the public; and / or
c) Under the supervision of a member of the police force; and
d) Any side projection caused by the camera mount and camera does not exceed 1 meter; and
e) Any front or rear projection caused by the camera mount and camera does not exceed 1·2 metres; and
f) The total height of the vehicle, including the camera mount and camera, complies with regulation 164; and
g) The camera mount does not move relative to the vehicle during filming.
h) In this regulation - camera mount means a structure temporarily fixed to the exterior of a vehicle that is used to
support a camera.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.12.8 Lead, Follow and Tracking Vehicles and Safety Bays

1. The Key Grip in consultation with the Tracking Vehicle Driver and the 1st Assistant Director shall determine use
of lead vehicles.
2. Lead and follow vehicles should accompany the hero car and/or the camera/tracking vehicle.
3. There must be radio communication between all vehicles [except where the road is closed and the location
secure].
4. Safety bays may need to be established away from the base to enable camera re-loads, camera line-ups, etc.
5. Safety bays must be large enough to accommodate all the travelling vehicles and marked clearly on the route
map.
6. A base location safely away from traffic to accommodate cast, crew and vehicles should be established.
7. A route map should be drawn up which locates the base relative to the filming area and marks the routes the
vehicles will take when filming. It should also show the safety bays and directions for those returning to the
base.
8. This map should be distributed to all crew and cast.
9. Where long filming rigs are involved, a turning bay/s may be needed, especially on straight country roads.
10. A test run for all cast and crew required to drive during the filming must occur in circumstances as similar as
possible to those which will exist during the actual filming.
11. Adequate warning signage, supervision of camera positions and safe access for cast and crew from the base
camp to actor’s start mark all require special attention.
12. The tracking/accompanying vehicle must be equipped with appropriately supplied first aid kit/s.
13. Emergency procedures must be developed having regard to the nature of the filming and the location for the
event of unauthorised/unexpected entry of vehicle/s in the filming area.
14.12.9 Cast Driving Action Vehicles
1. Cast members who do not feel confident to carry out the scripted driving sequence/s, or where deemed not
competent by the Safety Supervisor/Stunt Coordinator/1st Assistant Director, shall not be required to do so.
2. Driving doubles, low loading or towing the vehicle should be available as alternatives.
14.13 Action Vehicles
Note: Also, see Section Stunt Vehicles
1. Before use, all action and stunt vehicles must:
 Be roadworthy,
 Have current registration, or be inspected and issued with an interim permit if not currently registered, or
 Be low loaded or towed if not roadworthy or currently registered or able to pass an inspection.
2. In any event, towed vehicles must:
 Have good tyres, steering and brakes;
 Be examined by the stunt coordinator/safety supervisor/rigger/mechanic as appropriate to ensure they are
in safe working condition and properly rigged.
3. Where an action vehicle is to be used as a stunt vehicle, the Stunt Coordinator and stunt performer driving the
vehicle must:
 Be provided with detailed information on the condition of the vehicle, noting the brakes, tyres, steering,
suspension, gears, body damage and rust, and detailing any modifications and/or worth that needs to be
carried out to make the vehicle roadworthy and safe;
 Examine the vehicle to ensure it is in safe working condition for the circumstances in which it will be used;
 Be allowed adequate time to familiarise themselves with the vehicle.
4. For non-standard vehicles or vehicles of unrecognised manufacture (hybrids) and vehicles manufactured prior
to seat belt legislation, the following must be checked:
 Proper harness and seat belt placements;
 Proper placement and parts for seating and controls including the steering wheel and pedals.
5. Location surveys must be carried out and any changes advised to all relevant personnel. (Also, refer to the
section filming on Roads.)
6. Sufficient time for both preproduction training and the rehearsal of stunt performers must be allowed.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
7. Where stunt action sequences may attract public interest, a controlled spectators’ area must take account of
the placement of crash barriers, escape routes, etc.
14.13.1 Motor Bikes

1. Any person required to ride a motorbike must be appropriately licensed and suitably experienced having regard
to the action, location, road conditions, weather, etc.
2. Protective clothing such as strong shoes or boots, long leg and arm coverings and gloves, should be worn
except where precluded by the script. In such instances, appropriate risk controls must be implemented which
may include engagement of stunt double/s, etc.
3. Approved crash helmets must be worn for all riding and stunt work except where they are precluded by the
script or period requirements. In such cases, the sequence shall be redesigned if proceeding without an
approved crash helmet present a risk to the rider.
4. Crash helmets must be in good condition. A helmet which has been involved in an accident or an impact cannot
be used again.
5. In all circumstances where a rig is mounted to a bike, the filming shall be treated as stunt work and a stunt
performer engaged to undertake the riding unless the bike is mounted on an appropriate rig or low loader.
6. Side mounts can be used only if full road closure can be achieved.
7. Training may be required for actors required to ride pillion.
14.13.2 Trucks
1. Actors may only drive trucks if they are appropriately qualified and licensed and only if the truck is not required
to travel at a speed more than 60 kph.
14.14 Heavy Vehicle Management

1. These requirements apply only to:
a. Restrictions on driving hours and have no application to entitlements (wages and conditions) under the
Motion Picture Production Agreement; and
b. A driver of a vehicle with a Gross Vehicle Mass (GVM) of 12 tonnes or more.
14.14.1 Driving hours
1. Combined work and driving time cannot exceed 14 hours per day or 72 hours per week excluding scheduled
meal breaks and rest periods or any other break required by the employer. (See Rest Periods below)
2. Driving hours start and finish from when the driver commences driving the vehicle from the garaged
address/depot or overnight parking spot to location/studio and return.
14.14.2 Rest Periods
1. An employer may require a driver to take additional breaks to ensure that the driver does not breach the
maximum driving hours referred to above.
2. A driver must have a rest period of six continuous hours between the finish of one day’s driving hours and the
commencement of the next day’s driving hours.
3. No rest period can be less than 15 minutes.
4. Rest periods include meal breaks and other breaks required by the employer.
14.14.3 Driving Records
1. For each journey made by the driver of a heavy vehicle the driver must keep a record of the following:
a. The driver’s name;
b. The date; and
c. Total hours spent on driving, work, meal breaks and rest periods or any other break required by the
employer for each day and per week.
2. The driver will supply to the employer a copy of the record each Monday following the week of work.
3. The employer is required to keep these driving records for at least 12 months.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.14.4 Accreditation
1. All heavy vehicle drivers must undertake an accredited Fatigue Management course and supply a copy of their
accreditation to the employer.
2. Owners of heavy vehicles must be certified under the National Heavy Vehicle Accreditation Scheme and
provide a copy of their certificate to employers.
3. This is mandatory for drivers of heavy vehicles and recommended for drivers of trucks under 12 tonnes GVM.
4. Owners of heavy vehicles must provide copies of endorsed licenses to employers.
14.14.5 Fatigue management

1. Drivers of heavy vehicles should supply the employer with the name and contact numbers of four alternative
drivers who may be engaged to drive the heavy vehicle when the driver’s total working/driving hours exceed
the safe maximum.
2. All drivers of heavy vehicles must keep their employer or their nominated representative informed of fatigue
levels and should notify their employer as soon as possible after becoming aware that the safe limits of
driving/working hours are likely to be exceeded.
14.14.6 Trucks
Standard Action
The following applies to setting up and operation of an equipment truck at the workplace
1. Parking
2. Follow direction and / or seek direction from Location Manager, Unit Manager or Assistant Director as to where the
equipment truck is to be parked
3. Park in designated areas.
4. Do not park in pedestrian walkways or vehicular roadways
5. Ensure the area is clear and has no obstacles on it. Where found, remove obstacles to nearby area where they will
not interfere with other equipment trucks, crews or project activity
6. Ensure there are no cables in the area.
7. Do not travel over cables. Where found, relocate, protect or arrange same by cable owner
8. Cabin security
9. Ensure cabin is secure and control is exercised over the vehicle to prevent unauthorised movement
10. Tailgates
11. Prior to lowering tailgates, mark out tailgate lowered zone with safety bollards
12. Use tailgate to safely unload and load heavy equipment
13. At rest, ALWAYS leave tailgate in fully lowered or fully raised position. Half raised tailgates are not to be tolerated as
they are a serious safety hazard
14. The tailgate edge must be clearly and fully marked with an iridescent colour
15. Vehicle Rear Access
16. Access to the back of the equipment truck by a secured set of steps with hand rail attachment
14.15 Dangerous Machinery

1. Any form of domestic and/or industrial machinery that has moving parts should be regarded as potentially
dangerous.
2. Any devices that have impellors, jaws, nip points, cogs, blades, rotating worms, running rollers and/or other moving
parts should be regarded as potentially high risk.
3. Dangerous machinery includes any engine, motor, shaft, belt, gearing, pulley, flywheel, contrivance or appliance
operated by any source of motive power.
4. The installation, operation, guarding, maintenance and disposal of dangerous machinery is covered by relevant
legislation, regulations, Australian Standards and codes of practice.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.15.1 Guarding Dangerous Machinery

1. All dangerous machinery must be adequately guarded in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and
statutory requirements. Except for maintenance purposes, machine guards must not be removed.
2. Employers must ensure that all machine guards are effective and appropriate for the machine.
 All machine guarding should comply with AS 4024 – 1996 Safeguarding of Machinery.
 Guards must be maintained in a serviceable condition.
 When guards are removed, precautions must be taken to ensure the machine is not operated.
 Employees must be trained in how to operate dangerous machinery and provided with necessary PPE, e.g. glasses,
dust masks, etc.
 All PPE must comply with the relevant Australian Standards.
3. Machine parts which require guarding include:
 Non-operational parts which transmit power and motion such as:
 Belts and pulleys;
 Gear wheels;
 Shafts and spindles;
 Flywheels;
 Chain and sprocket gears;
4. Operational parts such as:
 The tools and dies of power presses;
 The blades of guillotines;
 milling cutters;
 Drop saws; Circular saws;
 Drills and chucks.
14.15.2 Typical Hazards to Look for When Identifying Dangerous Machine Parts
1. The following machine parts represent the most significant hazards and are usually synonymous with the use of
machinery:
 “drawing in” of a body part, e.g. fingers, hands or hair, or of clothing, e.g. Sleeves;
 Shear points;
 Impact and crushing;
 Cutting, stabbing;
 Entanglement;
 Abrasion;
 Flying particles or projectiles.
14.15.3 Types of Machine Guarding
There are four main types of machine guarding:
1. Fixed guards: i.e. Permanent non-moving guards that cannot be removed without the assistance of tools.
2. Interlocked guards: i.e. Guards that are linked to the machine so that the machine will not operate unless the guard
is fully in place. This type of guard can be electrical, mechanical, pneumatic or hydraulic.
3. Presence sensing guards: i.e. photoelectric guards that use beams of light which, if broken or interrupted, will cause
the machine to stop or not start; pressure sensing devices such as mats or motion sensors.
4. Combination guarding: i.e. combining a number of different types of guards to provide the best possible protection.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.15.4 Competencies and Licensing

1. The driver of the tracking vehicle must be competent in the type of work, hold the appropriate license for the
vehicle concerned and be approved by the Key Grip in consultation with the 1st Assistant Director, the Camera
Operator and Safety Supervisor.
2. Persons driving buffer vehicles must be experienced and hold the appropriate license.
14.15.5 Communications
1. Communications regarding tracking vehicles must be preceded by a meeting on site of all personnel concerned.
2. It should include a dry run, with the driver and all involved in the shoot.
3. The intended action, possible deviations and authority to abort must be made clear.
4. Should any substantive changes become necessary, the 1st Assistant Director must again call all persons
involved in the shoot and confirm everyone’s understanding and agreement to the changes.
5. Lead and follow vehicles should be in place at all times with radio links to all three vehicles.
6. The driver of the tracking vehicle must have direct communication with the 1st Assistant Director or the Stunt
Coordinator or the Safety Officer and/or the Camera Operator.
7. The vehicle must travel at the slowest speed necessary for the scene to be shot as planned without exceeding
legal speed limits.
8. Personnel and equipment not essential to the shots in progress must not be transported on the tracking
vehicle.
14.15.6 Shooting from Non-Approved Tracking Vehicles

1. A Camera Operator may shoot from, or in, a moving vehicle that is not an approved tracking vehicle provided:
a) A detailed risk assessment has been carried out;
b) The manufacturer’s seat is installed in the vehicle and/or a purpose designed and built seat has been
professionally fitted from which the Camera Operator can film;
c) The Camera Operator is wearing an approved safety restraint and/or other protective equipment as
required;
d) All relevant traffic acts and/or other statutes are complied with;
e) Shooting does not unreasonably compromise the safety of persons in the vehicle or the driver’s ability to
drive safely.
f) Risk factors include:
a. The duration of takes;
b. Weights and forces exerted on the Camera Operator while holding the camera;
c. Any postures which need to be adopted to set the camera angle and/or get the shot;
d. The time available to complete the task;
2. Speed of the vehicle and any environmental factors which could impact on the safe operation of the vehicle or
driver during the take;
3. Any factors affecting the Camera Operator’s safety whilst in the vehicle.
14.15.7 Vehicles Used in Filming

1. All vehicles to be used in filming must comply with the conditions in the safety guidance notes
2. The production office should hold documentation supporting
a) Current mechanical safety checks for each vehicle to be used in the production.
b) All drivers must hold a current and correct license for the vehicle they are to operate.
c) The producer will ensure all set or crew motor vehicles are roadworthy, registered and insured.
d) Any action/prop vehicle that does not have current registration and/or is not roadworthy and is to be driven on a
public road must either have an interim permit or be low loaded.
e) Ensure sufficient amount fuel on board (GERRY CAN RE-FUELING TO BE AVOIDED)
e)f)

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.16 Electrics / Electrical

1. A licensed electrician is required on shoots needing hook ups to mains or mobile generators
14.16.1 Electrical
1. The Australian standard AS/NZS 4249, Electrical safety practices for Film, video and television that Specifies the
requirements for safe working practices in the use of electrical equipment on film, video and television sites
and the in-service testing of equipment.
2. This does not apply to theatre stages, concert locations or permanent equipment.
3. Therefore, all power cables, cords, lights, appliances and equipment such as smoke machines; power tools, etc.
are to be tested by appropriately qualified persons.
4. These tests need to be done every six months and the equipment must be tagged indicating the date of the
test, the name of the person who performed the test and the equipment identification number.
5. NB Equipment or appliance having only two pins and marked “double insulated, do not earth” need only be
externally inspected and tagged.
6. Power to all lights and appliances should be supplied via residual current devices (current operated earth
leakage devices) and 3-pin adaptor.
7. NOTE: piggybacking of double adaptors is not permitted.
14.16.2 Overhead Power Lines

1. Electrical spotter (overhead power lines)
2. Spotters are defined as a safety observer.
3. They are the person whose sole responsibility is for the task of observing and warning against unsafe approaches to
overhead power lines and other electrical apparatus.
4. Per the ‘no go rules’ issued by the Worksafe Victoria (chief electrical inspector) if you need to be closer you must
seek permission from the relevant authority.
5. Permits and permission from local authorities, police, Vic roads, and local councils should be obtained prior to
filming.
14.16.3 Portable Appliances

1. Portable appliance safety testing is required of all electrical appliances designed for connection to AC mains
power by a flexible cord, to ensure proper operation and personal safety precaution.
2. Items like, Extension cords, power boards, power tools, portable safety switches, all portable electrical
equipment must be tested and tagged
14.16.4 Electrical Safety and Cable Management

1. All electrical installations, appliances and equipment used on film, video and television productions must
comply with and be used in accordance with relevant legislation and AS/NZS 4249 Electrical Safety Practices –
Film, Video and Television Sites.
2. All Telsa Coils and other non-standard electrical equipment designed to be used in conjunction with creating
special effects must be appropriated guarded and inspected, tagged and tested I accordance with AS/NZS
3760:1996 – In Service Inspection and Testing of Electrical Equipment and/or other relevant state regulations
covering the use and operation of such equipment.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.16.5 Electrical Safety Practices – Film, Video and Television Sites (AS/NZ 4249)
1. AS/NZS 4249 outlines the minimum safety requirements for the use of temporary electrical installations which
supply electricity to appliances and equipment on film, video and television sites including in-service testing of
portable and transportable equipment.
2. The Standard applies to any temporary installations, portable distribution systems, appliances and equipment
connected to temporary electrical supply in connection with dry hire studios, any buildings and their environs
used as temporary studios and interior/exterior locations and all outside broadcasting.
Note: The Standard does not apply to electrical installations on theatre stages, concert locations and
permanent television studios, except for additional equipment which has its source of power supplied through
a temporary distribution system for Screen Production work.
3. The Standard outlines a range of specific safety measures in connection with:

a) general electrical safety procedures;
b) the use of residual current devices (RCDs);
c) the protection of cables, cords and cord extension sets;
d) portable distribution boards;
e) generating sets;
f) earthing and bonding;
g) Equipment testing and recording.
14.16.6 General Safety Procedures

1. Containers of liquids (including drinks) must not be placed on any electrical appliance or fitting.
2. Any electrical hazard/s or potential electrical hazard/s must be advised immediately as they arise to the person
with delegated responsibility who must ensure immediate remedial steps are taken to control the hazard.
3. In adverse climatic conditions and/or water locations, the Gaffer must assess the risk of electric shocks and, if
the risk/s is unacceptable, instruct the power be disconnected until the situation is rectified.
4. A minimum clearance of 4 metres must be maintained between mechanical equipment and overhead electric
power lines when operating cranes, boom swinging, carrying tall objects, in a boat with a mast up on the water,
or on a trailer on land.
5. Greater separation clearances may be specified in AS 1418 in certain circumstances.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.16.7 Residual Current Devices (RCDS)

1. RCDs must comply with AS 3190. For New Zealand, they must be of a type not affected by pulsating direct
current.
2. RCDs with a rated residual current not exceeding 30 mA must be installed to protect:
a) All socket outlets;
b) All final sub-circuits;
c) All individual circuits.
For AS/NZS 4249 1994, the outlet socket on an in-line portable RCD may be taken to be the socket outlet.
Note: Care should be taken to avoid unwanted tripping due to accumulated leakage currents.
3. Ensure that every RCD is:

a) functionally trip tested using the RCD test button by a competent person daily before use, or prior to the
commencement of each operational period;
b) Subjected to an operational performance test with an RCD tester which connects the active to the socket
earth pin during the test, in accordance with the requirements for portable RCDs in AS 3760, conducted by
a competent person every three months.
Note: The operational test may be conducted more often, dependent upon frequency and severity of use.
4. Record operational tests in a permanent and readily accessible format held on site or at the owner’s premises.
The record must include:
a) The plant number of the RCD;
b) The result of the test;
c) The date of the test;
d) The name (printed) of the person performing the test; and
e) The serial number of the RCD operation test instrument.
5. Flexible cords must be:
a) Located in positions where they are not subject to mechanical damage or damage by liquids; or
b) Provided with suitable protection against mechanical damage or damage by liquids.
c) Cable ramps or rubber mats must be used where cords are crossing walkway areas.
d) If ramps or mats are not available, cords must be supported overhead.
e) Note: Cords may require de-rating when enclosed or covered by mats.
6. Cord extension sets must comply with AS 3199.
7. Flexible cords and cables must not be used while in a coiled or reeled configuration.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.16.8 Cables
1. Stationary cables must be protected in accordance with AS/NZ 4249.
2. All temporary leads and cables must:
a) be industrial quality;
b) not be frayed or have wiring exposed;
c) be protected from the weather;
d) be off the ground where possible;
e) not be twisted, crushed or kinked;
f) be secured and clearly identified;
g) not create a tripping hazard, and h. not be contacted by cranes or overhead mobile equipment; and
h) Ends must have plastic protective covers.
3. In the event, it is not possible to keep leads off the ground, appropriate controls must be implemented with
consideration being given to the use of covers.
4. Leads must never be run across roads or any area subject to vehicular access.
5. Cables must be protected against contact with sharp edges or heavy loads.
6. Where cables need to be moved manually in conjunction with dollies, cameras, booms, etc.:
a) cables must be kept as short as possible;
b) adequate numbers of cable runners shall be utilised;
c) the sequence/s must be rehearsed;
d) the path of the cable runner/s must be kept clear;
e) all those in the vicinity must be aware of the cable running;
7. when laying, and retrieving cables, they must be looped loosely rather than coiled tightly to minimise
overheating of cable insulation and to avoid entanglement.
8. Cable runs must be considered when generators are being parked.
9. Generator cable runs must not be laid, covered or uncovered, across roadways or any area subject to vehicular
access.
14.16.9 Plugs, Plug Socket Adaptors and Portable Outlet Devices

1. The individual pins of three-phase plugs must not be connected in parallel to supply single-phase loads.
2. Double adaptors and three-pin plug adaptors (piggy-back) and similar fittings are not permitted in Australia.
3. Portable outlet devices must comply with AS 3100 and:
a) The enclosure must be constructed of a suitable impact-resistant and durable material;
b) Equipment mounted on the device must be flush mounted or be protected against damage by suitable
means.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.16.10 Lighting Fixtures and Portable Electrical Equipment

1. Equipment must be electrically isolated from the power source before proceeding to work on it, eg. Changing
light bulbs/lamps.
2. All lighting fixtures or equipment must be adequately supported or mounted to prevent tipping or falling.
3. Equipment must be secured against falls that might be caused by wind and/or rain.
4. Suspended equipment must have a separate safety chain or cable to prevent falling.
5. The chain or cable must have welded links or be made of wire rope.
6. Removable accessories, eg. Barn doors, must be similarly restrained by their design or by added restraints.
7. Static load rating of safety chain or cable must be 10:1.
8. Any open-faced lighting unit must have protection where practicable (wire mesh, safety glass) against the
shrapnel effect caused by an exploding bulb/lamp, particularly when in close proximity to people.
9. Every lamp holder of the Edison screw type must be connected to the supply so that where a neutral conductor
is required it must be connected to the outer contact.
10. All electrical equipment not appropriately IP rated must be covered in adverse conditions to prevent water
from entering the equipment.
11. Underwater lights and equipment rated above 32 V a.c. and fixtures must have a degree of protection IPX8 and
be protected by an RCD having a rated residual current not exceeding 30 mA.
12. Protection from ultraviolet lights from HMI lamps:
a) All personnel on site should be advised that various ‘arc’-type lamps, including HMIs, emit much larger
amounts of ultraviolet (UV) radiation than tungsten lamps.
b) Care should be taken to protect against skin and eye damage when they are set up close to people.
c) Various filters are available to reduce UV light.
d) All HMIs should be used with UV filters. Fixtures must not be used if the filters are cracked or broken. Micro
switches must not be bypassed.
e) A UV filter/gel must be used in conjunction with a clear glass filter when using open-faced HMI lamps to
minimise the incidence of headaches and eye damage and to provide protection against exploding bulbs.
13. The use of any combustible material in close proximity to lamps must be avoided to prevent fire or the
emission of dangerous fumes.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.16.11 Equipment Testing and Recording

14.16.12 Electrical Equipment
1. Ensure that all flexible extension cords, portable lights, electrical equipment and electrical appliances supplied
at a voltage above 32 V a.c. (extra low voltage) used as production equipment on site are inspected, tested and
tagged by a competent person at six-monthly intervals.
2. Double-insulated equipment need only be inspected.
3. The inspection, testing and tagging should be conducted more often, depending upon frequency and severity
of use.
4. Subject to a risk assessment/s, all electrical equipment must be tested and tagged.
5. Good practice is that it should occur not less frequently than:
a) annually in the case of house lanterns and electrical equipment;
b) Six monthly in the case of extension cables;
c) before and after every hire in the case of hired equipment;
d) Five yearly in the case of non-moveable fixed electrical equipment;
e) After repair and before use in the case of electrical equipment under repair.
6. Record the details of inspects and tests in a permanent and readily accessible format kept on site or at the
owner’s premises.
7. Ensure that details in the records show:
a) The date of inspection;
b) The equipment number or inspection number of the item inspected;
c) The results of the tests and inspections and details of any repair work; and
d) The name (printed) of the competent person.
8. The record of inspects must be made available to an inspector on request.
9. At the date of test, attach the appropriate colour coded tag.
10. Ensure that the tags specified show:
1. The date of the inspection;
2. The equipment number or inspection number of the item inspected; and
3. The name of the person carrying out inspections and tests.
11. The tag will be valid for the months that the colour tag represents.
12. Ensure that all tags are:
1. Durable;
2. Non-metallic;
3. Self-adhesive or otherwise positively secured;
4. Incapable of re-use; and
5. Bright and distinctive in appearance.
13. It is recommended that the tags be placed at the plug (male) ends of the electrical equipment.
14.16.13 Hired Equipment and Appliances

1. Ensure that all electrical equipment or appliances hired for a site are inspected, tested, tagged and recorded at
the supplier’s premises prior to issue.
2. It is the responsibility of the person who has hired the electrical equipment or appliances to meet the
conditions of testing, tagging and recording as required during the period of hire.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.16.14 Equipment Inspections and Tests

1. When inspecting electrical equipment, ensure that:
a) The outer sheath of electrical cords is not damaged to an extent that reveals the insulation of the inner
conductor;
b) The sheath of all electrical cords is secured at the ends; and
c) Rewirable plugs and extension sockets are correctly connected and serviceable.
2. Testing:
a) Care needs to be exercised to ensure that insulation resistance testing does not damage electronically
controlled equipment.
b) Do not perform insulation resistance tests between active and neutral conductors.
3. When testing, electrical equipment ensure that:
a) All electrical equipment, extension cords and portable power tools are subjected to an insulation resistance
test conducted at 500 V d.c.
b) With a minimum acceptable level of insulation resistance as set out in the table below;
c) All electrical equipment, extension cords and portable power tools, except for double-insulated tools, have a
continuous and safe level of electrical conductivity for the earthing system in accordance with the table
below; and
d) Debris or other accumulated matter will not adversely affect the safety of the plant.
14.16.15 Insulation resistance and continuity tests

1. Class of equipment where measured Minimum insulation resistance Class I (single insulated)
a) Between each live conductor and the earthing conductor
b) A continuity test between the earthing conductor and any exposed metal of the equipment 1 MQ Class II
(double insulated) between each live conductor and accessible conductive parts 1 MQ Extension Cords
Between each live conductor and the earthing conductor 1 MQ
14.16.16 Protective earthing

1. Parts to be measured Maximum resistance _ (Q) _ Between the earthing pin of the supply plug and exposed
metal 0.5
2. Between the earthing pin of the supply plug and oscillating or rotating metal parts (such as drill chucks) 1.5
3. Between the earthing pin of the supply plug and the earthing contact of any outlet sockets of cord extension
sets, portable RCDs or portable outlet devices 1.0
14.16.17 Strobe lighting

1. Strobe lighting has been known to induce epileptic seizures.
2. Epileptics who are flicker-sensitive are likely to experience a full seizure if triggered.
3. Flicker rates of 4 flashes/second or less are recommended and all strobes should be synchronised when more
than one is used.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.16.18 Lasers
1. Lasers used for effect can create a severe hazard to people in a short space of time. Lasers (Light Amplification
by Stimulated Emission of Radiation) produce narrow beams of ordered light rays.
2. They are beams of coherent, monochromatic, high-intensity beams of electromagnetic radiation with a
frequency near that of visible light.
3. They have three basic components:
a) The active medium, the substance from which the laser light issues;
b) The pump system providing the energy to cause the discharge; and
c) The optical cavity which produces the collimated mono-chromatic, or coherent, beam.
4. Lasers use wavelengths in the infrared, visible light and ultra violet range.
5. The eyes and skin are particularly susceptible to damage.
6. There are five classes of lasers.
a) Class 1 products only are considered intrinsically safe whilst
b) Class 2 emit visible radiation but are considered safe when you assume a normal blink reflex and do not stare
at the beam.
7. Special precautions are required for
a) Class 3A, 3B and Class 4.
8. These classes of laser should not be used for display purposes except under carefully controlled conditions by a
competent trained operator.
9. These conditions are outlined in AS 2211.
10. No person should be exposed to radiation more than maximum permissible limits.
11. Risk assessment must be undertaken detailing:
a) Intended scope of use, display in both plan and elevation, positions of laser sources, mirrors and target areas
with relevant distances and dimensions;
b) The need or otherwise to engage a laser safety officer;
c) Control measures in the event of power failure or knocking of the laser device that might result in freezing or
displacement of the laser beam;
d) For outdoor performances, control measures to ensure no interference occurs with the installation and
control of reflection for surrounding structures.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.17 Hazardous Substances

14.17.1 Material Safety Data Sheets
1. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) provide information about how to minimise risks associated with the storage,
handling, use and disposal of hazardous substances.
2. Suppliers of hazardous substances are responsible for providing a copy of the MSDS which has been prepared by a
manufacturer or importer.
3. Employers must acquire MSDSs for all substances to be used in the workplace and ensure a copy is available to all
persons required to use the substances.
4. The MSDS provides information on:
 Identification – product name (trade and chemical), physical description and properties, typical uses, composition;
 Health hazard information – appropriate first aid, spills management, etc.;
 Precautions for use – e.g. appropriate PPE;
 Safe handling information – storage, decanting, disposal, etc.
14.17.2 Labelling of Substances Used in the Workplace
1. All substances used in the workplace must be appropriately and clearly labelled.
2. Care must be taken when decanting from a larger to a smaller container: specifically, the smaller container must be
appropriate for the material and appropriately and clearly labelled.
3. OH&S legislation requires employers to store, handle and label hazardous substances in a manner that does not
jeopardise the health and safety of persons at a workplace.
4. Domestic end use products that are incidentally used in the workplace must comply with the Standard for the
Uniform Scheduling of Drugs and Poisons (SUSDP) labelling requirements.
14.17.3 General Labelling Requirements
Labels should be:
1. On an outside face of the container;
2. In the English language;
3. In durable print;
4. In lettering of a size and type which is easily legible;
5. Firmly secured and printed in colours which provide a distinct contrast;
6. Kept on the container until the container has been emptied and cleaned;
7. Robust enough to withstand fair wear and tear while being handled by users;
8. Designed to incorporate warning signs.
14.17.4 Labelling Hazardous Substances
1. Labels for containers holding more than 500ml of hazardous substances must include:
a) Signal word/s and/or Dangerous Goods Class and subsidiary risk label/s where applicable;
b) Product name;
c) Chemical name;
d) United Nations (UN) number where required by the Australian Dangerous Goods Code;
e) Ingredients and formulation where relevant;
f) Risk phases;
g) Directions for safe use;
h) Safety phases;
i) First aid information and procedures;
j) Emergency procedures;
k) Details of manufacturer and/or importer;
l) Expiry date where relevant; m. Reference to MSDS.
2. Labels for containers holding less than 500ml of a hazardous substance:

a) Should contain as much of the above information as possible without jeopardising the clarity or legibility of the
information but must include relevant signal word/s (e.g. Poison) and/or hazardous goods class, and
b) Consideration should be given to other options for providing information that cannot be included on the label, e.g.
leaflets, signage, etc.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.17.5 Signal Words, Dangerous Goods Class and Subsidiary Risk Labels
1. Signal words (e.g. FLAMMABLE), must be prominently displayed on labels to indicate the relative risk associated with
the substance.
2. State dangerous good legislation requires dangerous goods class and subsidiary risk labels to be assigned according
to the Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) Code.
3. Similarly, poisons legislation in all states and territories require that, if a substance is scheduled by the SUSDP, the
signal words “WARNING POISON” and “DANGEROUS POISON” must be assigned in accordance with the SUSDP.
4. Where a hazardous substance is not defined as a dangerous good, and is not scheduled under the SUSDP, then the
word “HAZARDOUS’ must be used.
14.17.6 Working Safely with Chemicals

1. Employers are responsible for developing and implementing safe systems of work in consultation with employees
and ensuring that persons using chemicals strictly adhere to prescribed working practices.
2. Only use chemicals if necessary.
3. Quantities of chemicals must be kept to an absolute minimum.
4. All users must be trained in safe systems of work.
5. Chemicals must be stored in properly labelled, appropriate containers (also refer to Section 28), handled and
disposed of properly.
6. All users must be able to access the MSDSs and any other information relevant to the use of the chemical/s.
7. Adequate first aid facilities must be available in the event of an accident, including appropriate equipment to
mitigate the adverse impact of spillages, splashes, etc., e.g. Absorbent material, eyewashes, emergency showers,
etc.
8. Any person who uses a chemical has the right to access a copy of the MSDS and to know:
a) What chemicals they are working with and whether the chemicals can be safely used together;
b) The proper name of the chemical/s;
c) Any potential side effects associated with their use;
d) How to protect themselves from harm while using the chemical, including use of appropriate PPE such as hand
protection;
e) How to handle emergency situations;
f) Where to get additional advice.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.17.7 Compressed Gases

See Section 27, Hazardous Substances.
1. All Class 2 gases, i.e. LPG, acetylene and hydrogen that have been compressed, liquefied or dissolved under pressure
must be kept in secured cylinders.
2. All pressurised gas cylinders must be stored outside buildings and must be secured and upright always.
3. The Australian Dangerous Goods Code sets out conditions for the commercial transport of LP gas cylinders, applies
where the aggregate capacity is more than 62.5 litres and is administered by the Environment Protection Authority.
4. Small gas cylinders
5. A small gas cylinder is generally less than 25 litres total internal capacity (often defined as its “water capacity”).
6. Examples are domestic barbeque cylinders such as 4.5 kg (11 litre capacity) and 9 kg (22 litre capacity) of LP gas or
propane.
7. Other cylinders for trade use range from 0.34 kg of LP gas (1 litre capacity) up to E size acetylene and oxygen
cylinders (25 litre capacity).
8. They may have detachable fittings such as torches.
9. Other examples are butane cartridges and aerosol containers designed for use with heating equipment and/or
fittings. These can contain as little as 175 grams’ flammable gas.
10. Risks associated with use and transportation of small gas cylinders
11. Explosions and fires have occurred when cylinders of LP gas (propane) or acetylene have been carried or left in
closed vehicles, such as vans or cars.
12. It is heavier than air, so it will accumulate in low areas rather than dissipate.
13. It can generate an explosive mixture with air if the cylinder or attached equipment leaks.
14. Spark sources in the vehicle’s electrical components include remote locking systems, electric motors (starter, wipers,
aerial), ignition systems, radios and sound systems, cigarette lighters, and possibly light switches, can ignite a
flammable gas mixture.
15. Lighting a cigarette in the vehicle will also ignite such a mixture.
Do:
 Check for leaks by brushing on soapy water (or water from the windscreen wash bucket at service stations) and
looking for bubbles. Smell is not always a reliable test.
 Ensure windows of vehicle are wound down for cross flow ventilation or use a suitably ventilated cabinet.
• Disconnect any attachments used with the cylinder before transport and close the cylinder valve.
• Keep the cylinder upright when transporting it in a trade vehicle or car.
 Store or keep the cylinder in a vehicle only if there is a purpose-built compartment, cabinet or tool box that
provides adequate ventilation to allow any leaking gas to drain to the outside of the vehicle.
 Also, make sure there are no ignition sources around when opening the compartment to take the cylinder out.
 An open vehicle such as a utility provides the best ventilation and avoids the risk of gas accumulation.
 Unload the cylinder from inside the vehicle immediately when reaching your destination, unless the vehicle has a
suitable compartment or cabinet as above.
Don’t:
 Do not put a cylinder in any vehicle without first checking for gas leaks.
 Do not carry a cylinder in the car with the windows wound up.
 Do not lay a small LP gas cylinder on its side (or upside down).
 Make sure that it is securely packed in a way that prevents it from tipping over in transit.
 Do not store or keep a cylinder in a van without a purpose-built ventilated compartment.
 Do not leave equipment and accessories attached to the cylinder when transporting.
 Do not carry a cylinder mounted external to the profile or body of a vehicle.
 Do not carry or keep a cylinder in an enclosed tool box, especially with loose tools.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.17.8 Flammable Liquids, Including Paints, Glues and Solvents

1. Employers must develop hazard management systems for reducing risks associated with the storage, handling, use
and disposal of flammable liquids including paints, glues, solvents and thinners.
2. Such systems must comply with relevant legislation, Australian Standards and codes of practice.
3. Risks can be reduced by:
a) Seeking advice from the local WorkCover authority about storage and licensing requirements;
b) Using non-solvent based products wherever possible;
c) Keeping the minimum necessary in the workplace;
d) Providing dedicated, well maintained, well ventilated storage, preparation and mixing areas away from known
heat and possible ignition sources;
e) No smoking rules in areas where flammable liquids are stored or used;
f) Using only approved storage containers with tamper proof locking lids;
g) Never decanting (pouring) materials into non-approved containers (e.g. plastic drink bottles);
h) Ensuring all containers are correctly labelled (also see Section 28);
i) MSDSs are available to all using or handling flammable liquids;
j) Never mixing incompatible materials;
k) Ensuring spillages are cleaned up promptly and the spilt material disposed of correctly;
l) Ensuring users adopt safe work practices and use appropriate PPE;
m) Seeking advice from the relevant WorkCover authority and road transport authority regarding safe
transportation.
NB: mineral based paints, varnishes and shellacs may cause giddiness and headaches.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.17.9 Spray Painting

1. Many paints are classified as hazardous.
2. Exposure can cause injury and illness through inhalation of toxic vapours and mists and absorption of irritants
through the skin and may result in
a) occupational asthma,
b) allergic contact dermatitis, and
c) lung cancer,
d) damage to the reproductive system and
e) Kidney or liver damage.
3. Hazardous substances include
a) thinners,
b) degreasers,
c) resins,
d) surface preparation products and
e) Dusts from sanding.
4. Other hazards include:
a) Fire, explosion and electrical hazards:
b) Spray painting disperses more paint into the atmosphere than other methods of application.
5. Many paints contain flammable substances.
6. Spray painting mists spread and rapidly fill air space, where they may encounter potential sources of ignition, e.g.
static electricity, sparks, flames and hot surfaces.
7. Electrical installations and use of electrical equipment can be hazardous in spray painting, mixing and storage areas.
8. Spray painting can involve electrical equipment which, if not properly installed or regularly maintained, can result in
electrical or explosion hazards.
9. Static electricity charges can be generated if two differently charged materials come into contact,
a) E.g. two metal cans touching during decanting can create a static spark sufficient to cause an explosion or to ignite
flammable materials.
b) Electrical equipment that is not appropriately insulated or designed to provide spark suppression must not be
used where spray painting is undertaken.
c) Water can conduct electricity from electrical equipment to people.
d) Wet work, e.g. wet rubbing in an area where electrical equipment is being used, can lead to electrical shock or
electrocution.
10. Electrical shock or electrocution can also be associated with electrostatic spray painting.
11. Incorrectly stored flammable materials are a hazard.
12. Any build-up of paint residue in work areas or on equipment is also a hazard as it may be flammable.
13. Paint and solvent soaked rags can spontaneously burst into flames if they are not wet and safely contained after use.
e. Water can conduct electricity from electrical equipment to people.
14. Wet work, e.g. wet rubbing in an area where electrical equipment is being used, can lead to electrical shock or
electrocution.
15. Electrical shock or electrocution can also be associated with electrostatic spray painting.
16. Paint vapours and mists build up rapidly in confined spaces which increases the risk of exposure to hazardous
substance and fire or explosion. (See also Section 20.)
17. Noise: Sources of noise include pumps, electrical motors, compressed air spraying.
18. Spray booths also intensify sound.
19. Noise can make communication difficult and may mask warnings.
20. Manual handling:
21. Poorly designed equipment and tasks that require stretching, bending and twisting of the body are manual handling
hazards, eg: holding the spray painting gun in a static position above shoulder height.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.17.10 Synthetic Mineral Fibres (SMFs)

1. SMFs is the term used to describe a wide variety of fibres made by industrial processes using mineral
substances such as rock, slag and glass.
2. The three main categories are:
a) Glass fibre (or fibreglass) – including glass wool and glass filament;
b) Mineral wool – including Rockwool and slag wool;
c) Ceramic fibres – made from molten glass of alumina and silica or from Kaolin clay.
3. SMFs are mainly used as insulating materials against heat, cold or noise and are used in many situations where
asbestos was previously used.
4. While asbestos is known to be a health hazard, concerns have also been raised about possible health risks
associated with exposure to SMFs.
5. Some fibres may be small enough to be inhaled into the deepest part of the lung.
6. Fibres can also cause irritation of the skin, eyes, nose and throat.
7. SMFs can be found in:
a) Machinery – fibreglass or mineral wool batts or blankets for noise or temperature control;
b) ceilings, walls, air conditioning ducts – fibreglass or mineral wool batts or blankets for noise and temperature
control;
c) Fibre reinforced products – glass filament used for strength, rigidity;
d) Fire protection – granulated (loose) form or as a spray coating;
e) Mixed with cements, clays or other materials.
8. SMFs are often surfaced with foil, cloth or tissue coating.
14.17.11 Working safely with SMFs

1. Safe working practices with SMFs include:
 Ordering SMF materials in a form that reduces on-site cutting and handling;
 Using hand tools rather than power tools to cut or work with SMF materials;
 providing appropriate, individually issued, well maintained PPE such as approved respirators, eye protection
and coveralls;
 Providing training in SMF safe work methods;
 Using local exhaust ventilation equipment in conjunction with power tools;
 Reducing dust associated with the use of SMFs by wetting down or dampening prior to cutting or handling;
 Working in well ventilated areas;
 Implementing effective waste control measures;
 Including clean up time as part of work procedures;
 Not using compressed air or water jets for cleaning;
 Using wet sweeping, wet wiping or vacuum cleaner for clean-up work;
 Putting waste in a bag or pack to prevent fibre release;
 Providing washing facilities.
Also, refer to National Standard for Synthetic Mineral Fibres and the National Code of Practice for the Safe Use of
Synthetic Mineral Fibres: AGPS 1990.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.18 Roads
1. When filming takes place on or near any highway, adequate traffic control must be established to ensure the safety
of cast, crew and the public (if required).
2. Measures should be taken to ensure these locations are safe and secure for cast, crew and equipment whilst causing
minimal inconvenience to the public.
3. There should be a safe thoroughfare for pedestrians
14.18.1 Filming on Roadways – Filming Permissions
1. Permission to film on public roads must be gained from the appropriate police and/or council authorities and
the relevant state roads authority.
2. Where appropriate and/or as directed by police/council/roads authorities, consultation may be required with
public transport authorities and emergency services such as fire and ambulance.
3. In some jurisdictions, road authorities and/or councils require lodgment of traffic management plans and/or
pedestrian management plans.
4. Depending on the nature of the proposal, traffic consultants may be required to develop the traffic
management plans. The plans should minimise disruption to traffic flow, provide a safe environment for the
travelling public and filming personnel, and communicate the impacts of any disruptions or changes to traffic
patterns in an effective manner. Owner permission is required for private roads.
5. Permission to erect signs and direct and/or control traffic must be obtained from the appropriate authorities
before crew members, appropriately trained and, where relevant, certificated, in traffic control, are assigned to
the task.
14.18.2 Road Rules

1. Road rules are to be observed always during any works/activities unless otherwise approved by all relevant
authorities.
2. Notwithstanding any approval received from a relevant authority, any lawful directions of members of the
police, authorized local municipal council staff and authorized road authority personnel must be complied with
always on the site.
3. Planning for filming on roads should ensure that film lighting, noise, placement of equipment, etc., minimizes
distraction to motorists.
4. Advertising of the filming in local newspapers and by letterbox drops must occur whenever practical and, in any
event, in accordance with police and council requirements.
5. A Safety Supervisor shall be engaged or, where that is not considered necessary in the Safety Report, a crew
member/s be so assigned, providing s/he has no other duties to perform while filming on the road is taking
place.
6. In any event, all work site traffic management personnel must have completed appropriate training as required
in the relevant jurisdiction.
Note that in some jurisdictions police personnel will be required to supervise traffic, for instance, in Victoria the
only personnel authorised to direct traffic at signalised intersections are members of Victoria Police.
7. The employer must comply with AS 1742.3 Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
8. All persons working on roads must wear reflectorised vests including cast members other than when in
costume.
9. The filming site must be clearly signposted. Witches hats, barricades, warning signs, ‘stop’ and ‘go’ signs are
necessary and, at night, flashing warning lights.
10. Only essential crew are to be on the road. Where filming activities obstruct the footpath, proper alternative
arrangements must be made for members of the public.
11. The road/s must be cleaned up after filming or at the end of each period of filming on the site and any debris
that may pose a hazard to any road user removed from the site and disposed of appropriately.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.18.3 Traffic Safety

Police and/or ticketed / competent traffic controllers to be used depending on the circumstances.
Appropriate equipment and signage with reflective clothing, signs, signal lights, as required
Appropriate council permits to be obtained
14.18.4 Traffic Control
1. The producer is responsible for ensuring that a suitable traffic management plan is in place prior to cast and crew
accessing roads.
2. When filming is to be near a public road adequate traffic controls, including measures to protect the general public,
are to be put in place.
 Use of pre-warning traffic control signs:
 Stop/slow signs;
 Reflective vests;
 Witches hats;
 Barriers/tape and flashing lights;
3. Qualified traffic controllers;
4. Appropriately qualified personnel may only exercise traffic control and then only when permission has been received
from all relevant authorities i.e., police, road traffic authority, local councils and all other Involved parties.
5. Refer to (work site traffic management Australian standards 1742.3 1985 and Amendments).
14.18.5 Traffic Controllers
1. Persons required to supervise/direct traffic shall be suitably experienced and hold the relevant certificate of
competency from the relevant state authority.
2. Adequate personnel shall be allocated to operate stop/go signs.
3. They must be equipped with walkie-talkies with sufficient range and must receive full briefing on the sequence
to be rehearsed/filmed. They must be able to advise the need to halt filming.
4. Traffic controllers can be a frustrating job made difficult by the occasional irritable motorist. It is advisable for
handouts to be available for motorists, for the crew to be rotated and for rest/break periods to be planned.
5. Camera cut must be conveyed as quickly as possible to avoid traffic congestion and driver antagonism.
6. Stop points must be carefully located to give approaching vehicles plenty of time to stop.
7. On country roads, extra stopping distance should be allowed for large trucks and semi-trailers.
8. Police should be in attendance if traffic is to be held on busy streets or highways.
9. Traffic controllers are required for any road which runs directly into the area where filming is to occur and for
which traffic has been stopped.
10. Careful consideration should be given to driveways or other sources of unexpected traffic and sufficient traffic
stoppers must be available to cover such situations.
14.18.6 Driving in Traffic
Wherever an actor is driving a car in real traffic, the following conditions must apply:
1. The actor must hold the correct license for the vehicle.
2. The vehicle must be:
a) Roadworthy and have current registration; or
b) Be roadworthy and inspected and issued with an interim permit if not currently registered;
c) Low loaded or towed if it not roadworthy or currently registered or able to pass an inspection;
d) Any towed vehicle must have good tyres, steering and brakes.
3. The actor should be able to drive at the speed limit or not more than 60 kph whichever is the lesser, or stunt
driver/s engaged.
4. The action should allow the actor to drive on sealed or purpose made roads.
5. Where an actor is to perform as well as drive, suitable precautions must be taken such as lead and follow up
vehicles, avoiding heavy or fast traffic areas, observing speed limits and choosing suitable roads.
6. Cameras, lights or rigs should be mounted on the car only when suitable precautions such as those mentioned
above are taken. Narrow roads and sharp corners should be avoided.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.19 Police Notification

1. The Screen Production Office provides a broad range of services, and offers both on and off-set assistance and
cooperation where appropriate
Links to-
 Film & Television services
 Traffic Management
 On screen appearance
 Research assistance
 Filming notification
 Uniform and equipment hire
2. Production Company is required to notify and obtain written approval from the police department liaison officer
3. Travelling on roadways utilizing tracking vehicles, low loaders, etc.
14.20 Permits
1. It will be the responsibility of the producer to obtain the necessary permits, approvals and consents of relevant
authorities and councils.
2. Consideration for rehearsal and the testing of equipment should be considered when applying for permits.
14.21 Aerial Filming and Aircraft

1. This section applies to all registered aircraft, including helicopters and balloons, used for the carriage of
persons required to undertake filming activities including the use of unregistered aircraft kit aircraft and
remote control pilot-less aircraft.
2. The Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) provides specific safety information regarding operating aircraft
(including balloons and ultralights) used in productions within Australia and the requirements of regulatory
bodies in other countries.
3. All aircraft and equipment must be fully certified and airworthy under Australian law.
4. All persons involved in filming activities of or from aircraft must comply with relevant regulations and
legislation.
5. All passenger carrying charter aircraft shall have public liability insurance at a level per passenger as
determined from time to time by CASA.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.21.1 Introduction
1. Civil Aviation Regulations (CARs) and Civil Aviation Orders (CAOs), documents issued by CASA, are the rules and
regulations govern the basic activity of all aviation.
2. They are subject to constant review and change.
3. It is the responsibility of the Operator, Charter Operator and Chief Pilot to ensure they are aware of the rules
and regulations as they may be updated and amended from time to time.
4. As aviation is a complex regulatory environment, a specialist should be engaged to ensure that all aspects of
the filming requirements are integrated safely, including the establishment of appropriate lines of
communication and liaison between the Producer, Director, Charter Operator and the Pilots.
5. The safe operation and navigation of the aircraft is the responsibility of the Pilot in Command.
6. Whilst in/near aircraft, film crews must comply with all lawful directions given by the Pilot in Command.
7. Working in and about the cabin of the aircraft may require the expertise of an Aircrew person, who remains
under the authority of the Pilot, but whose expertise in areas not directly related to the operation and
navigation of the aircraft exceeds that of the Pilot.
8. Such an Aircrew Person will have expertise in air dispatch, winching, airborne rappelling, hot work, observation,
cabin management, refueling, aircraft rigging, ground safety, and general safety.
9. An Aircrew Person must be experienced and endorsed by AUSSAR or CASA.
10. Many of the following guidelines are not specifically incorporated in CASA rules and regulations but incorporate
the requirements of MEAA, SPAA and WorkCover authorities in respect of the safe execution of aviation
operations in the Screen Production industry.
11. These protocols are derived from commonsense and many years of experience in hazardous aviation
operations.
12. Dispensations are exceptions granted to a rule or regulation.
13. An Air Operator is required to hold a dispensation from CASA for any activity which is otherwise regulated
against; for example, an exception may be granted by CASA for the conducting of low level flying.
14. In such an event, the dispensation granted by CASA will specify the parameters within which the activity must
be undertaken.
14.21.2 Aircraft
1. For any aerial shots, the Producer should ensure that all necessary permits and permissions are obtained from the
department of Civil Aviation Safety Authority and all other relevant bodies prior to aerial photography commencing.
2. All aircraft and equipment must be fully certified and airworthy under Australian law
3. All persons involved in the filming of aircraft or from aircraft must comply with Australian law and procedures
4. Current legislative information should be sought at the time of pre-production

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.21.3 Operations – General

1. It is the Producer’s responsibility to ensure the safety and well-being of all personnel on a production.
2. Responsibility for the legal and safe operation of a charter aircraft lies with the charter company’s Chief Pilot.
3. It is the Producer’s responsibility to ensure that the charter company’s Chief Pilot is fully and accurately briefed
on all requirements of the production and to ensure that a comprehensive risk assessment is undertaken and
its recommendations implemented.
4. The Producer must liaise with the Chief Pilot of the charter operator to ensure that:
a) The pilot/s hold the relevant licenses and ratings;
b) the pilot’s command experience exceeds 1,000 hours – as filming activities are not normally associated with
aviation activities the pilot’s experience must exceed that required for general aviation activities;
c) The pilot’s experience, as evidenced by logbook entries, on the type of aircraft exceeds 100 hours;
d) The pilot has a minimum of 100 hours’ experience in the following if such activities are required for the
filming activities:
• Low level flying
• Formation flying
• sling work
• confined area work;
5. Where special dispensation is required (eg. for flights below standard height restrictions), such dispensation
has been approved in writing by CASA and by any other relevant authorities, instrumentalities, owners, etc.
6. The aircraft has a current certificate of maintenance and is suitable for the requirements of the production.
7. (Note: non- “VH” registered ultra-light and kit aircraft do not require a maintenance release and do not have to
comply with airworthiness requirements – see Section 40.11);
8. Aircrew persons hold a CASA or Military endorsement:
 For a minimum of three years working full time professional as an aircrew person; or
 five years part-time with a minimum of 20 missions logged; and
 Relevant experience and necessary endorsements for the tasks to be performed;
9. Additional trained safety support crew, as may be required and as set out in the risk assessment, are available.
Note: When production activities involve filming from privately owned aircraft consequently neither a charter
company nor a charter company Chief Pilot are involved, a suitably qualified Specialist Aviation Consultant with
filming experience must be engaged to advise and oversee all operations to ensure appropriate safety measures
including those identified in the risk assessment are implemented.
10. Public liability insurance cover must be effected as required by CASA.
11. Extraordinary hazards include any work involving:
 Helicopters, Ultralights and kit aircraft;
 flying with the door off;
 Open cockpit;
 Anything thrown out of the aircraft;
 Anything mounted on the exterior of the aircraft;
 Low level flying;
 Formation flying with other aircraft, boats, cars, other vehicles or animals (eg. mobs of cattle);
 Aerobatics;
 parachuting;
 Suspended loads and/or people;
 Airborne abseiling/fast roping from any aircraft;
 In and out in the hover;
 moving equipment/personnel in/out of aircraft whilst engines are running (hot loading and unloading);
 Hot air balloons
12. And require a risk assessment to be undertaken by an independent specialist.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.21.4 General Safety Guidelines

The following guidelines (in addition to other precautions that may be prescribed having regard to the
circumstances) must be taken if filming is to be carried out from an aircraft, irrespective of the type of aircraft.
1. All aviation requires a written risk assessment to be conducted by the Chief Pilot and/or an Independent
Aviation Specialist.
2. All personnel required for the filming must be briefed by the Pilot or the Pilot’s deputy on the dangers of being
close to an operating aircraft.
3. All passengers, ie. All those persons other than Flight Crew, are to be briefed by the Pilot or the Pilot’s deputy
regarding all aspects of air safety applicable to the type of flight being undertaken;
4. All personnel involved in the sequence must be thoroughly briefed on:
 The sequence of events to be undertaken;
 The risks;
 The emergency action plan to be implemented in the event of an incident;
 escape paths and procedures;
 The filming plan developed in consultation with the Pilot – no changes can be made to the agreed plan for
the sequence without the direct approval of the Pilot/s involved and further risk evaluation being
undertaken.
5. Cast/crew members must not pressure Pilots to change their position on any aviation decision.
6. Cast/crew members must not be pressured to fly on an aircraft for any reason.
7. Flying in conditions which may jeopardise the safety of passenger and/or film crew members and/or flight crew
and/or members of the general public at unreasonable risk is not permitted.
8. All persons who are required to work from or in conjunction with any type of aircraft must be provided with
appropriate training to enable them to under the work in a safe manner and comply with CASA air safety
requirements.
9. Everyone must follow all lawful direction from the Flight Crew whilst in the aircraft.
10. The Producer must ensure that all personnel filming from the aircraft will at all times abide by CASA regulations
concerning filming from aircraft.
11. The Pilot in command of the aircraft has final authority over the execution of the sequence and the right to
abort at any stage.
12. Everyone must be made aware of the difficulty of see moving blades and instructed to keep clear of relevant
areas.
13. A trained Marshall (who must have completed a course in basic aircraft safety) shall supervise whenever
aircraft are operating on the ground or personnel and equipment are being loaded.
14. Suitable pathways must be established and closely supervised when people are entering and exiting the aircraft
area especially while blades are turning.
15. No smoking is permitted within 50 metres of a fuel installation or an aircraft that is refueling.
16. Air to ground communications must be maintained always.
17. Where more than one aircraft is involved, air-to-air communication must be maintained always during
operations.
18. The risk assessment must take account of the activities of other filming units in the vicinity that may be
jeopardised by the activity of the aircraft,
a. Eg. Aircraft radio equipment is extremely hazardous around electrically fired pyrotechnics.
19. Ensure all personnel working within 50 metres of aircraft are wearing appropriate PPE.
20. The Producer must appoint an Aerial Coordinator.
21. This may be the Senior Pilot or an Aviation Specialist.
22. The Aerial Coordinator will facilitate a particular aerial sequence but not necessarily the entirety of the aviation
activities.
23. Appropriate safety measures such as barriers and marked safe areas must be provided where aircraft are
operating near people.
24. Pyrotechnic fallout and other effects are not permitted within 50 metres of an aircraft.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
25. However, under certain circumstances smoke generators may operate within 50 metres subject to approval by
the Chief Pilot/Aviation Specialist and subject to a full risk assessment.
26. No-one is permitted to walk under or near propeller driven aircraft until the propellers have come to a
complete rest.
27. Flight Crew must grant permission before persons enter or leave the area 25 metres around the aircraft
perimeter or, in the case of helicopters, the rotor disc area.
28. The Pilot must ensure all items brought on board the aircraft are safe and secure prior to take off.
29. Film crew members must ensure that nothing can fall from the aircraft, dangle outside of the aircraft, become
entangled in aircraft controls or hinder safe movement inside the aircraft cabin.
30. In flight, passengers are not permitted to move about the cabin unrestrained without the permission of the
Pilot.
31. Passengers must be seated in an approved seat and wearing an approved seat restraint during take-off and
landing an in all phases below 1,000 ft unless special dispensation is granted.
32. Passengers must not use more than one means of restraint except when moving from one means of restraint
to another.
33. A CASA approved inflatable life jacket must be worn for any flight over water in a single engine aircraft or long
flights offshore in accordance with regulations.
34. The use of a floating line is not permitted below 1,000 feet without CASA dispensation.
35. Helmets must be worn when using a floating line as head injuries are a hazard when a person is not secured in
a conventional seat belt.
36. Electrical connections cannot be adjusted without the express permission of the Pilot in command.
37. The Pilot must also be notified of any proposed mechanical alteration/s.
38. The Pilot in command will inspect all installations such as camera mounts before each flight.
39. Pilots are bound by duty hours’ restrictions which cannot be exceeded.
40. If filming schedules require more than one Pilot may need to be engaged.
41. Objects deliberately dropped from aircraft must be closely supervised and conducted by a qualified Air
Dispatcher.
42. All low level and “nape of the earth” flight paths/circuits must be thoroughly reconnoitered by the Flight Crew
before film crew members aboard the aircraft.
43. Only trained personnel are permitted to reconfigure the aircraft,
a. Removal of panels or doors, attaching anything to the aircraft, interfering with any flight controls or
b. Physically touching any extremity of the aircraft other than the door handles.
44. No-one is permitted to attach anything to the aircraft without permission of the Pilot, Chief Aircraft Engineer
and the charter company. No person can ride on wings, struts or undercarriages unless special dispensation has
been approved.
45. Parachutists must be certificated to a minimum of “C” certification.
46. The senior parachutist must personally verify the integrity of each rig.
47. Special attention must be given to the closing mechanism due to the catastrophic effects of an inadvertent
opening while still on board.
48. 36. The Producer must ensure that any and all mounts to be used for aerial filming meet with the approval of
CASA and all other relevant bodies.
49. 37. Chase aircraft must be made aware of the possibility of Foreign Objects Damage (FOD) emanating from the
target craft.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.22 Helicopters
14.22.1 On the Ground
1. All the general safety guidelines set out apply.
2. Supervision of safety around the helicopter is the responsibility of the Safety Supervisor.
3. Any person involved with helicopter operations must complete a course of instruction in basic helicopter
safety.
4. All personnel entering or leaving the rotor disc area must do so with the express permission of the Flight Crew.
5. When working around, approaching or leaving the helicopter while the blades are turning, all personnel shall
be under the strict supervision of the Pilot or trained Ground Marshall.
6. Under no circumstances shall any person move underneath moving blades as they are slowing to a stop.
7. The rear and tail sections of helicopters must be avoided always.
8. Never walk under the tail section.
9. All equipment must be carried parallel with the ground within 25 metres of a helicopter.
10. Near helicopters, vehicles must be driven under supervision of the Pilot or trained Ground Marshall and, must
not approach closer than 50 metres when blades are turning or closer than 25 metres when blades are
stationary and never under the rotor disc area.
11. All loose articles and clothing must be removed.
12. Nothing whatsoever must be thrown anywhere near a helicopter.
13. Parachutists must have a minimum “C” certification.
14. The Senior Parachutist must personally verify the integrity of each rig.
15. Given the catastrophic results of an inadvertent opening while still on board, special attention must be given to
the closing mechanism.
14.22.2 In Flight
1. All the General Safety Guidelines set out apply.
2. All loose articles and clothing must be removed.
3. Air Dispatchers must be experienced and have a minimum of five years of service dispatching from helicopters
4. No person must ever be suspended by means solely of a cargo hook.
5. Helicopters cannot operate closer than 500 ft vertically and 300 metres horizontally from another aircraft
unless both Pilots hold formation flying approval.
14.23 Fixed Wing Aircraft

14.23.1 General Guidelines
1. All the General Safety Guidelines apply.
2. Aircraft can land only on authorised or licensed aerodromes or other areas providing such other areas meet the
requirements of an authorised landing authority.
3. Fixed wing aircraft cannot fly below 1,500 ft when over built up areas unless taking off or landing.
4. In other areas, aircraft can operate down to 500 ft above ground level.
5. Dispensations are available and, where appropriate, must be obtained and held by those associated with aerial
filming.
6. Aircraft cannot operate closer than 500 ft vertically and 600 metres horizontally unless both Pilots hold
formation-flying approval.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.23.2 Fixed wing aircraft

The following points are imperative:
1. An aerial coordinator must be appointed by the chief pilot of the operating company
2. The pilot in command of the aircraft will have final authority over the execution of any activity and the right to abort
an activity at any stage
3. Only persons directly required for the filming should be in the area
4. The pilot will brief all those near the aircraft on the dangers of being close to an operating aircraft
5. Marshalling areas and pathways are required whenever the aircraft is operating on the ground, or personal and
equipment are being loaded while engines are running
6. Land to Air or Air To Air communication will be maintained at all times
7. No one is allowed to walk under or nearby propeller driven aircraft until after the engines have been turned off and
the propellers have come to a complete stop
8. Appropriate safety measures such as barriers and marked safe areas must be provided where aircraft are operating
near people
9. The pilot in command will inspect and must approve all installations, connections, or any mechanical alterations,
including camera mounts
10. No smoking is permitted within 50 meters of an aircraft or supporting vehicle
11. Aerobatic manoeuvres are to be performed in accordance with the rules of aerial displays – for instance, parallel to
the line of the crowd and not below approved altitudes
12. Locked off cameras should be used wherever possible when aircraft are planned to fly close by, If this is not possible
then the camera position must be clearly marked to be seen from the air, to allow for the easy calculation of the
aircrafts line and distance from it, fixed distance markers would be suitable
13. The pilot should ensure that an escape route is available and that all personnel are briefed and clear of the area prior
to take off. (in the case of a helicopter, a clear area, free of persons
14. The pilot and safety supervisor will always have the right to insist that the shot be re-designed or the camera
repositioned, or locked off and unattended

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.24 Tarmacs / Runways / Landing Areas

1. Locked off camera must be used wherever possible when aircraft are to fly closer than 50 metres.
2. If this is not possible, the camera position must be marked clearly enough to be seen from the air and to allow
for the easy calculation of the aircraft’s line and distance from it.
3. Fixed distance markers are suitable.
4. Should it be necessary to film on the extended centre line of a runway?
a) Filming with a locked off camera unattended:
 The Pilot will calculate the greater of:
 The necessary take-off distance to place the aircraft at a height no less than 25 metres above the
camera, or
 The accelerated stop distance required to place the aircraft at less than 25 metres from the camera, and
 The camera placed at the greater distance from the beginning of the take-off run.
b) No person is permitted on the runway during such a manoeuvre;
c) Other persons may be located only on a safe edge of the apron as agreed to by the Pilot of the target aircraft.
5. Filming with a camera operator:
a) the Pilot will calculate the greater of:
 The necessary take-off distance to place the aircraft at a height no less than 50 metres above the camera, or
 The accelerated stop distance required to place the aircraft at less than 50 metres from the camera, and
 The camera placed at the greater distance from the beginning of the take-off run.
 No other persons – other than a safety person (see below) – are allowed on the runway during such a
manoeuvre.
 Other persons may be located only on a safe edge of the apron as agreed to by the Pilot.
 Approvals from the aerodrome owner will be required.
6. The Pilot must ensure than an escape route is available for both the aircraft and for all personnel inside the
aircraft and/or on the ground, that all personnel are briefed and clear of the area prior to the commencement
of the take-off.
7. In the case of helicopters, a clear area, free from personnel, must be available for a forced landing.
8. A safety person shall be allocated to any camera operator working on the tarmac or landing areas whenever
aircraft are moving.
9. The Pilot and Safety Supervisor/Aviation Consultant have the absolute right to insist than any shot be
redesigned, the camera repositioned or locked off and unattended.
14.25 Air Dispatch
1. Air dispatch can be dangerous.
a) When the terminal velocity of the object to be dispatched is less than the speed of the aircraft, the outcome
may be disastrous. Small light objects are often more dangerous than large heavy ones.
b) Air dispatch is when an aircrew member is required to eject objects from an aircraft in flight.
2. This includes:
a) dropping lifesaving equipment;
b) Dispatching airborne abseilers;
c) Dispatching swimmers or divers into the sea;
d) Any object regardless of size.
3. Only personnel who are trained by a qualified Air Operator or by AUSSAR and endorsed by CASA are permitted
to dispatch anything from a moving aircraft.
4. An Aviation Specialist must be engaged.
5. Helicopters are particularly vulnerable.
6. The tail rotor is easily damaged and is essential for flight.
7. Chase aircraft must be made aware of the possibility of Foreign Objects Damage (FOD) emanating from the
target craft.
8. Dispensations are required for dropping articles in flight.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.26 Flying In An Aircraft With A Door Removed

1. All of the General Safety Guidelines at Section 40.3 apply.
2. Before undertaking flight in an aircraft with the door removed, the Producer must verify that the:
a) Pilot has, as a minimum, a commercial Pilot’s license and appropriate CASA exemptions for the type of flight
required;
b) The aircraft is approved in the flight manual for flight with the door removed;
c) The aircraft is insured for flight with the door removed.
3. The Pilot must brief all passengers and crew prior to flight with a door removed.
4. Operational limitations imposed by flight with the door removed, as listed in the flight manual, must be
understood and any placards or warnings, required for flight with the door removed, are fitted as stipulated.
5. Harnesses and harness attachment points must be approved by CASA.
6. Unless a specific exemption has been issued by CASA to use an alternative seat and means of restraint, all
persons undertaking flights below an altitude of 1,000’ must be seated in an approved seat and must wear an
approved seat restraint.
7. The door of an aircraft must only be removed by a suitably qualified person. Film crew personnel must not
attempt to remove the door of an aircraft.
8. Hand held cameras must be secured to a hard point, namely a secure anchor position identified by an aviation
rigger, pilot or engineer.
9. Equipment, including cameras, must not be attached to any person’s safety harness. If in doubt, ask an aircrew
person, engineer or the Pilot.
10. All passengers and aircrew must remain in their seats with seat belts fastened at all times when an aircraft is
operating with its door removed, unless they are wearing an approved harness checked for security by the Pilot
and firmly attached to a hard point, approved by CASA for the purpose of securing a harness.
11. After take-off, a safety harness must be worn by the camera operator and anyone else who is:
a) Required to move around the cabin of the aircraft;
b) Required to assist the camera operator;
c) Seated near the removed door aperture.
12. An approved harness means a safety harness equipped with an emergency quick release mechanism which has
been approved by CASA for use in a camera operator’s harness.
13. Other types of harnesses not approved by CASA are unacceptable.
14. The correct procedure for camera operator use of a harness in an aircraft is as follows:
a) Be seated, wearing your harness, in a seat with the seat belt fastened, for take-off;
b) Under direction from the pilot, attached harness to a hard point, check its security and then remove seat
belt;
c) Under direction from the pilot, move to shooting position;
d) When shooting is completed, advise the pilot and return to seat as directed by the pilot;
e) Fasten seat belt and, when secure, disconnect harness from hard point;
f) Be seated, wearing harness, in a seat with seat belt fastened, for landing, and
g) Be directly supervised by an Aircrew Person.
15. All persons must keep all parts of their body and all equipment, including camera and lenses, inside the body of
the aircraft at all times unless acting under specific instructions from the Pilot.
16. Communications must be maintained between the Pilot and camera operator at all times.
17. If engine or air stream noise makes verbal communications difficult, a communications headset, with a noise-
cancelling microphone, must be provided.
18. Fully valise jacket life jackets are mandatory when life jackets are required.
19. The basic under-the-seat type of life jackets are not permitted in slipstream situations.
20. Flight helmets must be worn when using a floating line.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.27 Camera Mounts on Aircraft

1. The Producer will ensure that all mounts to be used to aerial filming meet with the approval of the Department
of Aviation and all other relevant bodies.
2. The producer will direct that personnel filming from aircraft will always abide by Department of Aviation
regulations concerning filming from aircraft.
3. The Producer will ensure that in the event of any filming being carried out from a helicopter, the helicopter
pilot must hold an Instrument Rating License.
4. The Department of Aviation and any other relevant bodies should approve any camera mounts for aerial
photography.
5. The provision of the Department of Aviation regulations must be adhered to always
14.28 Mounting Cameras

14.28.1 Mounting Cameras on the Outside of an Aircraft
1. Anything fitted to an aircraft, including any camera, mount, cable or other item fitted outside the aircraft, must
be CASA approved prior to take-off.
2. Item(s), once approved by CASA, must be fitted to an aircraft by a Licensed Aircraft Maintenance Engineer
(LAME) in accordance with the instructions approved by CASA.
3. The LAME must endorse the fitting in the aircraft’s logbook or maintenance release and the fitting must be
done in accordance with the aircraft’s maintenance schedule.
4. The Pilot must also approve the fitting of any item to the aircraft and has final responsibility for the safety of
any flight.
5. Film crew personnel must not, under any circumstances, attempt to mount equipment, like lipstick cameras,
outside an aircraft, even under the direct supervisions of a LAME or the Pilot.
14.28.2 Inside an Aircraft

1. The Pilot must brief all passengers and crew prior to flight where a camera will be mounted or hand held inside
the aircraft.
2. The use of, and/or mounting of, camera equipment inside an aircraft requires a risk assessment to be
undertaken in consultation with the Pilot and any other responsible persons,
a) A Licensed Aircraft Maintenance Engineer (LAME).
3. Cameras and associated equipment to be used inside an aircraft must:
a) Be fitted and/or used in accordance with the Pilot’s instructions;
b) Not interfere with the Pilot’s ability to safely fly the aircraft;
c) Not interfere, either physically or electronically, with the aircraft’s control systems, instrumentation or
navigation equipment;
d) Not structurally modify or alter the aircraft in any way, unless such modifications have been approved by
CASA, carried out by a LAME in accordance with the aircraft’s maintenance schedule and not in the
aircraft’s logbook or maintenance release as required;
e) Not present an unreasonable risk of injury or damage to the aircraft in the event of an accident or
emergency;
f) Not restrict access to firefighting equipment or exits;
g) Be properly secured during take-off and landing;
h) Be tethered short to a hard point during door open/off operations.
4. The above must be fulfilled prior to take-off.
5. If anyone expresses any doubt about whether the above conditions have been met, a LAME must be formally
consulted prior to the flight.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.28.4 Camera operators sitting “in the door” on harness

1. This section refers to camera operators or any passenger sitting in an open-door way wearing a safety restraint.
2. The safety restraint must be attached to one or more hard points within the aircraft by a security lanyard
known as a floating line.
3. Using a floating line can be very hazardous.
4. Do not improvise any other mechanisms into the system such as linked carabiners to gain extra reach. Not only
is this illegal, it is a major hazard regardless of experience.
14.28.5 Operator’s Check List – Sitting “in the Door” on Harness

a) Wear an approved harness – usually full body with a high pick point.
b) The floating line must have an approved quick release to allow the chance to escape a wrecked aircraft.
c) It should be “tight” to allow limited movement and no chance of falling out of the aircraft.
d) Even the smallest fall could be catastrophic.
e) Use only Mallon’s or “screw gate” carabiners for attachment.
f) Special dispensation from CASA is required to use the floating line system below 1,000 feet.
g) If you intend to take-off and land from this position you must have dispensation.
h) Clean yourself and camera of all loose fittings.
i) Tie off all gear. Strap in all bags away from the open door.
j) Wear an approved flight helmet during any floating line use and any operations where you are not restrained in
a seat belt. Head protection is essential in the event of a rough flight or landing.
k) If you intend to come off a conventional seat on the lanyard, an aircrew/rigger minder should be employed to
check you before you take up position in the door and to assist you in any emergency.
l) Do not enter the doorway or poke out into the slipstream until the aircraft has had time to slow down and
permission is given by the Pilot.
m) The floating line must be attached to aircraft hard points used in tandem as they are not legally strong enough
to comply with basic height safety standards, such hard points having been approved by an Engineer and/or as
specified in the Aircraft Flight Manual.
14.28.6 Ultra-Light and Kit Aircraft, Para Gliders and Hang Gliders and Unregistered Flying
Devices
1. Registered craft of this type are subject to all of the above regulations, conditions and guidelines.
2. Unregistered craft are not subject to the above regulations, conditions and guidelines and cannot be assumed
to be airworthy. Pilots are also not required to undergo the same level of training.
3. The regulations governing the operation of such craft can appear both detailed and vague to the lay person.
Amateur groups and associations often govern the operation of these types of aircraft.
4. An Aviation Specialist must be employed to inspect the aircraft, interview the Pilot and undertake a risk
assessment with each shot being treated on a case by case basis.
5. Standard operating procedures must be devised by the Aviation Specialist in consultation with the Pilot, the
Safety Supervisor and the Producer.
6. The Aviation Specialist and the Safety Supervisor must be present throughout all aircraft operations.
14.28.7 Refuelling Aircraft

1. Refueling must only be carried out by a trained refueler.
2. Film crews must remain at 50 metres from refuelling operations.
3. Refuel sites must be located at no less than 50 metres from building/s and people. If necessary, consult the
Pilot and/or Aviation Specialist regarding the suitable location for refuelling sites.
4. Fire extinguishers must be kept up wind from the refuel site.
5. The Safety Supervisor must ensure that refuelers are wearing natural fabrics or synthetic fire retardant
clothing.
6. “Hot” refuelling must be planned and conducted only when necessary.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.29 Skydiving
In this section, Certified Parachutist means a Parachutist holding a current and valid certification card issued by a
nationally or internationally recognised certification organisation.
1. Consultation between the Producer, Director, Production Manager, 1st Assistant Director, Camera Operator,
Stunt coordinator, Pilot/s and, where relevant, Special Effects coordinator and Visual Effects coordinator will
determine if skydiving is necessary for the particular sequence or whether the required effect can be achieved
in another manner.
2. If deemed necessary, contact should be made with the [Australian Parachuting Association] to determine the
type of endorsement or certification will be required of the Parachutist to undertake the planned skydive/s.
3. The Skydive Co-coordinator should have an endorsement or certificate equal to, or greater than, that of the
Parachutist/s.
4. The Skydive coordinator in consultation with the Pilot/s shall supervise the safety of the skydiver/s and ensure
that factors such as location, weather, communication systems and security and appropriate for the planned
skydive/s.
5. Before each jump, all persons involved shall be thoroughly briefed and a “dry run” carried out on the ground at
the site.
6. All equipment, props, wardrobe, etc., shall be made available to the Skydive coordinator prior to the sky-dive
for safety evaluation. Final safety approval rests with the Skydive coordinator with respect to equipment and
wardrobe used in the jump.
7. The pilot/s must be endorsed for skydiving.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.30 Helicopters
1. All Crew please read the following notes and procedures about safety when flying in or working around the
vicinity of aircraft.
2. We are using aircraft today in our filming and all safety procedures and instructions must be followed diligently,
both for your safety and that of others around you.
3. We have a very experienced aerial crew working with us but your personal safety depends more on your own
actions than theirs.
4. Please respect their cautions, abide by their instructions and take careful note of the following points:
5. Never enter the landing area without first obtaining the permission of the safety engineer controlling it.
6. Do not approach an aircraft closer than 60 metres either on foot or with a vehicle without first checking with
the pilot or engineer.
7. When you do approach an aircraft always keep within the line of sight of the pilot. The same goes for when you
leave. NEVER approach or depart from the rear.
8. The tail section of a helicopter is particularly dangerous. The rotor can be hypnotic and people have been
known to walk or run into it. Do not duck under the tail
9. Boom, always walk around the front?
10. Never approach a helicopter by walking down a slope or depart a helicopter by walking up a slope. You could
walk into a blade.
11. When approaching, or departing a helicopter with the blades turning, always make sure the pilot knows what
you are doing and duck your head by bending over.
12. The blades can flex down or even be moved down by the pilot.
13. The most dangerous time is when the blades are turning slowly and the wind is gusty. You can stand up straight
when within arm’s length of the cabin.
14. Helicopter rotors and airplane propellers tend to blow dust, dirt, sand and loose articles.
15. The ‘rotor wash’ created by the helicopter’s rotor blades drifts with the prevailing wind.
16. Please protect your eyes and equipment; guard loose articles, hats, scarves, plastic bags, sun umbrellas, chairs,
props etc. from being blown up into the blades.
17. Watch for equipment being toppled over or blown into people or their equipment.
18. Take care with cameras on tripods or scaffolding, booms, lights and reflectors.
19. Do not lay out your lunch downwind of the landing site!
20. The landing area must be kept secure, clean and clear of debris.
21. Absolutely NO smoking within 15 metres of any aircraft or the refuelling vehicle.
22. NEVER RUN near an aircraft. Nothing is more important than your life!
23. Exercise extreme care when working around an aircraft especially when the engines, rotors and propellers are
turning.
24. Do not attach or detach ANYTHING to or from an aircraft including such things as props, artwork, cameras,
microphones, lights or effects without first obtaining the
25. Permission of the pilot or engineer. When finished with your work please tell them again so they can check
your work for safety.
26. When carrying equipment around an aircraft please take care. Keep long or tall items parallel to the ground
within 30 metres of a helicopter and be conscious of the blades of a helicopter and propellers of an airplane.
27. The skin surfaces, antennas, and plexiglass windows are fragile on aircraft.
28. Please take care not to extend any equipment such as booms, lights, supports, props etc. up into the path of
the rotor blades.
29. NEVER THROW anything near an aircraft, especially if the engine or blades are turning.
30. Please do not ask the pilot for a joy ride.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
31. They have strict instructions on who can fly.

32. No one can fly unless they have been insured and authorised by the production Office.
33. Anyone who needs to fly must first clear it with the production and make sure that they have been insured.
34. IF YOU DO FLY make sure you wear a seat belt always, fastening it as soon as you get in and keeping it fastened
until the pilot signals that it is safe to release it.
35. Sometimes it can appear that a helicopter has landed when it hasn’t, sometimes the pilot has to adjust the
helicopters position slightly after landing.
36. Do not smoke.
37. Each helicopter has a fire extinguisher and a first aid kit.
38. The pilot will show you where they are and how to use the extinguisher.
39. The pilot will also show you how to open and close the doors and how to brace yourself and the exit in an
emergency.
40. If the flight is over water you must wear a lifejacket and you will be briefed on how it operates, the use of any
additional safety or survival equipment and evacuation of the cabin in the water.
41. During flight operations communications, must be established between ground and air always.
42. The first AD, the safety engineer, the action vehicle driver, and the landing site controller will normally be the
only persons with ground to air radios.
43. When stunt flying or low level aerial filming is taking place only essential personnel are allowed closer than
60 metres to the aircraft or its projected flight path.
44. The pilot or safety engineer will brief all personnel who need to be closer than 60 metres prior to the
commencement of any flight operations.
45. No one must enter their safety area unless they had had a safety briefing!
46. No one can change their position or the position of any equipment, props or sets without informing the
pilot or the safety engineer.
47. Action vehicle drivers must not change their agreed route or speed without informing the pilot.
48. The safety engineer must be on hand with the 1st AD at all times when low flying takes place.
49. In the event anyone suspects that the aircraft may have a problem and could crash or land heavily, the
advisable course of action for personnel within 60 metres of the aircraft is to IMMEDIATELY LIE FACE DOWN
AND COVER YOUR HEAD remaining that position until all flying debris has ceased and it is safe to move.
50. The pilot has final authority over all flight operations.
51. If you have any questions, please ask.
52. Safety on the set and in the air, is EVERYONE’S responsibility! A SAFE FLIGHT IS NO ACCIDENT.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.31 Remotely Piloted Aircraft (Drones)

1. Operators of RPA must have a CASA approved operator’s certificate
2. Operators must be on the List of UAS operator certificate holders (ref CASA web site www.casa.gov.au)
3. RPA
4. Unmanned aircraft activities are approved for operations over unpopulated areas up to 400 feet AGL (above
ground level) (120 metres), or higher with special approvals.
5. Special approvals are also required for other areas.
6. Operations are not permitted in controlled airspace without CASA approval and coordination with Air services
Australia
7. Can be operated in visual meteorological conditions (VMC) and /or instrument meteorological conditions (IMC)
with appropriate approvals
Aircraft
8. You should only fly RPA’s in visual line-of-sight, in day visual meteorological conditions (VMC).
What does that mean?
 no night flying
 no flying in or through cloud or fog, and
 you should be able to see the aircraft with your own eyes (rather than through its point-of-view camera) at
all times
9. You must not fly a model aircraft over populous areas such as beaches, other people's backyards, heavily
populated parks, or sports ovals where there is a game in progress.
10. In controlled airspace, which covers most Australian cities, model aircraft must not be flown higher than 400
feet (120 metres)
11. You should not fly closer than 5.5km from an airfield
14.31.1 Flying drones/remotely piloted aircraft in Australia

Australia's safety laws for drones, or more technically correct, remotely piloted aircraft (RPA), as defined in the Civil
Aviation Safety Regulations Part 101, vary whether you are flying commercially or recreationally/for fun.
When flying for money, or any form of economic gain, you need to have an RPA operator’s certificate (ReOC), or if
you're flying an RPA weighing less than two kilograms, simply notify us.
14.31.2 Commercial unmanned flight - remotely piloted aircraft over 2kg
If you want to fly a remotely piloted aircraft (RPA) commercially in Australia, outside the excluded category, then
you need to be licensed and/or certified by us.
This authorisation comes in the form of a remote pilot licence (RePL), allowing individuals to fly for operators, who
in turn need to hold an RPA operator's certificate (ReOC).
Effective 29 September 2016, CASA introduced the excluded RPA category, allowing some low-risk RPA operations,
including commercial operations, to take place in certain circumstances without the need for a ReOC or RePL, these
operations are very restrictive and are limited to a strict set of standard operating conditions.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.31.3 Commercial unmanned flight - remotely piloted aircraft under 2kg

Amendments to Part 101 commenced on 29 September 2016.
CASA introduced reduced entry requirements for people wanting to fly a very small (100g < 2kg) remotely piloted
aircraft (RPA) commercially.
 Effective 29 September 2016, the new category of excluded RPA came into effect, with reduced regulatory
requirements to fly very small RPAs commercially.
 Operations under 2kg (excluded) will not need an RPA operator's certificate (ReOC), or a remote pilot
licence (RePL).
Those operating in the excluded RPA category will have to notify CASA at least five business days before their first
commercial flight and agree to operate by the standard operating conditions and the guidance in advisory circular
(AC) 101-10.
What you need to do

1. Notify CASA five business days before flying
 You can notify CASA via the online notification form.
 To notify CASA, you will need an aviation reference number (ARN).
o If you do not already have an ARN, you will need to apply for an ARN.
o Please note the ARN application can take up to five working days.
 When completing the online notification form, use the + button to select up to 50 locations and 5 RPA
categories on the one notification form.
 Your notification is only valid for 24 months, so you will need to re-notify CASA every two years. If your
operating details change during the two-year period (e.g. different location, RPA category), you will need to
submit a new notification form to CASA.

2. Operate within the standard operation conditions
Ensure flights are conducted in alignment with all the requirements of the Part 101 of the Civil Aviation Safety
Regulations. More information and guidance on how to abide by these regulations is provided in advisory circular
available for download.
 Advisory Circular AC101-10
Standard Operating Conditions
 You must only fly during the day and keep your RPA within visual line-of sight (VLOS) - close enough to see,
maintain orientation and achieve accurate flight and tracking.
o This means being able to see the aircraft with your own eyes (rather than through first-person-view
(FPV)) at all times.
 You must not fly your RPA higher than 120 metres (400ft) AGL.
o Referenced to a point on the ground immediately below the RPA at any time during the flight.
 You must only fly your RPA during the daytime only (not after sunset).
 You must keep your RPA at least 30 metres away from other people i.e. any person who is not charged with
duties essential to the safe operation of a remotely piloted aircraft.
 You must keep your RPA away from prohibited/restricted areas.
 You must not fly your RPA over any area where, in the event of a loss of control or failure, you create an
unreasonable hazard to the safety of people and property on the ground (populous area).
 You must keep your RPA at least 5.5km away from controlled aerodromes - one with an operating control
tower.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
 You must not fly your RPA over or near an area affecting public safety or where emergency operations are
underway (without prior approval).
o This could include situations such as a traffic accident, police operations, a fire and associated
firefighting efforts, and search and rescue.
 You can only fly one RPA at a time.
Operations within the 3nm radius of an uncontrolled aerodrome or helicopter landing site (for exceptions please
refer to Advisory Circular (AC) 101-10) are possible and lawful providing you do not operate on:
 the approach and departure path or
 within the movement area or
 create a hazard to aircraft that may be using those areas.
It is your responsibility to abide by all of the regulations detailed in Part 101.

Failure to do so could result in enforcement action taken against you, including large fines and possible jail time.
*Please note: CASA will not issue any further RPAS operational approvals or exemptions to excluded RPA
operators.
To operate a remotely piloted aircraft under 2kg (excluded category) outside the above conditions, you will need to
hold a ReOC and a RePL (see Commercial unmanned flight - gaining your remote pilot licence and remote
operator’s certificate).
Safety brochures (click to download) Sub -2kg commercial brochure

Contact information
Head office: Aviation House
16 Furzer Street, Phillip ACT 2606
GPO Box 2005, Canberra ACT 2601
Phone: 131 757 or +61 2 6217 1111
14.31.4 Remote Controlled Pilot-Less Aircraft

1. Remote controlled aircraft are not permitted:
 Within controlled airspace;
 Above 300 feet unless in a model flying area;
 Above built-up areas;
 Above people other than the model operator.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.32 Airfields
1. When working in an operational airfield, all aircraft, cast and crew must be under the direction of the duty flight
officer appointed to the film unit
2. At all other locations, the pilot of the aircraft will be responsible of the control of the aircraft movements
3. When using an aircraft as a filming platform, appropriate camera mounts must be used on either the inside or
the outside of the aircraft
4. Safety harnesses must be provided for any camera crew required to work in an open aircraft
5. At all times when an aircraft is operating, taxiing, landing or taking off their must be a nominated person outside
the aircraft responsible for the safety of all ground personnel
6. At all times when an aircraft is being used for filming, radio communications between the pilot and the film unit
must be continuously, maintained
7. The provisions of the department of aviation regulations must be adhered to at all times and when necessary,
written permissions obtained prior to filming
8. The pilot must do aerial surveys of all filming locations to be used by helicopters and if necessary, the safety
supervisor could also do ground surveys of the intended area prior to filming
14.33 Filming with Children and Babies

14.33.1 Children
1. The producer should acquaint himself or herself with the relevant Child Welfare Legislation pertaining to the
employment of children and obtain the necessary permits from the Department of Labour prior to the
commencement of the filming.
2. It is a requirement that children are chaperoned both on and off the set and a tutor is made available for
children under the age of 15yrs.
3. For a copy of the CONSENT TO CHECK AND RELEASE NATIONAL POLICE RECORD form, contact a Child
Employment Officer on 1800 287 287
4. The regulations governing the employment of children are contained in legislation
5. Every possible precaution should be taken to ensure that the welfare of children is not jeopardised
6. Their health and safety, education, moral and/or religious beliefs and overall emotional well-being must be
protected.
7. Activities that are beyond the child’s abilities and/or stage of development both physical and mental will not be
pursued
8. The demands made on a child should take into consideration the child’s age, development and previous
experience
9. A child should be supervised always by someone designated to solely carry out that duty (ref section titled
“Chaperone”) Ref: pages 35-42 of the Safety Guidance Notes

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.33.2 Regulatory Compliance

1. Production companies are legally bound to comply with the following acts (and regulations as amended):
• The NSW Children (Care and Protection) Act 1987 and Code of Practice;
• The Victorian Community Services Act 1970;
• The Queensland Child Protection Act 1999;
• The South Australian Education Act 1973;
• The West Australian Child Welfare Act 1974;
• The Tasmanian Education Act 1994;
• The ACT Children’s Services Act 1986;
• The Northern Territory Education Act.
Note: the definition of a child varies between the states and territories.
2. People working with children may be required to undergo criminal history checks.
3. Again, procedures vary between the jurisdictions.
4. Information and/or advice should be obtained from the relevant state/territory authority responsible for
administering the above acts prior to using children and babies in productions.
14.33.3 Parental Rights and Responsibilities

1. Parents and/or carers must ensure their child’s employment complies with the relevant state/territory
legislation. Parents do not have the authority to waive any rights or entitlements for a child under an act,
regulation and/or code of practice.
2. During filming, parents and/or carers may:
a) Remain with their children;
b) Watch each aspect of their child’s employment;
c) Intervene on behalf of their child if concerns arise during employment.
3. The parent and/or carer must provide the 1st Assistant Director with the telephone number at which the
parent and/or carer is contactable for the duration of the time the child remains on the production.
4. The parent must be contacted immediately if the child becomes distressed, ill and/or the child requests to
speak with the parent.
5. Children under six must be accompanied by a parent, guardian or responsible person nominated by the parent.
14.33.4 Working Time Guidelines
1. Legislation and regulations covering the employment of children vary from state to state.
2. In some cases, legislation is supported by a Code of Practice which must be observed in addition to observance
of the relevant legislation and regulations.
3. Awards and enterprise agreements also include requirements covering the engagement of children.
4. The child should get a 10-minute break every hour and a one hour break every 4 hours.
5. No child should commence a working shift unless 12 hours has expired from the end of the previous shift,
irrespective of whether the work was done for another employer.
6. Where the child is under 16 years old, the producer must ensure that suitable safe arrangements are made for
the child for travel between their residence and place of work and return.
14.33.5 Education/Tutoring
1. Children who are employed in productions for extended periods, such as feature films, or employed regularly,
such as television drama series or recurrent exposure in commercials, will miss varying degrees of continuity in
their education and schooling.
2. States and territories have different requirements regarding the provision of on-site tutoring. Enquiries should
be made of the relevant state education department.
3. The need for tutoring should be determined in pre-production and performance schedules designed to allow
purposeful periods of study with a qualified tutor away from the immediate set in an environment appropriate
for educational purposes.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.33.6 Working Conditions

1. Additional care needs to be taken whenever children are employed on a production.
2. Special consideration needs to be taken with all aspects of a child’s presence on set or location.
3. It is unrealistic to expect children to work the same hours as adults.
4. Children are unable to sustain consistent levels of performance for extended periods.
5. There is a far greater likelihood of success working with children if the general atmosphere is calm and
encouraging.
6. It is a good idea to involve children in the planning and rehearsing of sequences in which they are involved as it
gives them a greater sense of confidence that their wellbeing and safety are the primary consideration of the
crew.
7. Children must not be forced to perform if they feel afraid, scared or unprepared.
8. The option of being able to use a standby child should be considered.
9. The Producer must ensure appropriate supervision is provided for each child at all times.
10. In determining the appropriateness of and style of supervision, the age, sex and maturity of the child must be
considered.
11. Appropriate supervision means that a responsible person is nominated as the child’s supervisor for the time the
child remains on set or is involved with the production.
12. If it is necessary for a child to be away from home overnight, the child will be accompanied by the child’s parent
or legal guardian always that the child is away from the workplace.
13. If a parent and/or legal guardian cannot accompany his or her child, the Producer must engage a suitable
chaperone who is at least 18 years of age, approved by the child’s parent/guardian.
14. The Producer must ensure that the dietary needs of children working on the production are met,
a) Nourishing food and drink must be made available at the appropriate time/s.
15. The Producer must ensure clean and accessible toilet, hand-washing and hand-drying facilities are provided at
each location; and
16. That appropriate recreational materials and rest facilities are available for each child during breaks in the work
schedule.
17. No child can be subjected to any corporal punishment, social isolation, immobilisation or any behaviour likely
to humiliate or frighten the child.
14.33.7 Specific Safety Precautions

3. Under no circumstances is a child’s physical or emotional well-being to be put at risk.
4. All sequences involving children should be considered for the potential to expose them to physical danger.
5. Dummies or stunt doubles should be used to reduce the risk of injury to children as required.
6. No child shall perform stunts.
7. Stunt car sequences must not be performed with children.
8. Children travelling in unit vehicles must always be provided with appropriate legal constraints,
a) E.g. belts and boosters.
9. When working near water, the 1st Assistant Director and/or the Safety Supervisor must ensure an appropriate
ratio of children to adult supervisors who can swim is maintained at all times.
10. Stringent safety precautions should be applied for all special effects where children are involved.
11. A dry, warm comfortable area should be provided as close as possible to the set.
12. Adequate time should be allowed to explain and prepare any special effects to avoid creating fear or panic in a
child. Care should be taken to ensure children are not exposed to irritants which could give rise to respiratory
distress.
13. The Wardrobe Coordinator must ensure that each child is appropriately clothed for the working conditions.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.33.8 Stress and Trauma

1. Situations that might give rise of stress or emotional trauma, even when they are dramatized, should be
treated as health, safety and wellbeing hazards.
2. Adequate time should be provided to explain to the child what measures are being taken to eliminate or
reduce a perceived threat. Where appropriate, expert advice should be sought, from the appropriate statutory
authority.
3. For scenes that involve highly traumatising events, such as child abuse or incest and/or scenes involving nudity
(including nudity required of other performers), it must be ascertained (with the assistance of a professional
counsellor) that the child actor is emotionally able to deal with the scene.
4. After the scene is shot, the child should be debriefed by the counsellor.
14.33.9 Babies Under 12 Weeks Old

1. A baby under 12 weeks old must only be used in a production in accordance with relevant state legislation.
2. Where legislation is silent on the issue, it is recommended that a baby care professional is engaged and present
always.
3. The baby care professional must be satisfied that the baby’s health and welfare is not threatened by the
conditions of the location/set. The baby care professional’s instructions must be followed in all matters relating
to the baby’s health and welfare.
4. A baby must not be exposed to direct lighting; must not have make-up applied and must not be handled by
more than four people (including the baby’s mother and the baby care professional) in any call.
5. A baby must not be allowed to encounter any person with a respiratory or skin infection.
14.33.10 Chaperone
1. A suitably qualified and experienced Chaperone/Tutor should be in attendance to supervise children both on
and off the set.
2. The physical and mental well-being of children working in film must be in accordance with relevant state and
commonwealth regulations.
3. All persons supervising children, other than parents, guardians and extended family, are required to hold a
Current police check.
4. Refer to the Mandatory Code of Practice for the Employment of Children in Entertainment (2014)

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.33.11 Child Safe Codes of Conduct

The child safe standards require organisations that provide services for children to have a code of conduct that
establishes clear expectations for appropriate behaviour with children.
A code of conduct can help you enforce appropriate behaviour with children in your organisation to help protect children
from abuse.
You may already have an existing code of conduct.
You can use this resource, which includes a sample code of conduct, to develop or review your organisation’s code of
conduct.
What is a code of conduct?
The sample code of conduct outlines expected standards for appropriate behaviour with and in the company of children,
including online conduct.
It should be adapted to fit your organisation and the services you provide for children.
You could use this example as a basis for developing a code of conduct, or use it to address any gaps in your existing
code of conduct.
Your organisation may wish to use a code of conduct:
• as part of induction training for new leadership members, staff, and volunteers
• as part of refresher training for existing leadership members, staff, and volunteers
• to inform parents/carers and other persons associated with the organisation what behaviour they
can expect from the organisation’s leadership, staff, and volunteers
• to support and inform organisational protocols and reporting procedures should breaches of the
code be suspected or identified
• include a reference to the code of conduct in employment advertisements and contracts to ensure
compliance.
Child safe standards resources

Victoria has introduced compulsory minimum standards for organisations that provide services for children to help
protect children from abuse.
The Child Safe Standards form part of the Victorian Government’s response to the Betrayal of Trust Inquiry (the 2013
Parliamentary Inquiry into the Handling of Child Abuse by Religious and Other Non-Government Organisations).
Education, awareness raising and helping organisations to create and maintain child safe environments will be the initial
focus of the Child Safe Standards.
More information about the organisations in scope can be found on the in-scope organisations for Child Safe Standards
page on this site.
The Child Safe Standards do not alter any existing requirements to hold a Working with Children Check.
Children’s employment in the entertainment, modelling, and photographic industries

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.33.12 Declaration
As an employee, contractor, or volunteer, I am responsible for promoting the safety and wellbeing of children and young
people in this workplace.
I will not:
• Subject a child to any form of corporal punishment, social isolation, immobilisation, sexual suggestion,
offence or misconduct.
• Direct a child to perform in a sexually provocative or unsafe manner.
• Communicate with a child in ways that are likely to humiliate, frighten or distress the child.
• Use tobacco products or possess or be under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs at any time while
working with children.
• Develop any ‘special’ relationships with children that could be seen as grooming/favouritism such as the
offering of gifts or special treatment.
• Do things of a personal nature that a child can do for themselves, such as toileting or changing clothes.
I will:
• Treat children with respect and be a positive role model in my conduct with them.
• Communicate with the children in an age appropriate and realistic manner.
• Set clear boundaries about appropriate behaviour between myself and a child.
• Only have physical contact with a child in ways which are appropriate to my professional or agreed role and
responsibilities.
• Be willing to listen and respond appropriately to a child’s views and concerns.
• Respond quickly, fairly, and transparently to any serious complaints made by a child or related to a child.
• Abide by my reporting obligations in relation to the employer’s Incident Register.
• Abide by the mandatory Code of Practice as part of the Children and Young Persons (Care and Protection)
(Child Employment) Regulation 2015.
At times, children may be in the cast, in the area or visiting set.
It is the responsibility of Production and AD’s to ensure that the children are kept safe.
Production must also adhere to state regulations regarding child safety and child employment.
Each state has its own regulations, and it is the producer’s responsibility to be conversant and comply with these
regulations.
Regulations differ from state to state.
For more information please review the (_____________________________) Safety Report and WHS management
system.
I hereby agree to abide by this Child Safe Code of Conduct.
Name:
Signature:
Date:

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.34 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

1. Use of PPE is the least effective manner by which to control an identified hazard and should be utilised only
after all other appropriate measures to control the risk of potential injury or illness have been exhausted
including elimination, substitution, isolation, administration and training.
14.34.1 Personal Protective Equipment

1. Hazards with PPE are associated with lack of maintenance, poor storage practices and improper use.
2. Maintenance, storage and use practices are critical for risk control.
3. The following practices should be followed:
• PPE should be on personal issue and marked with the name of the individual to whom it has been
allocated;
• PPE should be cleaned daily and checked for defects;
• PPE should be stored in an airtight container;
• Cartridges should be dated and changed regularly, where applicable;
• Replacements should be readily available;
• Operators should be properly trained;
• Operators should be clean-shaven for adequate face seal; and
• Air filter cartridges should be changed as required.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.35 First Aid Facilities

14.35.1 First Aid Equipment, Facilities, Services and Personnel
1. Adequate and appropriate first aid supplies must be provided and available at all time at all workplaces and in
accordance with relevant legislation and regulations.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.35.2 Medical and First Aid Services

1. After consultation with the Safety Supervisor, the Producer will provide a medical service which is sufficient for
the production.
2. This will include liaison with a qualified medical practitioner in the immediate vicinity of the production, who
will be prepared, if necessary, to treat unit members outside their working hours.
3. Registered nurse/s, paramedic/s, enrolled nurse/s and other appropriate first aid personnel (for example, surf
lifesavers, underwater rescue divers, etc.) must be engaged as appropriate to address the risks identified in the
Safety Report for the production.
4. Qualified medical personnel (typically a qualified registered nurse), must be on set always when stunts and/or
special effects and/or hazardous filming are carried out.
5. Other appropriate Medical Personnel may also be required having regard to the risks identified in the Safety
Report.
6. Where a potentially dangerous stunt or special effect is being performed, an ambulance must, if available, be in
attendance on set.
7. Where an ambulance is unavailable, a suitable means of transporting injured person(s) to hospital must be
provided.
8. In all other circumstances, medical and/or first aid personnel shall be engaged having regard to the
requirements of the production, consideration being given to matters such as:
a. The numbers of personnel who will be working on the day;
b. Production requirements, e.g. rigs, working with animals;
c. Location considerations, e.g., filming on/in/near water, heights, remote area locations, working
outdoors in heat/cold;
d. Babies and children: nurses/baby care professionals as relevant shall be engaged in a ratio in
accordance with relevant legislation but, where legislation is silent on the issue, the following
guidelines are recommended as a minimum:
9. The producer should ensure that no supervisor supervises at any one time more than:
10. Two children, if any of the children are under three years old, and
11. Five children, if any of the children are between three and five years old, and
12. Ten children, if the children are more than five years old, and if the baby is twelve weeks or under, a baby care
professional should be engaged for each baby.
13. The producer will ensure that adequate first aid kits are available at all work sites, develop evacuation and
emergency procedures and ensure adequate back-up medical facilities have been arranged and implement the
recommendations made in the Safety Report.
14. When engaged, the Medical Personnel must be informed regarding the arrangements in 13.2.1.4 above and
given adequate time to review the facilities and procedures. 13.2.2 First Aid Room/Post
15. Where required by OH&S legislation or other relevant legislation or regulations, a first aid room/s must be
provided.
16. A first aid facility should be supplied wherever possible.
17. It may be a designated room, fitted out caravan or other similar facility.
18. As a minimum, it should contain:
a. Desk;
b. Phone;
c. Two chairs, one with arms (for patient use);
d. Suitable lighting;
e. Large lockable cupboard;
19. A bed;
20. A screen;
21. air conditioning/heating;
22. Sink with hot and cold running water;
23. Easy, close access to the set;
24. A wide door;
25. be easy to clean;

SCREEN PRODUCTION
26. Be easily secured, and

27. Be connected to power.
28. Other important considerations include:
a. A refrigerator with freezer or separate deep-freeze unit for ice;
b. Lockable filing cabinet or similar for medical records;
c. Metal lockable cupboard or safe for restricted drugs;
d. Desk lamp;
e. Proximity to toilets;
f. Privacy considerations;
g. Waste disposal;
h. Soap and towel dispensers;
i. Secure storage for non-restricted drugs and expensive equipment;
j. Open shelves/bookcase (to provide off ground level storage);
k. Room clearly labelled;
l. Notice regarding Medical Personnel on duty posted together with contact details (e.g. by mobile
phone/walkie-talkie); 13. Notice board for displaying relevant/compulsory occupational health and safety
notices;
m. Autoclave sterilizer or alternative appropriate sterilization policy;
29. Policy for disposal of infectious and/or contaminated materials, sharps, etc.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.36 Rigging, Work Platforms and Working at Height

All work at height will be the subject of a detailed risk assessment undertaken in accordance with relevant state
and territory legislation and regulations.
Work at height may include work undertaken on:
1. Studio grid areas and gantries;

2. Scaffolding, hoists, buckets, cherry pickers, other working platforms;
3. Roofs;
4. Masts, towers, crow’s nests.
6. The weight bearing capacity of roof structure, gantries and grids and floor structures and, where relevant, load
bearing documentation must be obtained from the owner/manager;
7. Rigging undertaken by qualified licensed riggers;
8. Scaffolding erected by competent and appropriately qualified person/s;
9. Edge protection, ie. Guard and/or railing that complies with AS 1657;
10. Elevated work platforms operated by competent and appropriately qualified person/s;
11. Industrial fall arrest system/s, device/s and anchorage/s which comply with AS 1891.4, AS 2626 and AS 4626
must be worn where appropriate;
12. Double lanyards must be used when rigging to ensure that when a person moves between anchorages/safety
lines, they are constantly attached to a safety system.
Appropriate risk reduction strategies will be determined in consultation with employees undertaking the tasks and
having regard to the prevailing weather conditions.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.36.1 General Guidelines for All Work Involving Heights

Careful risk management strategies must be developed and implemented for circumstances involving working at
heights and for those working underneath operations being undertaken at heights.
1. Where there is the potential for a person to be injured from a fall, appropriate fall protection must be used.
2. Where specified, fall arrest system/s and device/s must be worn, and:
a) All harnesses, lanyards, fall arrest and fall restraint devices must be manufactured and maintained to
Australian Standards;
b) Inertia reel (fall arrest) devices must not be used in such a way that a fall will create a pendulum effect
injury;
c) no person shall be allowed to undertake work requiring the use of fall restraint or fall arrest devices
without having undertaken appropriate training in the use and maintenance of such devices;
d) An effective communications system between those at a height and those on the ground must be
implemented.
3. Safe access must be provided for all work platforms where there is the potential to fall more than 1.8 metres,
including:
a) Where possible, use mobile platforms rather than ladders;
b) ensure mobile access equipment has its wheels locked prior to use;
c) do not enter scaffolding until the appropriately qualified person has completed its erection;
d) Only ascend/descend facing towards the ladder and hold on while doing so.
4. Safe working practices must be implemented while working at a height, including:

a) Ensure vision is not obstructed;
b) Where there are no guardrails, use an approved safety harness connected to a secure anchor point;
c) Do not work beyond the side of ladders or over guardrails;
d) Do not place ladders on other structures to extend their reach;
e) Ladders should extend at least one metre beyond the work area or step off point and be secured;
f) Wear appropriate footwear to minimise slipping, clothing to minimise risk of snagging and tie back hair
at all times;
g) Attaching of ropes, cables, drapes, tarpaulins, etc. To rigging or scaffolds is a potential hazard and must
be risk assessed.
5. Appropriate precautions must be taken against injury to people below those working at a height, including: •
take aloft only essential tools and equipment;
a) Prior to ascending, secure all tools and equipment with lanyards to prevent them falling on those
below, and empty pockets of any unsecured items;
b) Implement appropriate control measures to prevent props, sets, equipment, including cameras, etc.
From creating a risk by falling.
6. Signs must be clear, unobstructed and in conspicuous places.
7. Smoking bans are to be enforced when work is being undertaken at heights.
8. Height rescue procedures must be developed for each workplace where working at heights is undertaken.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.36.2 Falling Objects

A falling object includes any object or material falling from a height, but also includes objects or material that can
be propelled upwards or sideways and be capable of injuring a person who is struck by the object or material.
A risk assessment must be undertaken for all falling object hazards and appropriate management strategies
identified.
1. Objects must be prevented from being accidentally knocked or dropped from heights:
a) Secure all tools and equipment when working at heights or climbing ladders;
b) Do not store anything on platforms or near unprotected edges or openings;
c) Adequately secure luminaires with properly maintained safety chains;
d) Secure props and scenery, especially during set-up and when striking;
e) Maintain housekeeping at a high standard.
2. Particular issues concerning flying include:

a) Ensure that the systems, ropes, slings, barrels, safety chains, etc. Are in good order;
b) Provide proper warning to all relevant persons prior to flying scenery;
c) Inspection by a competent person, prior to its use, of any system used for suspending objects;
d) Ensuring adequate mechanisms for securing chains on chain motors. 3. Other risk control measures
include:
e) Choreograph performers appropriately to minimise the potential for them to drop or propel objects
hazardously (including themselves);
f) Training performers and props staff in the correct methods of carrying weapons and firearms;
g) Tape down cables in areas where people may walk;
h) Install toe or kick boards on elevated walkways and platforms;
i) Wear hard hats when working below where other people are working, where this protection is
identified by the risk assessment.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.36.3 Personal Fall Protection Equipment

2. Protection equipment should be used when there is a risk of a person falling and it is not reasonably practical
to change the design of the job to eliminate the risk of a fall. The equipment should be used to:
equipment for the situation – refer AS1891 – including:
14.36.4 Use of safety chains and sandbags

Refer to Section 10 of AS/NZS 4249 Electrical Safety Practices Video and Television Sites. Refer also to Section 41.1.
14.36.5 Fire Precautions

1. Rigging, work platforms and associated equipment must be rigged and/or set in such a way as to not obstruct
or otherwise compromise the effectiveness of fire emergency exits and/or firefighting equipment.
2. Fire extinguishers must be located at appropriate positions in studio gantries and a fire extinguisher must be
carried in all cherry pickers.
14.36.6 Working with Ladders

1. Only ladders designed in accordance with Australian Standards AS1892 and AS1657 should be used, and they
should:
a) be designed and constructed with a load rating appropriate to the work to be performed;
b) Be maintained in good condition and free from oil or grease when used;
c) Have non-skid safety feet installed prior to use (if straight ladders).
2. Points when using ladders include:

a) Position ladders at a ratio of 1 out to 4 up, and ensure they extend more than 1m beyond the work level
or step off point;
b) Tie off or otherwise secure all straight ladders before use;
c) Position ladders only on on-slip, flat surfaces;
d) Do not position ladders in access areas or within the arc of a swinging door, without taking additional
measures to safeguard a person on the ladder – e.g. locking off the door, displaying appropriate signs,
erecting barriers to prevent access to the area where the ladder is being used.
3. Portable metal ladders must not be used for electrical work

a) Metal ladders should be labelled: “Caution: do not use around electrical equipment”.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.36.7 Working with Ropes

1. All ropes (and fittings) must be constructed of sound material with adequate strength for the application and use
and inspected prior to use.
2. Ropes that are excessively worn or adversely affected by weather must be removed from service.
3. Fibre ropes must not be exposed to temperatures exceeding 65º Celsius.
4. No rope shall be used to lift a load greater than its safe working load.
5. Ropes which have been repaired and/or altered must be subjected to a load equal to their safe working load
before being re-used.
6. Ropes must be:
• kept clear of acids and other chemicals,
• kept clean,
• stored in a clean dry place when not in use in suitable packing to ensure they do not come into contact with
edges and/or surfaces that cause damage.
14.36.8 Elevating Work Platforms

Elevating work platforms (EWPs) include self-elevating work platforms (SEWPs) such as Cougars, Genie Lifts, maxi-
lifts, and scissor lifts.
Some suppliers may provide training and/or certificates for EWPs with a boom length of up to 11 metres.
EWPs with a boom length greater than 11 metres must be operated by a person who holds a certificate of
competency issued by a recognised issuing authority, e.g. WorkCover.
1. Equipment must be appropriate to the job and used in accordance with specifications and Australian
Standards, in particular:
a) Use the most appropriate EWP for the job;
b) Only operators competent in the use of the equipment may use it and must, as specified in relevant
jurisdictions, hold appropriate certification;
c) Use equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications;
d) If equipment is modified, appropriate risk assessment must be undertaken and an engineer’s certificate
obtained.
2. Safe working practices must be used with all EWPs, including:

a) Never exceed the safe working load for the EWP;
b) Ensure the EWP is set up on stable ground;
c) Ensure floor load bearing capacity is adequate;
d) Maintain each EWP in good working order and inspect it daily;
e) Be aware of clearances when operating or travelling with an EWP, ensure the EWP and any object or
person on the platform remains well clear of power lines (minimum 4 metres – see Electrical Safety)
when fully extended;
f) Wear safety harness always while working from an EWP;
g) Do not lean over the safety barrier of an EWP, nor suspend or balance anything so that its center of
gravity is outside the safety barrier.
3. If it is necessary to move a SEWP with the boom raised and a person on the platform, ensure the outriggers are
no more than 10mm from the floor and the person on the platform is not protruding from the confines of the
platform.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.36.9 Powered and Non-Powered Lifting Devices

1. The operation and maintenance of load-shifting devices, including powered and non-powered lifting devices,
must comply with state and territory legislation.
2. All drivers, operators, and riggers, including anyone who slings or directs the movement of goods handled by a
crane or power winch, must be competent to undertake the work they are involved with, and hold the
necessary certification.
3. All load-shifting equipment must be maintained in good working order.
4. Cranes should be parked when unattended and at the end of the work period in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.36.10 Theatrical Flying and Rigging Operations

1. Any person undertaking flying operations must hold the appropriate certificate of competency, and be
competent to operate the relevant equipment. He or she must:
a) Only ever rig loads appropriate to his or her level of training – if in doubt, ask;
b) Ensure that all persons are protected from injury by means of appropriate barriers;
c) Check braking systems of flying systems prior to use;
d) Test that cabling and winches of flying systems are in line with manufacturer’s recommendations;
e) Maintain a lifting register for all cables and ropes.
2. Considerations in respect of movement of people include:
a) No-one must ever ride on hooks, slings or loads;
b) Use a safety factor of 10:1 when suspending people;
c) Use safety lines with ratings in accordance with Australian Standards;
d) Plan aerial performance sequences with appropriate rigging for the size of the performer(s) and the task
to be completed – include consideration of the need for crash mats, safety netting, appropriate
emergency and contingency procedures – lighting, set or sound changes must be communicated to both
riggers and aerial performers.
3. Safe working practices for flying and rigging include:
a) Never exceed safe working loads;
b) ensure items being flown have been designed and constructed in a manner appropriate for flying;
c) ensure flown items are safely and appropriately attached to scenery bars;
d) When moving down scenery, warn those below (during a performance this will be via appropriate
communications systems);
e) use steel slings as a secondary for fibre slings if there is a risk of fire;
f) use packing between slings and sharp edges;
g) Lower loads onto timber to avoid sling crushing.
4. Flexible Steel Wire Rope Rigging (FSWR) and Synthetic Rope Rigging
a) Any rigging involving FSWR must only be undertaken by riggers holding relevant certification.
b) Any rigging involving FSWR, potential shock loads and the possibility of a pendulum effect must be
carried out only by trained Stunt Rigger/s.
c) Note: WorkCover approved rigger qualifications do not provide training in synthetic rope rigging,
supervisory skills or the shock management of FSWR. Consequently, Riggers Class 1, in the absence of
demonstrating proof of further relevant training, are not able to under synthetic rope rigging nor to
supervise anyone involved in synthetic rope rigging.
d) Responsibility for safe execution of rigging lies with the producer:
e) Safety rigging: The Safety Supervisor and the Producer must ensure that the Safety crew are adequately
trained, experienced and supervised to undertake the duties required of them;
f) Stunt rigging: The Stunt Coordinator and the Producer must ensure that the rigging team is suitably
trained, experienced and supervised.
g) Theatrical/Circus rigging: The Safety Supervisor and the Producer must ensure that the rigging team is
suitably trained, experienced and supervised.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.36.11 Scaffolding
1. Scaffolding is a common means of providing a safe work platform and is sometimes used as a performance area
of as part of a set.
2. If the potential fall distance is greater than two metres, scaffolding must be erected or dismantled only by a
holder of a certificate of competency for that class of scaffolding or a person trained under the direct
supervision of such a certificated person.
3. If the potential fall distance from a scaffold is less than two metres, it may be erected or dismantled only by a
competent person who has trained in respect of the type of scaffolding being used.
4. Unauthorised changes to scaffold structures are illegal.
5. The scaffolder must ensure all persons are protected, in particular, by:
a) installing appropriate, clear, unobstructed signage during construction;
b) ensuring appropriate barricading against unauthorised entry;
c) When completed, certifying scaffolds are safe before anyone uses them.
6. Safe construction methods must be used for scaffolds, including:
a) Ensure only correct materials for the load are used in accordance with AS 1576;
b) Inspect all equipment and materials before use, and repair or dispose of any rejects;
c) Tie scaffold effectively, both longitudinally and transversely, with safe means of access and egress;
d) Fully plank out scaffolding more than 1.8 metres high, with properly supported planks of the correct size,
toe boards and continuous handrails to ensure a safe work platform.
7. Mobile/wheeled scaffolding must not be moved whilst supporting people, and all wheels must be locked
before anyone works on it.
14.36.12 Working on Roofs

1. Roof work for this section refers to the need for work to be undertaken on a roof rather than roof work that
involves the removal or replacement of a roof or roofing material.
2. Where possible, working from roofs should be avoided, particularly roofs that are known to be very old and do
not have a record of regular inspection and maintenance.
3. Prior to undertaking work on roofs other more reliable options such as elevating work platforms, scaffolding
workboxes, etc. should be investigated.
4. No roof work shall be undertaken without carrying out a detailed risk assessment.
5. Consideration must be given to the prevailing weather conditions.
6. Also, refer to Appendix (D) SAFETY CHECKLIST - WORKING FROM ROOFS
14.36.13 Susceptible Roofing Materials

1. The following roofing materials pose risks:
a) Rusted corrugated metal;
b) Translucent plastic;
c) Wired glass panels;
d) Corrugated cement sheeting (super six sheeting).
2. Falls through these types of materials can be avoided by introducing effective hazard management systems in
conjunction with roof work.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.36.14 Personal Fall Protection Equipment

2. They should be used when there is a risk of a person falling and it is not reasonably practical to change the
design of the job to eliminate the risk of a fall.
3. The equipment should be used to:
equipment for the situation – refer AS 2626 – including:
14.37 Handling Timber, Wood and Wood Based Products

1. Timber, wood and wood based products are not designated as “hazardous substances”.
2. However, the ingredients of several industrial wood adhesives and preservatives may pose hazards in the
workplace including:
a) Storage and manual handling;
b) Formaldehyde based adhesives and other preservatives;
c) Adhesives containing trichloroethylene;
d) Machining, finishing and treating;
e) Noise;
f) Dust.
14.37.1 Storage and Manual Handling

1. Properly stored timber will facilitate finding, handling and maneuvering in the workplace, minimising the risk of
manual handling injuries.
2. Dry, well ventilated storage areas should be fitted with appropriate racks to ensure the timber product can
breathe and thus minimise the build-up of formaldehyde and other preservatives.
3. Mechanical assistance and/or team lifts should be utilised to handle heavy loads as appropriate (

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.37.2 Formaldehyde and Other Preservatives

1. Wood glues containing formaldehyde and/or preservatives containing copper chrome-arsenate (CCA) are often
used in association with timber product for fumigation, stability, support and/or preservation.
2. Products such as particleboard, medium density fibre (MDF) board and plywood which utilise formaldehyde
based adhesives may emit small amounts of formaldehyde into the air.
3. Products such as pine are often impregnated with chemicals to extend their serviceable life and facilitate
wider use in a variety of applications especially outdoors.
4. Formaldehyde is a colourless, naturally occurring substance which can cause mild irritation, including watering
of the eyes and mild effects on the nose and throat.
5. Some people may exhibit an allergic reaction and hyper sensitivity may produce asthma type reactions, runny
nose and skin irritation.
6. Individuals may demonstrate no adverse effects for long periods of time but may still, without warning,
develop acute symptoms.
7. Unlike at timber treatment plants, where significant amounts of raw preservatives such as arsenic, chromium
and copper are used to impregnate the timber, the finished treated timber product, if handled properly, poses
a relatively small risk.
8. Other products such as creosote or creosote vapour can cause irritations of the skin.
9. Short term exposure to high concentrations may cause nausea, vomiting, headache and/or fainting.
10. Alternatives should be used wherever possible and, if use is unavoidable, appropriate PPE must be provided,
the workplace adequately ventilated and good housekeeping must be implemented and maintained.
14.37.3 Medium Density Fibreboard (MDF)

1. Exposure to the dust, gas and vapour from the boards may result in the following health effects:
a) Acute:
• Swallowed: - swallowing the dust may result in abdominal discomfort.
• Eye: - the dust, gas and vapour may be irritating to the eyes causing discomfort and redness.
• Skin: -the dust, gas and vapour may irritate the skin, resulting in itching and a red rash.
• Inhaled: -the dust, gas and vapour may irritate the nose, throat and lung, especially in people with
upper respiratory tract or chest complaints.
b) Chronic:
• Repeated exposures over many years to uncontrolled dust from MDF may result in allergic
dermatitis, asthma or chronic nose or throat irritation in some people.
• The risk of nasal or paranasal sinus cancers may be increased.
Mandatory Safety Controls

1. Power tools must be fitted with dust bags and be used in well-ventilated areas to avoid the spread of dust, gas
and vapours.
2. Storage and work areas must be well ventilated.
3. Work areas should be cleaned at least daily and dust removed by HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaning or wet
sweeping method.
4. Skin Protection: Comfortable work gloves must be worn in accordance with AS/NZS 2161 Occupational
Protective Gloves.
5. Respiratory Protection: A class P1 or P2 replaceable filter or disposable face piece respirator must be
supporting and worn when sawing, drilling or sanding.
6. Respirators must comply with AS/NZS 1716 – Respiratory Protective Devices and be selected, used and
maintained in accordance with AS/NZS 1715.
7. Eye Protection: Safety glasses or non-fogging goggles (AS/NZS 1337) must be worn when sawing, drilling or
sanding.
8. Wood working areas should be isolated from other work areas.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.37.4 Machining, Finishing and Treating

1. Machining, finishing and treating timber can significantly increase the risk of exposure to injury and/or illness.
2. Sawing, planing, sanding drilling, etc., will create dusts and allow fumes to be liberated that can enter the lungs.
a) Extraction systems (either local or reticulated) must be utilised to control dusts and vapours at the source.
b) Appropriate PPE including respiratory protection (eg. oxygen fed masks) and solid boots or shoes, overall,
etc., must be provided to and used by employees who are machining and/or finishing timber products.
c) Good housekeeping is essential.
14.37.5 Noise
1. Sawing, planing, sanding, drilling, etc., using portable or fixed power tools can create noise which exceeds
recommended occupational noise exposure levels.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.38 Welding, Cutting and Brazing (including Soldering)

14.38.1 Major Hazards
Major hazards include:
1. Electric shock – contact with live electricity;
2. Radiation burns – to the eyes or body due to the welding arc;
3. Body burns – weld splatter or hot molten materials or due to burning clothing, etc.;
4. Fire and/or explosion – arc, flame, sparks or spatter or electrical faults in combination with flammable materials,
gases or liquids;
5. Sprains and strains – heavy materials manual handling;
6. Eye injury – foreign matter, eg. Chipped welding slag;
7. Sickness – due to inhalation of fumes from surface coatings, etc.
8. Asphyxiation – due to displacement of oxygen by non-toxic gases.
14.38.2 Hazard Management

The following hazards management measures should be taken:
1. Welding, cutting and brazing must only be undertaken by competent appropriately qualified personnel;
2. Appropriate PPE, eg. Aprons, protective filters, gloves, footwear respiratory protection devices, etc., must be
provided and worn while working;
3. Self-contained breathing apparatus and/or airline respirators must be filled and/or supplied from an approved
air supply;
4. All electrical equipment must comply with relevant standards and have the required capacity or rating;
5. All equipment must have appropriate name plates setting out the operating conditions of the relevant
machine;
6. Contaminated welding surfaces must be cleaned;
7. Electrode holders must conform to relevant Australian Standards;
8. Earth connections must be secured correctly to provide a safe and sound electric current return;
9. Flashback arrestors should be fitted to all gas cylinders;
10. Do not use oxygen to “sweeten” air when welding or cutting in confined spaces;
11. Do not leave connected torches or hoses in a confined space during work breaks or overnight;
12. Ensure confined spaces are adequately ventilated;
13. Do not use oxygen as a substitute for compressed air;
14. Do not work with “kinked” pressure hosing/s;
15. Do not use oxygen or compressed air to dust off clothing;
16. Never “crack open” fuel gas cylinders adjacent to an ignition source;
17. Do not use damaged valves or regulators;
18. Never use cylinders as rollers to assist moving heavy objects;
19. Always store cylinders with approved keys or hand wheels;
20. Appropriate screens, mechanical and exhaust ventilation systems must be used.
(See also Section 20, Confined Spaces.)

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.38.3 Hot Work Procedures within Buildings

Hot works are the second largest cause of fires within buildings.
1. Many venue owner/managers will not allow hot work to be undertaken without a hot work permit being
issued.
2. Hot work procedures should be performed in accordance with AS 1674.1 – 1997 Safety in Welding and Allied
Processes Part 1 Fire Precautions.
3. Risk assessment shall identify hot work hazards and appropriate controls shall be implemented, preferably by
removing such hazards or where that is not possible by covering them with fire resistant tarpaulins.
4. Adequate serviceable firefighting equipment, including extinguisher/s and fire hoses, shall be available in the
work area and an appropriately trained and competent fire watch personnel identified to undertake fire
watches.
5. All hot work equipment shall be utilised in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and be maintained in
good working order.
6. Inspections of the hot work area must be undertaken for four hours following completion of the work to ensure
there is no re-ignition.
7. All combustible materials must be removed to an area outside a radius of 15 metres from the hot work area
both laterally and above and below the hot work.
8. The hot work supervisor shall notify all relevant personnel in other departments and in adjacent work areas
when hot work is being undertaken.
9. A pro forma Hot Work Permit is at. HOT work PERMIT
14.39 Explosive Powered Tools

1. Explosive powered tools (EPTs) are used to drive a projectile against, into or through any substance by means
of an explosive, and include all attachments and accessories.
2. There are two types of EPTs: direct acting and indirect acting.
3. The charge from direct acting EPTs can reach 600 metres/second.
4. The charge from indirect acting EPTs can reach 100 metres/second.
5. EPTs are commonly used for:
a) Fixing formwork to concrete;
b) Suspending ceilings;
c) Conduit fixing;
d) Fixing steel decking to structural steel;
e) Fixing brick to concrete.
14.39.1 Safe Use of and Operation of EPTS

1. Employers are required to ensure that any person using an EPT in the workplace is an appropriately trained and
qualified operator who holds the appropriate certificate of competency and uses the tool in a safe manner.
2. EPTs and all accessories,
a. Guards, must be properly maintained and regularly inspected to ensure that they are fully serviceable.
3. See also Appendix (H) SAFETY CHECKLIST – FOR THE USE OF EXPLOSIVE POWERED TOOLS (EPT)
14.39.2 Explosive Charges

1. Charges must be stored in an appropriate container marked with the words ‘WARNING – EXPLOSIVE CHARGES’
and colour coded in accordance with AS/NZS 1873:1994.
14.39.3 Fasteners
1. Fasteners take a variety of forms and can be used with/without washers or threaded.
2. The correct fastener must be chosen for the particular application.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.40 Stunts, Special Effects, and Hazardous Sequences

1. All special effects and stunts and sequences involving hazardous filming will be the subject of risk assessment.
2. For the purposes of this section, all references to special effects and stunts shall include all hazardous
sequences.
3. All the activities involved in the designing, formulating, setting up, initiating, triggering, carrying out and/or
altering a special effect/stunt will be supervised by a Special Effects/Stunt Coordinator who:
a) Holds the appropriate license(s) and/or other certificates of competency relevant to the tasks involved in
creating the effect;
b) Is acceptable to the affected production crew;
c) Has the appropriate qualifications, expertise and skills to create the effect with a minimum risk to people
and property?
4. Unlicensed special effects operators can only work under the supervision of licence holders where permitted
under relevant state and territory legislation and regulations.
5. All stunt performers shall have qualifications, experience and expertise necessary to manage the risks
associated with performing the stunt.
6. The producer will ensure that a Stunt/Special Effects Coordinator (Coordinator) is present at any time that
stunt/special effect is performed.
7. If the Coordinator is performing a stunt/special effect, the Coordinator will nominate an appropriately qualified
and experienced Safety Supervisor for the stunt/special effect in question and advise the producer of whom
s/he has nominated.
8. All stunt/special effects personnel must hold the appropriate licence/s and/or other certificates of competency
relevant to the tasks involved in creating and carrying out the special effect/stunt.
9. Every task in a production must be carried out by a person who is competent.
10. Any crew or cast member has the right not to work where such crew or cast member considers that s/he is
exposed to unreasonable risk.
11. Only essential personnel shall be allowed to be near the stunt/special effect.
12. The Producer must ensure that the Coordinator liaises with the 1st Assistant Director and Director of
Photography/Camera Operator regarding the safety of stunts/special effects and the positioning of all cast,
crew and cameras.
13. The 1st Assistant Director and/or Director of Photography/Camera Operator and/or Coordinator has the
authority to inform the Director that a stunt/special effect is unable to be performed safely and to cancel the
stunt/special effect and advise the crew and cast to not work if, in his/her opinion/s, any cast or crew member
of member of the public is at unacceptable risk.
14. The 1st Assistant Director must coordinate safety practices regarding the rolling and cutting of unattended
cameras.
15. In the event of a combined stunt and special effect, adequate communication must be established between the
Stunt and Special Effects Coordinators.
16. The weather conditions must be assessed on the day and at the location at which the stunt/special
effect/hazardous sequence is to be undertaken and, if necessary, the sequence abandoned and rescheduled.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.40.1 Guidelines
1. A stunt and/or special effect is any action which will, in the opinion of the Producer and/or the Safety
Consultant and/or the Stunt Coordinator, place people or property at risk.
a) The producer will ensure that a Stunt/Special Effect Coordinator is present at any time that a stunt/special
effect is performed. If the Stunt/Special Effect Coordinator (hereinafter called the Coordinator) is
performing a stunt/special effect, the Coordinator will nominate a Safety Supervisor for the stunt/special
effect and inform the Producer of whom he or she nominated.
b) Where safety guidelines have not been compiled with:
c) The First Assistant Director may at his/her own discretion stop the shoot.
d) The crew/cast delegate shall have the discretion to stop the shoot after a majority vote has been taken. The
stoppage will remain in force until the safety guidelines have been implemented.
e) If for any reason whatsoever a coordinator is replaced during shooting, all action/special effect sequences
will be suspended for two days or for that amount of time that the new Coordinator considers reasonable
and adequate pre-production time. The Coordinator’s stipulation in this regard will be met prior to
resumption of action/special effect filming.
f) The Producer will ensure that adequate personnel are employed for the filming of stunt/special effects.
g) The producer will ensure that sufficient pre-production time is allowed for the coordinator, providing that
such pre-production time is in line with that specified in the safety report and as agreed to by the
coordinator.
h) The Producer will ensure that all actors are allowed reasonable pre-production time, as specified by the
Coordinator, to work with the Coordinator or any other head of department as may be applicable when the
actor is required to work with horses, bikes, vehicles, boats, animals, weapons or to perform in the fight
sequences or sport sequences. It is the responsibility of all actors to honestly inform the Producer of their
abilities in regard to action sequences.
i) The producer will ensure that a minimum of the following personnel are in attendance on location surveys
no later than sixty hours prior to the stunt/special effect being performed.
 Producer
 Director
 First Assistant Director
 Location/Production Manager
 Stunt/Special Effect Coordinator/Safety Officer
 Director of Photography/Camera Operator
 Art Director
 Key Grip
 Gaffer
 Actors Involved
j) The producer will ensure that a report arising from the location survey is distributed to all heads of
department no later than 48 hours prior to the filming of the stunt/special effect.
k) The producer will ensure that a written report on the stunt/special effect be provided to all crew and cast
members and that such report be attached to the relevant Daily Call Sheet. This report will contain and
information relevant to the general safety of the personnel involved in or affected by the stunt/special
effect. This report will include at least:
l) A detailed description of the stunt/special effect as supplied by the Director;
m) The date and approximate time of day of the stunt/special effect;
n) The location of medical facilities;
o) The procedures to be followed in the event of an accident;
p) The location of back-up services where required, e.g. fire brigade, police etc.;
q) An estimation of camera positions and any special rigs;
r) The names of the Coordinator, the stunt/special effect assistance and personnel and the Safety Consultant
and any assigned Safety Supervisor;
s) The authorities as outline in clause 20 of this code.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
t) The producer will ensure that the crew and cast are given a full verbal briefing that will encompass all
information outlined in the clause 13 of this Code, by the First Assistant Director or Stunt Coordinator
immediately prior to the executions of the special effect/stunt/hazardous filming.
u) The Producer will ensure that police, council, and all relevant permissions for all stunt/special effect filming
are obtained. The name and telephone number of persons from whom permission was obtained will
appear on the Call Sheet for the relevant scenes.
v) On behalf of the Producer, the Stunt Coordinator or his/her nominated Safety Supervisor will ensure that
only essential personnel are in close proximity to the stunt/special effect.
w) Any crew or cast member shall have the right not to work where such member reasonably considers that
he or she is at risk.
x) The Producer will ensure that the Coordinator liaises with the First Assistant Director and Director of
Photography/Camera Operator as to the safety of all stunts/special effects and the positioning of crew, cast
and cameras. The First Assistant Director and/or Director of Photography/Camera Operator and/or
Coordinator will have the authority to inform the Director that a stunt/special effect is unable to be
performed safely and to cancel the stunt/special effect and advise the crew and cast not to work, if in his or
her opinion(s), any cast or crew member or member of the public is at unacceptable risk.
y) The producer will ensure that the First Assistant Director coordinates safety procedures regarding the rolling
and cutting of unmanned cameras in conjunction with the relevant heads of departments and the
Coordinator.
z) The producer will ensure that in the event of a stunt/special effect or special effect/stunt, adequate
communication between the Stunt and Special Effect coordinators is established. In the event of a
breakdown of such communication, either Coordinator shall have the right to notify the Producer without
prejudice that the stunt/special effect or special effect/stunt is unsafe.
aa) On behalf of the Producer, the Coordinator in consultation with the Wardrobe Department Head, will take
steps to ensure that costumes and wigs for potentially dangerous situations (e.g. sequences utilizing fire,
explosive bikes, cars, etc.) are of materials which do not present a potential safety hazard.
bb) The producer will ensure that adequate precautions are taken to safeguard the health of cast and crew
members where ‘’hot climate’’ sequences are to be filmed in cold climates and vice versa, with particular
regard to sequences involving swimming or standing in water.
cc) In the interests of safety, it is the responsibility of cast and crew members not, under any circumstances
whatsoever, to drive any vehicle for which such person does not hold a current applicable Department of
Motor Transport License and to make such lack of qualification where relevant, known to the Producer,
Production Manager, or First Assistant Director.
dd) The Producer will ensure that any action/prop vehicle that does not have current registration and is to be
driven on public thoroughfare obtains an Interim Registration Permit, or is otherwise low-loaded.
ee) The Producer will take steps to ensure that all vehicles provided by the Company are in good safe running
order. It is the responsibility of any crew member hiring a vehicle to the Production Company to ensure
that such vehicle in in good safe running order and to notify the Production Manager prior to engagement
of the vehicle of any faults or defects, of which the hirer may reasonable be expected to be aware, which
may affect its efficiency or safety.
ff)The producer will ensure that all vehicles to be driven for any stunts and/or hazardous driving sequences are
checked prior to use in any rehearsals or filming by a qualified mechanic to ensure that such vehicles are
safe, and to ensure that such vehicles are fitted with first class quality tyres.
gg) The Producer will ensure that any and all mechanical alterations and/or modifications to any and all
vehicles including vehicles to be used to stunts and/or hazardous driving sequences are carried out by
appropriately qualified technicians/tradespersons.
hh) Any vehicle faults must be reported to the Producer as soon as they are detected and it is the responsibility
of the Producer to ensure that any such faults are rectified before the vehicle is used again.
ii) In the event of locations requiring four-wheel drive vehicles, snow chains, any other specialised vehicles or
modifications to usual vehicles, such specialised vehicles and/or modifications will be supplied by the
Producer.
jj) The Producer will ensure that all caravans and campervans are equipped with appropriately charger fire
extinguishers.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
kk) The Producer will ensure that no actor shall be asked or directed to drive any action (on screen) vehicle if
such actor does not feel confident to do so. In the event of an actor not wishing to drive an action vehicle,
the Producer will ensure that the options of the vehicle being towed, travelling on a low loader, or moving
by similar technique be available, or where the shots allow, a stand-in be available to do the necessary
driving.
ll) No actor shall drive any action/prop (on screen) vehicle if in the opinion of the Producer or in the opinion of
any relevant head of department the actor is not capable of or competent to drive the vehicle safely.
14.40.2 Preparation Time

1. The Director and, where appropriate, the designer of the program will discuss the proposed sequence with the
Special Effects/Stunt Coordinator at an early stage of planning.
2. A survey of the proposed location must be carried out with at least the following personnel:
a) Director;
b) 1st Assistant Director;
c) Safety Consultant;
d) Special Effects/Stunt Coordinator/Safety Supervisor;
e) Director of Photography;
f) Producer/Associate Producer/Line Producer/Production Manager/Location Manager, and
g) Relevant Heads of Department and Medical Personnel.
3. Where the location may present hazards to third parties, a representative of that group should be present at
the survey.
4. Sufficient pre-production time must be allowed to enable the Stunt/Special Effects Coordinator to fully
research, prepare, set up, initiate and monitor the special effect/stunt to ensure the safety precautions set out
in the Safety Report are fully implemented.
5. All actors are to be allowed reasonable pre-production time, as specified by the Coordinator, to work with the
Coordinator when the actor is required to work with horses, vehicles, boats, explosive or pyrotechnic effects,
weapons or any other special effect or stunt or to perform in fight or sports sequences.
6. Adequate rehearsal time shall be scheduled within the filming day for the stunt/special effects/hazardous
sequence.
7. It is the actor’s responsibility to inform the Producer of any matters relevant to their own capacity and ability to
perform effectively in action sequences.
8. If, for any reason, a Coordinator is replaced during shooting, all sequences involving special effects/stunts must
be suspended until the new Coordinator has been given sufficient time to familiarise themselves with all
relevant aspects of the shoot and any safety provisions.
9. A hazardous scene must be scheduled and completed within the first eight hours of the shift of each worker
directly involved in the hazardous action.
10. The scene should be scheduled as early in the day as is practicable.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.40.3 Notification of Safety Procedures

1. A copy of the daily call sheet will be provided to all crew, cast members and any other person who will be
present on set for any reason or who may have reasonable cause to ask for a copy.
2. The following information must be attached to or be part of the daily call sheet:
a) A detailed description of any special effects/stunts, as supplied by the Director;
b) The date and approximate time of day the effects/stunts will be performed;
c) The location and contact number of the nearest emergency medical facilities, location of onset first aid
facilities and contact details for Medical Personnel (eg. Radio, mobile phone number);
d) The procedures to be followed in the event of an accident;
e) The location of back-up services (eg. Fire brigade, police);
f) An estimation of camera positions and any special rigs;
g) The names of the Special Effects/Stunt Coordinator/s, assistants and assigned Safety Supervisor/s, Medical
Personnel.
3. The crew and cast must be given a full verbal briefing regarding the special effect/stunt by the 1st Assistant
Director immediately prior to its execution.
4. The Producer must ensure that police, council and all relevant permissions for all special effects/stunt filming
are obtained.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
14.40.4 Emergency Precautions

1. The risk assessment shall specify necessary Medical Personnel.
2. Such Medical Personnel must be appropriately qualified and provided with the necessary equipment to deal
with an emergency having regard to the nature and scope of the stunt/special effect.
3. Medical transfers are best effected by ambulance or by best method available, eg. Helicopter evacuation, Royal
Flying Doctor Service.
4. However, in any event, back-up emergency transport and driver facilities must be at the disposal of the Medical
Personnel.
5. The driver must be familiar with the most direct route to a hospital or other medical facility.
6. The vehicle must be fully serviceable, fully maintained and have a full tank of petrol, until the stunt/special
effect is completed.
7. Back-up medical services must be identified and evaluated especially in country areas where people with
certain types of injuries may need to be transferred to other hospital and/or medical services.
8. Suitably trained rescue personnel and mechanical equipment for rescuing trapped performers from smashed
vehicles, hazardous climbing situations, buildings, etc. must be available when specified in the Safety Report.
9. Details of all emergency provisions must be included in relevant call sheets.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15 PRODUCTION DEPARTMENTS
15.1 Camera
15.1.1 Director of photography/cinematographer
1. The director of photography is the head of the camera and lighting department of the film.
2. The DoP makes decisions on lighting and framing of scenes in conjunction with the film's director.
15.1.2 Camera operator
1. The camera operator operates the camera under the direction of the director of photography, or the film director, to
capture the scenes on film.
2. Depending on the camera format being used for filming (eg film or digital), a director of photography may not
operate the camera, but sometimes these two roles are combined.
15.1.3 First assistant camera (focus puller)
1. The first assistant camera (1st AC) is responsible for keeping the camera in focus while it is shooting.
15.1.4 Second assistant camera (clapper loader)
1. The second assistant camera (2nd AC) operates the clapperboard at the beginning of each take and loads the raw
film stock into the camera magazines between takes.
2. Also, oversees the log books that record when the film stock is received, used, and sent to the lab for processing.
15.1.5 Loader
1. The loader transfers the film from the manufacturer's light-tight canisters to the camera magazines for attachment
to the camera by the 2nd AC.
2. After filming, the loader then removes the film from the magazines and places it back into the light-tight cans for
transport to the lab.
3. Camera Production Assistant Usually a trainee in the camera department, the camera PA assists the crew with
menial details while learning the trade of the camera assistant, operator or cinematographer.
4. Digital Imaging Technician (DIT) on digital productions the digital imaging technician is responsible for the
coordination of the internal workings of the digital camera. Under the direction of the director of photography, the
DIT will make adjustments to the multitude of variables available in most professional digital cameras to manipulate
the resulting image.
15.1.6 Data wrangler
1. On digital productions, the data wrangler is responsible for managing the transfer of data from the camera to a
computer and/or hard drive.
15.1.7 Steadicam operator
1. The Steadicam operator is skilled at operating a Steadicam (trademark for a camera stabilization rig).
15.1.8 Motion control technician/operator
1. This technician operates a motion control rig, which essentially is a 'camera robot' able to consistently repeat
camera moves for special effects use.
15.1.9 Video split/assist operator
1. Directors use a video split to watch a monitor during each take.
2. This is captured by special recorders fitted to film cameras next to the eye piece.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.2 Make-Up, Hair

15.2.1 Makeup and Hairdressing
1. Application
a) Makeup artists must be the only people responsible for the application and removal of makeup. Actors’
requests to remove their own makeup, for whatever reason, shall be notified to the Producer.
b) Only ingredients-labelled cosmetics or cosmetics from established and reputable manufacturers may be
used.
c) The makeup and hairdressing area must be kept clean and tidy and Makeup Artists and Hairdressers must
maintain a high standard of hygiene and appearance with the minimum use of hand/wrist jewellery.
2. Makeup artists and hairdressers must take adequate precautions against communicable diseases.
a) Hand washing and hand care are the first steps in any infection control program.
b) Cuts and abrasions on a make-up artist’s exposed skin should be covered by a waterproof dressing which
should be changed as necessary and when soiled.
3. The surface of hands and nails must be washed and sanitised:
a) Immediately before and after application of makeup to each performer;
b) After contact with any blood or body substance;
c) After touching the eyes or mouth;
d) Before and after eating and drinking and smoking;
e) After going to the toilet.
4. The following is the recommended method to clean hands:
a) wet hands;
b) Use liquid soap with warm running water;
c) Rub hands vigorously;
d) Wash hands all over, including backs of hands, wrists, thumbs and between fingers for 10 to 15 seconds;
e) rinse hands well, and
f) Thoroughly dry hands with a single use paper towel or one person use only cloth towel.
5. Adequate numbers of clean capes and headbands must be provided on make-up calls.
6. Individual sponges, powder puffs, combs and brushes must be provided for each performer and transported in
zip-lock bags.
7. Combs and brushes must be cleaned and disinfected regularly.
8. Single use lipstick brushes must be provided.
9. Foundations and lipsticks to be shared must be used on a palette to reduce cross contamination.
10. Disposable mascara wands must be used always and a mascara mask may be used by one person only.
11. Styptic liquid should be used with disposable cotton buds for razor cuts.
12. Containers, razors, scissors, tweezers, and spatulas must be disinfected before and after each use.
13. There must be sufficient new clean brushes, powder puffs and sponges for each actor.
14. Puffs, sponges and brushes must be cleaned by washing in antibacterial disinfectants, properly rinsed and
dried. Disposable sponges can offer advantages as sponges are difficult to disinfect properly.
15. Emery boards and nail files must be single use to prevent the spread of fungal infections.
16. Tweezers should be washed in warm soapy water before and after each use.
17. Manual clippers with non-detachable blades are not recommended as they cannot easily be changed.
18. Detachable clipper blades must be cleaned with soap and water before re-use.
19. Disposable one use only razors are recommended for shaving.
20. Electric razors should be one-person use only and regularly disinfected and sprayed with an
antibacterial/alcohol spray.
21. All equipment including combs, brushes, rollers, clippers, and scissors, must be cleaned between uses.
22. Cleaning in warm water and detergent and allowing to air dry is usually sufficient. Equipment should not be
soaked in disinfectant solution unless specified by the manufacturer.
23. Where linen or towels are used, they must be cleaned before use on another person.
24. Single use paper toweling or liners can be used on benches instead of lined or placed over towels.
25. Used and clean linen must be stored separately.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
26. All linen must be washed with laundry detergent and water, rinsed, dried and stored in a clean, dry, dust free
location.
27. Use of Milton (sodium hypochlorite, normally used to sterilise baby bottles):
28. Before anything is disinfected it must be thoroughly cleaned.
29. Equipment must remain in Milton for a minimum of one hour.
30. When Milton is used, it must be changed every 24 hours.
31. All cleaned equipment must be stored clean and dry.
32. Cleaning items must also be cleaned regularly and stored clean and dry.
33. Damaged cleaning equipment does not clean effectively and can result in the transfer of micro-organisms.
34. Makeup must always be kept clean to prevent cross contamination and packaging must be kept intact.
35. Makeup must not be lent or borrowed.
36. Brushes and pencils shall only be moistened with safe tap water, mineral water or transported boiled water.
37. Appropriate makeup removers must be used and in the correct quantity. w. Spills must be cleaned up and
disposed of immediately.
38. Any waste must be stored and disposed of correctly.
39. Cleansing materials must be disposed of hygienically (rather than put in the removal agent again).
a) Medical advice must be sought for any skin problem or eye injury, even of a minor nature, and reported to
the Producer.
b) Appropriate PPE (eg. face masks, goggles, gloves, etc.) must be used for application of potentially hazardous
materials such as colours, hair sprays, mixing powder bleaches and oxidising chemicals. Hand protection
and masks must be worn and adequate ventilation be provided when working with acetone, dry-cleaning
fluid, carbon tetrachloride, air brushing aerosil/cabosil, alcohol, latex, thinners, raw pigments, powders,
sprayed particles, solvents, etc.
c) All chemicals must be clearly labelled and a current manufacturer’s MSDS retained by the area(s) using the
chemical.
d) Chemicals must not be mixed and must be stored, handled, and disposed of in accordance with the MSDS.
e) The minimum amount of chemicals shall be retained.
f) Special effects makeup should be removed with non-solvent materials, such as isopropyl myristate.
g) Adequate first aid facilities must be available in the event of an emergency.
h) Makeup should never be used on babies aged under twelve weeks.
15.2.2 Scheduling
1. Adequate attention must be given to the scheduling of makeup calls, especially special effects make up calls, to
ensure cast and makeup staff do not work excessively long hours.
2. Consideration must be given to the time required to remove makeup, special effects makeup, etc., at the end
of filming.
3. Adequate breaks must be scheduled when long makeup applications are to be undertaken.
15.2.3 Working in the Sun

1. Skin protection agents must be used for cast required to work in direct sunlight.
2. Problems of baldness must also be considered.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.2.4 Special Effects Makeup

1. Special attention must be given to the needs of actors who are required to keep prosthetic or special effects
makeup on for lengthy periods or during tea and meal breaks.
2. Adequate air conditioning and/or heating, appropriate cool rest areas, straws, appropriate diet and other
relevant assistance must be provided.
3. Where a performer is required to wear extensive prosthetics such as a full head or full body prosthetic or
creature suit, consideration must also be given to balance, stress, strain and/or exhaustion that might cause by
heat, vision impairment, restricted mobility and/or isolation.
4. Care should be taken when body suits are used in wet environments as such suits may absorb liquid and
become severely weighted causing difficulties including the risk of fatigue or drowning.
5. Where special effects makeup involves the use of hydraulics or air-pressurised equipment, consideration must
be given to the impact discharges might have around the eye area or other relevant section of the performer’s
body.
6. Use of products on animals for the purpose of cosmetic enhancement or causality simulation shall be
undertaken in consultation with the animal handler and all products used must be non-toxic and in accordance
with relevant legislation, regulation and codes of practice covering animal welfare and their use in film
production.
15.2.5 Contact Lenses

1. If a performer is required to wear contact lenses, an Optometrist or other suitably qualified specialist must be
consulted before any lenses are fitted.
2. A lens technician must insert contact lenses if the performer is unable to do so.
3. The lenses must be sterilised after every use.
4. Contact lenses must not be worn for periods of time in excess of that specified by the Optometrist/relevant
specialist.
15.2.6 Facilities
1. The makeup and hairdressing facilities and facilities for changing of costumes must be clean, well-lit,
adequately ventilated and properly equipped with adequate access to clean water.
2. Chairs, benches and all work surfaces should be of a material and construction that facilitates easy cleaning and
maintenance.
3. Smoking, eating and drinking should not be permitted in the makeup and hairdressing room/s.
4. Aerosols must not be used in small unventilated makeup or hairdressing rooms or dressing rooms.
5. Changing facilities must be adequate and have regard to privacy and the design and dimensions of costumes,
wigs and makeup.
6. Bottles and containers must be clearly labelled and any hazardous or flammable products must be
appropriately marked.
7. All electrical appliances must be tested and tagged in accordance with relevant standards.
8. Makeup and hairdressing areas must have adequate space, benches and height adjustable styling chairs.
9. Stools shall be height adjustable with foot rails.
10. Where facilities are in the form of a caravan, truck or similar area,

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.3 Costume / Wardrobe

15.3.1 Wardrobe
1. Cast wardrobe and footwear should be designed to suit the scenes/action to be shot.
2. Each performer must be provided with dedicated costumes including shoes and wigs to reduce the likelihood of
infection.
3. It is the producing company’s responsibility to maintain and launder costumes
4. For any stunt, special effect or hazardous action the wardrobe department should liaise with the Safety Supervisor
and/or Stunt Coordinator for appropriate materials, length of garment, footwear etc.
5. For example, there may need to be room under the wardrobe for padding or the material may have to be non-
synthetic for sequences involving naked flame.
15.3.2 Overuse Injuries
1. The repetitive, fine movements involved in making costumes may lead to overuse injuries, repetitive strain
injuries and manual handling injuries.
See also Section ERGONOMICS AND MANUAL HANDLING .
2. Overuse injuries can be prevented by:
a) Good posture, correct height of chair, workbench, machine, etc.
b) Taking frequent rest breaks;
c) Varying tasks frequently;
d) Using rubber mats or wooden platforms to cover concrete floors.
15.3.3 Lighting
1. The work involved in costume production requires good, preferably natural, light.
2. If natural light is inadequate, artificial light that provides correct colour spectrum and light intensity should be
installed.
3. Triphosphorous fluorescent lighting or metal halide lights with a lux value of around 2,000 are adequate for
very fine work.
4. For other work, a lux value of 1,200 is sufficient.
15.3.4 Working with Chemicals

1. Costume manufacture often involves work with dyes, organic solvents, varnishes, adhesives and glues.
2. Proper local exhaust ventilation and appropriate PPE must be provided and, where necessary, spray booths.
See Section Hazardous Substances and Section Working Safely with Chemicals.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.3.5 Dyes
1. There are numerous dyes available and it can be difficult to ascertain the contents of many dyes.
2. Some can be toxic, corrosive, allergenic or carcinogenic.
3. The cancer-causing potential of most dyes used in crafts is largely unstudied and unknown.
4. Consequently, precautions must always be taken when dyeing.
5. Use of internationally recognised Colour Index assists in identifying dyes.
6. In the CI, names and numbers are assigned to all commercial dyes by the British Society of Dyers and Colourers
and the American Association of Textile Chemists and Colourists.
7. Suppliers and manufacturers should be asked to provide the CI identification for their dye products and, if not
available, another product should be used.
8. Dyes are also classified into classes which relate to their chemical structure such as fibre-reactive dyes, acid
dyes, etc. This information should be requested from suppliers and manufacturers.
9. Aniline dyes are synthetic dyes and are rarely used in their true form.
10. MSDSs must be obtained if possible.
11. Care must be taken to avoid inhaling or ingesting dyes or making skin contact with dyes. Protective clothing
goggles and gloves must be worn.
12. Wherever possible, it is preferable to use liquid dyes rather than powders to minimise the chances of
inhalation. 8. Fibre reactive dyes and acid dyes can be obtained pre-dissolved in water.
13. Water-based solutions are safer than solvent-based solutions which use, for example, methyl alcohol.
14. Exhaust ventilators and/or cartridge respirators should be used when dyes or other chemicals are being used.
15. Discharge dyeing, using sodium hypochlorate-based bleach to remove colour from fabrics, can be irritating to
the skin and inhalation and ingestion should be avoided.
16. Care must be taken to avoid skin contact when tie dying, where concentrated dye solutions are poured over
tied fabric.
17. In batik processes, the wax may be removed either by ironing fabric between sheets of newspaper or by the
application of solvents such as a white spirit. Pine resin may be added to the wax to allow better flow and
penetration of the wax.
18. Hot wax fumes can be irritating to the respiratory tract but are thought to be not otherwise hazardous.
19. Melting wax can present a fire hazard and wax decomposition products from heating or ironing are highly
irritating.
20. The use of carbon tetrachloride to remove residual wax is highly dangerous to the liver and should never be
used.
15.3.6 Properties and Qualities of Fabrics

1. When choosing fabrics, consideration must be given to:
a) Prevailing climatic conditions and the need to allow the skin to breathe, to ensure or prevent heat retention,
b) the flammability potential of any fabric to be used in a scene involving flames, excessive heat, the potential
for flames, proximity to heat sources including lights, etc., and
c) The likelihood of skin irritations caused by the fabric/s, for instance, some people are sensitive to wool and
others to certain synthetics.
15.3.7 Reverse Season Filming

1. The problems encountered in reverse season filming such as hypothermia and dehydration can be reduced by
careful choice of fabrics.
2. To minimise exposure to the cold or to cold water, consideration must be given to the use of flesh coloured wet
suits, the provision of warm towels, clothes, showers, drinks, heated facilities and doubles of costumes.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.3.8 Protective Costuming, Make-up and Hair and Costume Design Hazards
1. The modification of costumes to protect performers, including stunt performers and doubles, including the
insertion of padding and/or utilisation of stronger fabrics and/or fire retarded fabrics, must be accommodated
where by so doing potential risks to performers can be minimised.
2. The flammability potential of fabrics must always be considered for sequences involving flame, sparks and
pyrotechnic effects.
3. The Producer must notify the Costume Designer of all sequences involving the use of practical flame, flash
effects, where the possibility of fire exists, all sequences involving stunts and all sequences involving blue
screen work and/or scenes requiring performers to work in or with rigs to ensure that all costumes can be
designed and manufactured in a manner that ensures the safety and comfort of performers.
4. Designers must be advised of performance requirements to ensure that the design of masks, headwear and
special effects and prosthetic makeup does not restrict the performer’s vision.
5. The Costume Designer must be given adequate time to work with the Special Effects and/or Stunt Coordinator
and Designer to ensure that potential risks are minimised or eliminated.
6. Some flame retardants that can be applied to costumes can cause problems if they come into contact with skin.
7. Actors and all personnel handling such flame retarded materials must be advised and, if necessary given
adverse reactions, other personnel shall be designated to handle the materials or in the event a performer
required to wear the costume has an adverse reaction, alternative measures must be taken to flame retard the
material or to eliminate the risk of fire by other means.
8. Attention must be given to costumes that may incorporate design features such as long scarves, trains or other
trimmings which, under some circumstances, could pose a risk of strangulation or tripping. Other design
hazards include undue restriction of movement.
9. Costumes and wigs to be used in potentially hazardous sequences (eg. fire, explosives, bikes, cars, performing
with animals, etc.) must be designed, treated and manufactured in such a way as to reduce the risk of injury.
10. Actors should provide any information regarding potential allergic reactions to particular fabrics, cosmetics and
any skin conditions which may be exacerbated by any materials and/or substances. If necessary, alternative
fabrics/costumes/undergarments/cosmetics, etc. shall be used.
11. Sensitivity testing for makeup, hair and costuming components must be undertaken if an actor is uncertain and
in any event in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
12. The design and manufacture of all costumes, wigs and prosthetic and special effects makeup must take account
of the possibility of heat exhaustion and hyperthermia and be designed to accommodate the performer’s
natural bodily functions and requirements including eating, drinking and going to the toilet at adequate
intervals.
13. Where performers are exposed to extreme noise, clear or flesh coloured ear plugs must be provided.
15.3.9 Resting Equipment

1. Facilities must be provided to ensure the comfort of actors’ requirements to stay for lengthy periods of time in
awkward or heavy costumes or costumes which make sitting difficult.
15.3.10 Hygiene
1. Performers must not be required to wear costumes worn by others that have not been laundered.
2. Costumes must be regularly laundered and maintained in a clean, safe and hygienic condition.
15.3.11 Footwear
1. Footwear must fit properly, be maintained in a clean, hygienic condition, not be dangerous to wear and must
be appropriate for the action and the location.
15.4 Art Dept. / Stand-By Props
1. In general props are to be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.
2. Care must be taken when food is expected to be eaten during a scene
3. Plates, cups, glasses, etc. are to be kept in a clean and hygienic condition
4. In any situation, every effort to guard against harmful contamination must be practiced.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.5 Grips
The Key Grip is the head grip, in charge of the Labour and non-electrical equipment used to support and modify the
lighting. Grip equipment includes stands, flags and gobos.
15.5.1 Gripping Equipment
Any grip equipment requiring certification should be checked for safety against the current certification criteria
Ref: pages 43-48 of the safety guidance notes.
15.5.2 Camera Cranes, Jibs and Dollies
All camera cranes must be certified structurally safe and sound at design and completion stage by a qualified structural
engineer and operated by suitably qualified and experienced personnel.
15.5.3 Safe Use of Camera Cranes
1. For the purposes of this note, a camera jib arm is a manually operated, counterbalanced, camera platform used for
moving the camera and its associated crew in any direction required
2. An experienced and competant key grip must supervise the setting up and operation of the camera jib arm
3. Sufficient time should be allocated for the setting up and operation of the camera jib arm
4. Camera cranes must be inspected by a competent person prior to use, operated safely by competent, trained
personnel and maintained regularly in accordance with manufacturer’s recommended maintenance procedures,
and:
a) All parts of the crane must be kept clear of any non-insulated electrical equipment;
b) Where the crane is operated in the vicinity of members of the general public, adequate safeguards must be made
to protect people and property;
c) When used on a public thoroughfare, adequate signage and barricades must be used to identify the location of
the crane;
d) Cranes must not block emergency exits;
e) Cables must be serviceable and kept away from the wheels when the dolly is moving;
f) All electrical leads and cables must be tagged and tested
g) Cranes must not be operated on sloping ground or unstable surfaces;
h) be aware of clearances while the crane is travelling or operating;
i) Add weights after boarding the crane (except in the case of the MR-80) – this is particularly important when using
maxi jib or line jib cranes;
j) Do not operate an unserviceable crane;
k) Under no circumstances must a crane or dolly be moved or touched by unauthorised personnel;
l) The operating area must be kept well clear of non-essential personnel, any other person not specifically required
and any equipment not required for the filming;
m) Where cast or crew are required to move under a crane or jib arm, they must do so on the instruction of the Key
Grip or Senior Camera Operator;
n) No unauthorised person shall be permitted to walk on or across laid and levelled track;
o) Cranes or dollies must not be operated if there is any risk of lightning striking the crane or dolly;
p) A remote head should be used when a camera jib arm is operated from a
a. moving vehicle, or
b. where it is extended out from bridges, cliffs, buildings, etc.;
q) where remote heads cannot be used, a
a. All possible steps must be taken to minimise risk, including measures such as attached head to
structures other than the jib arm.
The following points are critical in the safe operation of cranes:
1. The condition and stability of the surface supporting the crane;
2. Weather conditions when working outside;
3. Serviceability of the safety devices;
4. Skill and experience of the crew members;
5. Nature and extent of special effects being used;
6. Nature of the shots required for the production;
7. Number and movements of other cameras, cranes and/or people working in the immediate vicinity of the
studio/set/location;
8. The time available to complete the set-up and production;

SCREEN PRODUCTION
9. Any limitations imposed by the manufacturer/supplier on the operation and application of the crane.
Any associated equipment should be firmly secured to the crane or dolly.

Regulations in each state and territory require personnel working on camera jib arms to wear seat belts above certain
heights.
15.5.4 Safe Working Load

1. The safe working load (SWL) of a camera crane must not be exceeded at any time.
2. Note that the camera/seat base, seat, column extensions, head, camera and operator/s are all included as part of
the maximum SWL.
15.5.5 Communication
1. It is essential that the crane crew maintain a high level of communication which should be achieved by using a three-
way wired communication system, including a dedicated (camera operator/director) talk-back facility and provision
for the camera operator and the crew to communicate independently.
2. Consideration must be given to the need to communicate with others, including other camera operators, in the
immediate vicinity.
15.5.6 Modifications and Maintenance

1. Camera cranes must not be structurally modified without seeking guidance from an appropriate technically qualified
person/authority and/or structural engineer.
15.5.7 Camera Cranes Involved in an Accident

1. If a camera crane is involved in a serious accident (whether or not a person is injured), E.g. a crane falls over or
collides with an object,
a. The relevant federal, state or territory authority must be notified.
b. Photographs should be taken of the scene and the crane prior to disturbing the site after any injured people
have been provided with medical aid.
c. Where significant damage to the crane is evident or there is distortion to any parts, the crane must not be
re-used until the incident is investigated and appropriate repairs carried out by a properly licensed
technician and/or engineer.
15.5.8 Cranes not in Use

1. Cranes not in use must be secured to prevent uncontrolled movement and parked away from
pedestrian/vehicular thoroughfares.
15.5.9 Camera Cranes, Jibs, Dollies and Motion Control Camera Rigs
1. An experienced and competent Key Grip and/or Camera Operator must supervise the setting up and operation of a
camera crane, jib or dolly for operation on tracks.
2. Adequate time and personnel must be allocated to set up and operate the equipment in consultation with the
supervisor/s. See also Section Motion Control Cameras.
15.5.10 Serviceability and Checking

1. Camera cranes, jibs and dollies must be serviceable, used in accordance with supplier/manufacturer
recommendations and the following must be checked before each day’s filming commences:
a) Integrity of the hydraulic system (e.g. for leaks);
b) supporting structures (e.g. for warping, bending, distortion);
c) Serviceability of emergency controls, switches, etc.
d) Serviceability of guards (e.g. wheel guards);
e) Counterweight restraints.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.5.11 Stability of Surfaces

1. A crane base and pedestal must be level and plumb before it is used.
2. On unstable surfaces, such as sand, it must be blocked to prevent the surface shifting and/or crane collapse.
a) Dolly tracks must be made level in both planes.
b) A riser used in conjunction with a camera crane must be able to support the aggregate weight of the crane, any
personnel using it, and any additional loads which could be placed upon it.
c) The riser must also be braced and/or constructed in such a way as to prevent collapse.
15.5.12 Expertise
1. It is the role of the senior Camera Operator (in studio operations using three crew on a motorised crane) to ensure
the skill and experience of crew using a camera crane is such that the crew as a team operates safely.
2. The Producer must ensure that individual crew members are not rostered to undertake tasks which are beyond their
level of skill and/or experience. Individual crew members must be provided with basic induction training regarding
the safety aspects of the crane prior to undertaking their duties.
15.5.13 Working in The Vicinity of Power Lines

1. There must always be sufficient clearance for safety when equipment is being assembled or used near overhead
power lines, electrical lighting grids and/or non-insulated electrical equipment.
2. The requirements for safe distances should be consistent with AS 2250.5-2002 – Safe Use of Mobile Cranes.
3. Minimum safe distances without a spotter are 6.4m for overhead power lines or poles and 10m for overhead power
lines on towers.
4. Greater distances may need to be maintained depending on the requirements of relevant legislation, No go Zones
Rules and environmental conditions.
15.5.14 Petrol/Diesel Operated Equipment

1. Adequate ventilation must be provided if internal combustion engines are to be operated inside buildings or
enclosed structures.
2. Where possible, exhaust gases should be vented to the exterior.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.6 Lighting
A gaffer in the motion picture industry and on a television crew is the head electrician, responsible for the
execution (and sometimes the design) of the lighting plan for a production.
The Gaffer is responsible for managing lighting, including associated resources such as Labour, lighting instruments
and electrical equipment under the direction of the Director of Photography (the DP or DOP) or, in television, the
Lighting Director (LD).

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.7 Stunts
15.7.1 Falls
15.7.2 Foot Falls
1. Foot falls may or may not require the use of stunt performers. However, actors shall be given the option of
having stunt doubles perform foot falls.
2. Risk assessments of foot falls must take account of:
a) The required action;
b) Age and physical ability of the performer including pre-existing medical conditions/prior injuries;
c) Location of the action;
d) Design of the shots.
3. Suitable mats must be provided during rehearsal.
4. Wherever possible, mats should be provided during actual filming.
5. Foot falls on concrete or other rigid surfaces should be avoided.
6. Consideration should be given to the wearing of padding, including elbow and knee pads, and, if necessary,
incorporated into costumes.
15.7.3 High Falls
1. High falls should only be undertaken when it is not possible to achieve the effect by any other means, eg.
Digitally, use of wires, redesign of shots, etc.
2. Fall arrest devices (harnesses, lanyards, mats, box rigs, tire rigs, etc.) must always be provided in setting up
landings for high falls.
3. The protection must be appropriate for the circumstances, of first class quality and maintained in a serviceable
condition. All rigs must be set up and supervised by a Stunt Coordinator who is experienced in their use.
4. Box rigs must be kept dry and built on dry ground or surfaces. Unused boxes must be on stand-by and on set.
Box rigs must not be used for falls over 15 metres.
5. An adequate number of qualified and experienced safety personnel should act as spotters around each and
every box rig/pad to assist the safety of the stunt performer under the direction of the Stunt Coordinator.
15.7.4 Falls into Airbags
1. Falls into airbags are not permitted.
15.7.5 Sheer Drops including Cliff and Building Faces
1. At sheer drops, such as cliff or building faces, sufficient rehearsal and training must be provided to allow all
persons involved in the sequences to perform efficiently, safely and with confidence.
2. All crew must wear a safety harness and/or remain at least one body length clear of an unfenced edge.
3. All personnel and visitors must be kept well away from any unfenced edge/s.
4. The edge must be roped off when close to camera positions/observation points.
a) For abseiling, all equipment and ropes must be checked.
b) A brakeman or braking device should be considered for face-first abseiling by stunt performers and used
after rehearsal if required.
c) A braking device must be used by actors who are involved in abseiling activities.
15.7.6 Falls into Water
1. Stunt personnel required to jump into water must be experienced and capable swimmers.
2. An underwater survey to check for submerged objects, to verify water depth and quality must be carried out by
a safety diver during pre-production and again immediately prior to the jump in consultation with the Stunt
Coordinator.
3. There must be an adequate number of qualified and licensed safety divers for the stunt performers involved, or
as specified in the Safety Report.
4. Except where indicated in the Safety Report, the Safety Supervisor cannot be a safety diver. Safety boat/s
equipped with propeller guards shall remain in attendance for the duration of the stunt work.
5. The Safety Supervisor shall ensure that floating objects and water craft are kept well clear of the jump site.
6. Adequate provision shall be made for appropriate wardrobe, on-site warm showers, blankets, heaters and
drinks etc. Wetsuits must be supplied to all cast and crew when specified in Safety Report.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.7.7 Falls from Moving Vehicles

1. Jump stunts from vehicles must be fully rehearsed and shot under controlled conditions.
2. All traffic must be held and the road closed for the duration of the action, suitable safe landing areas must be
prepared and maintained for the duration of the action.
3. Direct communications between the 1st Assistant Director, Stunt Coordinator, Safety Supervisor and stunt
drivers must be maintained at all times during the action.
4. The Wardrobe Coordinator shall give consideration in pre-production to allowing for padding being inserted in
the stunt performer’s clothing.
15.7.8 Vehicles
Note: Also, see Sections -Action Vehicles, Bikes and Trucks
1. Prior to use in any rehearsals or filming, all vehicles to be driven for stunts and/or hazardous driving sequences
must be safety checked by a qualified mechanic.
2. They must also be fitted with serviceable tyres.
3. Before use on a public road, all stunt vehicles must be:
a) Roadworthy and have current registration; or
b) Inspected and issued with an interim registration permit; or
c) Low-loaded or towed (still requiring good tyres, steering and brakes); and
d) Examined by the Stunt Coordinator and Safety Supervisor and, where relevant, Rigger, to ensure they are in
safe working condition and properly rigged.
4. Any mechanical alterations or modifications to vehicles, including vehicles to be used for stunt and/or
hazardous driving sequences, must be carried out by appropriately qualified technicians and/or mechanics.
5. For non-standard and hybrid vehicles and vehicles manufacture prior to seat-belt legislation, there must be
proper harness/es and seat-belt placements and proper placement and parts for seating and controls, including
the steering wheel and pedals.
6. External design additions or enhancements of futuristic or imaginative vehicles must be checked to ensure they
are not unsafe for the circumstances in which the vehicle is to be used.
7. For crashes and rolls at speeds less than 60 kph, the vehicle must be fitted with appropriate safety apparatus as
agreed by the Stunt Coordinator. Depending on the circumstances, this could include a rollover hoop of an
appropriate diameter and thickness and back braces.
8. For crashes and rolls at over 60 kph, the vehicle must be fitted with:
a) A full roll cage of appropriate strength and construction;
b) A seat-belt/harness and seat mounting connected directly to the chassis if the roll cage is connected to the
chassis, or
c) The seatbelt/harness and seat mounting connected direct to the roll cage if the roll cage is independent of
the chassis, and
d) Other safety equipment as required.
9. Vehicles involved in explosions and fire should have all internal flammable materials, such as carpets, head
linings, and seat covers, removed.
10. Any sources of toxic fumes such as plastic and styrene fittings should be removed if possible or documented
and appropriate hazard controls implemented.
11. An internal racing standard fuel cell should be fitted, the fuel tank removed and a standard five point safety
harness must be fitted.
12. Emergency exits from the stunt vehicle must be carefully planned for each stunt and will vary according to the
nature of the stunt. Plans could, for instance, include having all door locks removed and the doors closable and
openable with wire accessible from the interior or having the rear window removed.
13. A Lexan shield of polycarbonate fibre of a minimum 4mm thickness can be considered for use between the
driver and windscreen for all crashes, explosions and rollovers but will not be appropriate safety measure in all
cases.
14. Safety glass in the windscreen is more commonly used.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.7.9 Using lasers???

1. A laser or laser product must not be operated unless it has been classified and labelled in accordance with AS
2211. Laser installations (all types) will not be altered and/or tampered with by any person other than a
qualified and competent person.
2. All lasers will be used with due care.
3. A Class 1 laser can be used without a licence by any competent person.
4. All classes of laser above Class 1 will only be used by a person who is qualified, competent and experienced in
the use of lasers and in accordance with AS 2397.
5. When it is envisaged that extensive use will be made of lasers to create special effects a laser safety officer will
be appointed to oversee the selection, planning, setting up, operation and dismantling of the laser/s.
6. All personnel must be adequately briefed regarding any safety procedures and the specific action/s which need
to be taken to avoid injury from the beam and/or reflection.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.8 SPFX - Special Effects

Also, refer to Hazardous Substances.
1. All hazardous materials must be used, stored, transported and disposed of in accordance with the MSDSs and
relevant state and territory legislation and regulations.
2. A ban on smoking and naked lights must be enforced in the entire area in which the special effects is being
created, including workshops and storage areas.
15.8.1 Theatrical Fogs, Smokes and Dusts

1. Performers are often required to undertake physically demanding work in an atmosphere that has been
deliberately contaminated by theatrical fogs and smoke to create a range of special effects.
2. Employers have a legal obligation to ensure that the risks are reduced to the lowest possible levels.
15.8.1.1 Potential Side Effects from Exposure to Theatrical Fogs and Smoke
1. Whether an individual experiences an adverse reaction to fogs, smokes and other substances is dependent on a
number of factors including:
a) The concentration of the substance per unit volume of air;
b) The particle size of the substance when suspended in air;
c) Any predisposition the person may have and taking account of their age, eg. Asthma;
d) The amount of the substance that the person inhales during the performance;
e) The respiratory rate of the performer during the performance;
f) The chemical composition of the substance.
2. Common symptoms include:
a) Eye and throat irritations;
b) Increased incidence of colds and respiratory infections;
c) Headaches;
d) Dizziness;
e) Fatigue;
f) Bronchitis;
g) Various types of pneumonia;
h) Allergies and other related ailments.
15.8.1.2 Chemicals commonly found in Fogs and Smokes

There are many trade products available but most fall into the following categories:
1. Glycol Based Products: Often called “water based” because they are mixed with water in varying quantities.
2. They contain “poly functional alcohols” or “glycols”.
3. Typical glycols used in fog produces include ethylene glycols, propylene glycols, butylene glycols, triethylene
glycols and polyethylene glycols. Ethylene glycols can pose an explosion hazards.
4. Where there is no alternative to using a glycol based product, triethylene glycols are generally preferred over
other glycol based products as they are the least toxic. (Also refer to the National Occupational Health and
Safety Commission’s Exposure Standards for Atmospheric Contaminants in the Occupational Environment.)
5. Petroleum Based Products: Usually contain fuel oil, baby oil, mineral and cutting oils.
6. Organic Chemical Based Products: Usually contain glycerine and vegetable oils.
7. Burned Materials: Usually include materials such as frankincense (burned in bee smokers), oil and other
combustibles including paper, cigarettes and cigars.
8. Fumed Chlorides: Smoky chemicals which form smoky looking fumes when heated. Usually made of sal
ammoniac (ammonium chloride) and other chlorides such as zinc and titanium chloride.
9. Dusts and Power Based Products: Usually include talcum powder, vermiculite and wheat flour.
10. Gases: Using carbon dioxide from dry ice, freons and liquid nitrogen. 8. Fragrances and Dyes: Added to fogs to
make the product smell better, mask chemicals odours or to look more attractive.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.8.1.3 Hazard Management

1. The development of a hazard management strategy should include:
a) Avoiding using physical effects if the result can be achieved another way, eg. Digitally;
b) Ensuring adequate information is available about the substance and equipment to be used to create the
effect. Eg. Chemical composition, known health effects, any special characteristics such as explosivity
range, first aid information, operating instructions, etc.;
c) Only purchasing products from a reliable supplier who can provide the information referred to above;
d) Not accepting or using special brews or concoctions on the basis that the ingredients are a “trade” secret,
even if assurances are given that they are not toxic;
e) Using only competent personnel;
f) Using the substance with the least likely potential for giving rise to side effects using the lowest
concentration needed to achieve the desired effect;
g) Ensuring all performers who are required to work in contaminated environments are fully informed about
the substance to be used, its manner of use and any known side effects both short and long term;
h) Ensuring any individual who knows they may develop allergies or may have an emotional or irrational
response working in the contaminated area is able to explain how their concerns might be managed, if at
all; if their concerns cannot be managed, then an alternative to the use of the substance must be identified
or consideration given to the use of stunt doubles or other alternative means of achieving the effect;
i) Avoiding substances known to contain inert minerals, eg. Talc and silica;
j) Caution must be taken when used near ignition sources and accelerants such as oxygen, eg. Oxyrevivers;
k) Avoiding products that are not environmentally friendly such as freons;
l) Using appropriate, well maintained respiratory protection;
m) Ensuring all substances used for creating fogs and smoke are stored, labelled and handled appropriately;
n) Ensuring adequate first aid, including oxyrevivers, showers, etc., are available to manage any side effects that
may be experienced by people expose to the substance, eg., breathing difficulties, skin irritations, runny
eyes, sore throat, dizziness, etc.;
o) Periodically ventilating/exhausting the contaminated area, both vertically and laterally;
p) Giving all personnel and animals breaks away from the contaminated area at appropriate intervals and/or at
a frequency set out in the safety report;
q) Excluding all non-essential personnel and animals from the contaminated area;
r) Respirators shall be provided if required and in any event if specified in the MSDS.
Note:
2. The use of any substances known to be carcinogenic shall be banned (eg. Fullers earth, benzene smokes,
burning rubber tyres).
3. Although colored smokes burn at low temperatures, the outer casing of the device may cause bad burns to the
skin.
4. All smoke devices can produce dangerous bursts of flame on first ignition.
5. Clean water mists, while relatively safe, can cause humidity problems and care must be taken in respect of
equipment, floors and surfaces to prevent electrical and slip hazards. 5. See also Section 20, Confined Spaces.
15.8.2 Snow and Rain Effects

15.8.2.1 Snow Effects
1. When snow effects are being carried out, materials used must have an MSDS and be used in accordance with
relevant technical information.
2. Shaved styrene flakes must never be used to create snow effects.
15.8.2.2 Electrical Safety in Conjunction with Rain and Snow Effects
1. All electrical cables must be insulated and must be kept off the ground wherever possible to avoid electrical
current being carried through the water.
2. All single phase and three phase outlets, leads and three-pin connections must be kept dry. Where possible,
submersible cables should be used.
3. AS/NZS 4249 and all relevant regulations must be complied with during rain and wet-down effects.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.8.3 Water
1. Only appropriately licensed and authorised personnel can draw water from hydrants and stand pipes.
2. All personnel operating nozzles must be adequately trained in their use.
3. When large volumes of water are to be used, the drainage capacity of the area must be assessed by a hydraulic
engineer and, where necessary, made adequate to cope with the increased volume of water.
4. Where reticulated piping is installed on or attached to roofs, the structure must be inspected and assessed by a
structural engineer to ensure the additional pressure and load can be carried.
5. The roof itself must be made watertight.
6. Fire hoses must be routed to minimise danger (of electrocution or whiplash from the fire hose) if a coupling
failure occurs.
7. Hoses must be bled between takes to ensure they are not “loaded” and therefore potentially dangerous when
unattended.
8. Hoses must be maintained in sound working order to avoid rupture.
9. Under no circumstances should anyone tap into a fire service main without permission from the local fire
service.
10. Ramps must be used to cover hoses whenever there is pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
11. Rain stands and sprinklers must be adequately sand bagged and secured to prevent them from toppling over.
15.8.4 Explosives and Pyrotechnics
1. Relevant state and territory explosives and pyrotechnics legislation and regulations must be adhered to at all
times.
2. Explosives may be
a. High explosive (bullet hits, detonators, detonating cord, gelignite, TNT, etc.) or
b. Low explosive of the burning (deflagrating) or propulsive kind (flash powder, gun powder, etc.).
3. Pyrotechnics are devices, compounds and mixtures which burn fiercely and produce light or heat or smoke or
sparks in varying colours and quantities without an explosive effect.
15.8.5 Planning and Preparation
1. Special effects requiring the use of explosives or pyrotechnics must be planned in consultation with the
Production Designer.
2. If a Production Designer has not been assigned, one must be assigned to co-ordinate any special effects
required for the production and a written “Firing Plan” developed in conjunction with suitably experienced
personnel who have an appropriate understanding of the effect/s.
15.8.6 Testing
1. Testing must be performed by a person who holds a Licence to Test Pyrotechnics or Explosives.
2. Special effects using explosives must be tested in the presence of the Special Effects Coordinator, the Safety
Supervisor and essential personnel only.
3. Testing must be scheduled away from the day’s shooting and prior to filming the effect.
4. Testing is required to determine safe distances, minimum quantities of explosive necessary to produce the
effect, etc.
5. Where objects are to be projected into the air, the testing method must be with the objects themselves or their
equivalent to ensure the effect and the outcome is simulated.
6. Any subsequent changes made to the effect after initial testing will require a rerun of the testing procedure.
7. Results of all testing must be recorded.
15.8.7 Permits and Licenses

1. The Producer must ensure that all those who are to undertake specific effects hold the relevant
permits/licenses and the Special Effects Coordinator has in his or her possession at all times, all necessary
permits and licenses covering products and equipment used and intended for use, together with literature on
all relevant chemical compositions and safety guidelines regarding the use of smoke, flammable materials,
explosives and pyrotechnics.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.8.8 Preparation of the Site

1. Preparation of the site for explosive effects should be carried out, where possible, before production crew
members arrive on the set. This activity will exclude the actual charge laying, but will include digging in mortars,
fitting rams where required and strengthening or pre-cutting structural members.
2. Explosive devices should always be constructed or confined in such a way that allows the Special Effects
Coordinator to predict, as far as is reasonable to do so, the direction and nature of the subsequent explosive
effect.
3. Small items such as buttons or other items worn on clothing can, if left in the path of a body hit, become a
projectile capable of penetrating the body.
4. The choice of siting an explosive effect on location must allow for wind, as wind direction may become a critical
risk factor when a fireball and/or inflammable liquids or powders are being used.
5. If the wind changes after an effect has been sited, the effect must be cancelled or delayed until the wind
direction has changed and/or the wind is no longer justification for delaying the effect.
6. The siting of spark-emitting devices must protect personnel from the risk of burning particles and also take
account of anything above or adjoining it, such as drapes and dressings.
7. Any change to the type of explosive, the location and/or structural design, must be made in consultation with
the Coordinator. Sufficient time must be allowed to implement the change and assess any consequences
without compromising other safety requirements.
8. Great care must be exercised if any pyrotechnic items are to be substituted with high explosive items, for
instance, substitution of detonators for squibs, and substitution can only be undertaken following a
comprehensive risk assessment that establishes there are no alternative safer procedures.
9. The laying of charges must not take place until crew, cast and all other non-essential personnel have withdrawn
from the site to a designated safe area.
10. The Coordinator or Safety Supervisor will indicate to the 1st Assistant Director the designated safe area to
which non-essential personnel must withdraw.
11. The 1st Assistant Director must ensure that all non-essential personnel remain in the designated safe area until
the effect is completed.
12. Safety helmets must be worn or protective shelters provided if there is any possibility of falling debris or
materials.
13. While every effort should be made to achieve, the desired aesthetic effect required, the provisions set out in
legislation and/or these guidelines must be strictly adhered to by all persons.
15.8.9 Camera and Cast Positioning

1. Camera positions and the positioning of performers and all personnel essential to the sequence shall be
determined by the Director subject to the approval of the Special Effects Coordinator.
2. No changes whatsoever will be made to either the action or to the circumstances (including camera positions)
without the prior approval of the Coordinator.
3. Any changes made must be conveyed to everyone concerned with the production irrespective of whether they
are between tests, rehearsals or takes.
4. Where shrapnel or flying, debris could result from an effect, the risk assessment shall establish how it might be
contained to prevent injury.
5. Additional measures may need to be taken to protect personnel and equipment or the sequence may need to
be re-choreographed.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.8.10 Notification of Authorities

1. Where a high fire risk exists or total fire ban is in place a clearance from the local fire authority must be
received prior to setting up or initiating a special effect.
2. If risk becomes apparent after the special effect has commenced, the effect must be cancelled or deferred until
clearance is received from the local fire authority.
3. Local fire authority personnel may have to be present, depending on the nature and size of the effect, its
location and its potential to generate a serious fire hazard.
4. The Explosives Inspectorate (or equivalent), the police service, local councils and other authorities such as the
Environment Protection Authority must be notified of an intention to create an explosive or pyrotechnic effect
and all relevant permissions granted as may be relevant before the effect can proceed.
5. Residents, local industry, hospitals and retirement homes should be given notice of explosions where they will
be within earshot.
6. Civil aviation clearance must be received for locations under or near a flight path or where an effect with rise to
a height of 150 metres or greater.
15.8.11 Precautions on Location

1. Whenever any explosive device is installed in studio or location scenery, a warning sign must be fixed to the
scenery and may only be removed when the scenery has been cleared by the Special Effects Coordinator.
2. Warning must be given to all present of very high sound levels experienced with even small quantities of high
explosives. If hearing protection is required, it must be provided and worn.
3. Appropriate Australian standards compliant respirators and eye protection must be provided if specified in the
Safety Report.
4. Firefighting equipment must be positioned as near as possible to areas which may present a fire hazard.
15.8.12 Monitoring
1. No explosive or pyrotechnic effect will occur unless there is a direct line of sight for the Special Effect
Coordinator to the site of the effect. In studios, monitors must never be used to control explosive or
pyrotechnic effects.
2. When multiple effects are being fired, assistant/s must be engaged to work with the Coordinator to observe
the nature of the effect and to check the number of effects that fired.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.8.13 Firing Procedures

1. A sequence of firing cues and a strict routine of rehearsals must be established and understood by all involved.
Emergency procedures for each effect must be explained.
2. Firing devices must conform to AS 2187.2 Appendix B.
3. The command to arm the circuits must be given by the 1st Assistant Director immediately prior to, or on,
camera roll. This must be followed by the conformation “armed”.
4. A command to disarm circuits must immediately follow a “cut” command, again given by the 1st Assistant
Director.
5. The firing device must always be disconnected after a firing.
6. The Coordinator will be the only person in possession of the source of power for firing, eg. The battery pack of
the firing box and to the key to the firing device.
7. During preparation and/or use of electronically fired pyrotechnics, all transmitters, including mobile phones
and walkie-talkies, must be switched off.
8. Firing circuits must be tested, without fail, by a firing circuit galvanometer, conforming to AS 2187.2 Appendix
B, on a cleared set.
9. The battery box, key. etc., must always be disconnected after a firing and firing cables shunted.
10. After a successful firing, the Coordinator must make a full inspection of the explosion area and take the
necessary steps to render it safe prior to anyone else entering the site, checking that all components have fired,
that all hazardous, burning or smoldering material is removed and that the site is made safe.
11. In the event of a misfire:
a) Everyone must be clearly told by the Coordinator;
b) The entire affected area must be cleared;
c) The battery, key or other device must be disconnected;
d) All potential causes of failure must be checked before the effect is approached.
12. Following a misfire and after electrical connections have been checked:
a) The effect must be observed from a safe distance for signs of hang fire, smoke, etc., by the coordinator
and left for 15 minutes or 30 minutes in the case of non-electrical devices;
b) If nothing appears wrong, then it is best to re-site the new charge and delay unmaking the existing one
for as long as possible;
c) If the misfire must be unmade, then only the coordinator shall do so, exercising the utmost caution and
assisted by other department members only if necessary.
15.8.14 Flares
1. Flares are incendiary devices.
2. The surface on which the flare burns must be sufficiently protected from heat to minimise the risk of fire.
3. When working on surfaces that may be damaged by heat, a sheet metal flare tray should be raised on bricks
above a sheet of non-flammable mineral insulation board which itself should also be raised further on bricks.
15.8.15 Working in Confined Spaces

1. When working in confined spaces sufficient ventilation must be available to remove the smoke and heat
produced by flare combustion.
2. The provisions set out in relevant legislation and Australian Standards must be strictly adhered to when
working in confined spaces.
3. Personnel must be made aware that high temperature particles may be ejected from a flare at the end of the
burning time as a result of dampness in the device and/or pressure build-up and steps must be taken to avoid
being burnt.
4. See Also CONFINED SPACES

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.8.16 Using Out of Date Explosives and Pyrotechnics

1. All explosives, include flares and/or other pyrotechnics, which have exceeded the manufacturer’s
recommended use-by-date as specified in MSDS or Product Data Sheets must not be used and must be
disposed of appropriately.
15.8.17 Gas Cylinders and Associated Equipment

1. All gas cylinders used to create special effects must be designed, certified and inspected in accordance with the
requirements of AS 2030.1 – 1955: Cylinders for Compressed Gases other than Acetylene.
2. Gas cylinders that have been modified, cut, painted, altered or otherwise tampered with will not be permitted I
the workplace unless that have been appropriately inspected, tested and certified for use by the relevant state
inspecting authority.
3. Non-standard associated additional equipment such as guns, burners, lines, headers, solenoids, valves, pipes,
shafts, coils, rings, caps or other devices to be used in conjunction with gas cylinders must also be inspected,
tested and certified prior to being used.
15.8.18 Breakaway Props

1. Safety procedures must reflect the fact that breakaway props are designed to collapse and are therefore
potentially dangerous.
2. Their use must be supervised by a Special Effects Coordinator or Designer with specific experience and
knowledge of breakaways.
3. Only essential personnel shall be allowed near breakaways.
4. Safety lines must be erected to clearly mark “essential personnel only” areas. Breakaways must be fenced off
and kept secure when not in use.
5. Adequate time must be allowed for pre-production and set up to ensure the breakaway effects are carried out
with a minimum of risk.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.8.19 Special Effects Involving Fire

1. A Special Effects Coordinator with specific experience and a working knowledge of fire control must be
engaged.
2. The Coordinator will be responsible for supervising, designing, formulating, setting up, initiating, triggering,
carrying out and/or altering the fire effect.
3. All personnel working in the area must be well-briefed on the scope of the effect and on related emergency
procedures.
4. Advance warning must be given to all performers, including stunt performers of any work involving open fire
and/or naked flames.
5. The set must be adequately ventilated to avoid smoke inhalation and have sufficient fire exits served by well-
marked paths that are kept clear always.
6. Studio areas must be cleared of excess rubbish, eg. Extra set materials, sawdust and papers.
7. Special care must be taken where sound proofed walls and ceilings are made of flammable material.
8. Overhead ventilation must be available for large studio fire effects to prevent heat building up at ceiling level.
9. Gas fueled fires must be designed, built and installed by a licensed gas fitter and inspected periodically by a
licensed gas fitter. All gas lines and fittings must be installed in accordance with the applicable building codes,
fire codes and Australian Standards.
10. Gas fueled fires must be adequately supported on metal plates which are covered by fire resistant material and
raised sufficiently to prevent damage to surfaces.
11. Flammables and combustibles must be kept at a safe distance from open flames.
12. When used to act as a fire accelerant in interiors, continual ventilation should be initiated until ignition or clean
up and storage is completed. Further, such materials shall be kept in approved containers. Each propane tank
“shut off” location shall have an operator who has a clear view of propane fires always.
13. Naked flames must be protected from draughts and kept a safe distance from other combustible materials.
Flammable liquids must be kept a safe distance from flames and stored in Standards approved containers. Any
scenery adjacent to the fire must be adequately protected by a fire-retardant material, eg. A fire blanket.
14. Where vehicles are involved in fire or explosive effects, the Special Effects Coordinator must ensure that the
petrol tank is empty and split wide pen, purged of fuel/vapour and filled with water or preferably completely
removed.
15. The drive shaft should be drilled in several placed and all loose material inside the cabin removed.
16. Vehicles must be made of natural fabrics and wigs made of real hair treated with fire retardant mixtures
whenever performers are required to work near fire.
17. Consideration must be given to the chemical composition of materials that are to be burned as some may emit
toxic gases/particles.
18. Consideration must be given to preventing personnel being down wind of flame/smoke, etc.
19. The Special Effects Coordinator must be present at all times while a fire effect is being created.
20. Where wigs are required, real hair wigs, appropriately treated with fire retardant, must be used.
21. As few hair pins as possible shall be used to attach wigs as they can puncture skin and retain heat.
22. Where possible, adhesives should be used in the place of hair pins, metal clips or elastic or otherwise the wig
sewn into the performer’s hair where appropriate.
23. Non-flammable hair products shall be used on stunt performers’ hair.
24. See also Section. MAKE-UP, HAIR and COSTUME / WARDROBE

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.8.20 Precautions on set or Location

1. The producer must ensure that the nearest fire brigade is notified and must be present whenever deemed
necessary by the Special Effects Coordinator. Appropriate fire prevention equipment and personnel must be on
set (in studio or on location) where open flames are involved.
2. Firefighting equipment, appropriate for the particular fire risk, must be provided in accordance with the Special
Effects Coordinator’s recommendations and as detailed in the risk assessment/Safety Report.
3. An adequate number of approved fire blankets must be available whenever fire effects are being carried out in
the event they are needed to protect personnel and/or smother a fire.
4. Takes involving fire must be kept to the absolute minimum necessary.
5. The gelling up of liquid fuels (petrol, diesel, and kerosene) creates a sticky product which is extremely volatile
and must be used very soon after its application.
6. Comprehensive planning and fully detailed rehearsals are critical to ensure total coordination of all aspects of
the effect. Special attention must be given to “light up” and “extinguish” cues with all personnel aware of the
exact sequence.
7. Care must be taken when extinguishing fires created using these products to avoid unintentionally spreading
the fire.
8. To avoid accidental re-ignition, sufficient time must be allowed for cooling between takes prior to refuelling.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.9 Armourer
1. An Armourer must be engaged and on set whenever firearms or prohibited weapons, such as replica firearms,
machine guns, flick knives, grenades and crossbows, are to be used.
2. Relevant State and/or Territory firearms and/or weapons legislation is to be strictly adhered to at all times.
3. The Armourer must hold current appropriate licences for all firearms and weapons prior to their use on set.
4. The Producer must ensure that:
a) The police are notified in the event there will be firing of blanks;
b) The police are notified that guns of any kind will be used and/or discharged;
c) Council, land holders and other concerned parties are notified as required and the name and telephone
number of the contact person/s notified appears on the call sheets for the relevant scenes;
d) Adequate hearing protection is provided to the crew during the firing of blanks;
e) Clear or flesh coloured ear plugs must be provided to the cast;
f) Adequate camera protection is provided for the camera crew;
g) Adequate time is allowed for the Armourer to instruct actors in the safe and confident use of the weapon/s.
5. The Armourer must:
a) Instruct relevant members of the crew and cast in the safe handling and safety procedures for all the
weapons to be used;
b) Ensure that the weapons and ammunition are safe to use together and are of good fit and type whether or
not they are specially manufactured or obtained commercially;
c) Supervise the supply, transport, storage, use and safe handling of weapons on set, including making safe set
dressing weapons.
6. The armourer is responsible for the following
a) To instruct relevant members of the cast on safe handling and safety procedures of all weapons to be used
b) To ensure that the weapons and ammunition are safe to use together and are of good and fit type whether
or not they are specially manufactured or obtained commercially
c) To supervise the supply, transport, storage, use and safe handling of weapons on set, including making safe
set dressing weapons

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.9.1 Armoury / Weapons

15.9.2 Firearms, Replicas, and Weapons
1. Only those certified and licensed shall be responsible for storage and lock-up requirements and the supervision
of firearms and weapons, and firearms, replicas and weapons must only be used in accordance with relevant
state and territory legislation and regulations;
2. Live ammunition must never be used;
3. Only qualified gunsmiths / armorers shall be involved in deactivation, modification and repair on approval from
manufacturer;
4. All swords, knives and blades must be blunt edged.
5. Appropriate warnings must be provided to cast and crew in relation to the use of blank ammunition prior to the
cue for firing.
15.9.3 Firearms and Weapons

1. Live ammunition is not allowed on set at any time other than in the event animals are being used.
2. See Use of Animals – Firearms above.
3. Live ammunition is defined as any cartridge loaded with explosive and a projectile or projectiles or any
cartridge loaded with a propelling charge and one or more projectiles. [NB: need to address the issue of Police
on set.]
4. Until formal competencies are established, the following the following definitions of “suitably qualified
armourer” are recommended.
Note: the legislation varies between the states (see Appendix L).
15.9.4 Theatrical Armourer – Class 1

1. Anyone able to meet police standards for secured premises and criminal background check, and,
2. Has had a minimum of three years’ experience working for a Class 1 Theatrical Armourer as an assistant or
employee. This can be demonstrated by
a) Written reference and,
b) By the presence of the assistant or employee’s signature as an authorised person in the police sign-in/sign-
out register used on-set over 100 weeks of the qualifying period, and
c) The assistant or employee having held a Theatrical Armourer’s permit – Class 2. Theatrical Armourer – Class 2
3. Anyone able to meet police standards on a criminal background check, and,
4. a Theatrical Armourer working for a Theatrical Armourer Class 1 who has been certified in writing by their
employer to have sufficient on-set and armoury experience to work on-set unsupervised, but responsible to a
Theatrical Armourer Class 1, and,
5. Has had a minimum of 1 years’ experience working for a Class 1 Theatrical Armourer as an assistant or
employee.
This can be demonstrated by
a) Written reference and,
b) By the presence of the assistant or employee’s signature as an authorised person in the police sign-in/sign-
out register used on-set over 30 weeks of the qualifying period.
15.9.5 Theatrical Armoury Supplier – Class 3

1. Anyone able to meet police standards for secured premises and a criminal background check, and, that they
intend to supply weapons for theatrical purposes through a Class 1 or Class 2 Theatrical Armourer can be
proven by way of three written references from Theatrical Armourers Class 1, and 3.
2. Who are licenced in the state in which they are working.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.9.6 Endorsements for Theatrical Armourer - Class 1 or 3

1. To manufacture blank and dummy ammunition – no less than one year’s full time or equivalent employment
with a Theatrical Armourer of Class 1 or Class 3 who held an endorsement for the manufacture of blank and
dummy ammunition covering them and employees under their supervision.
2. To manufacture weapons and modify weapons to blank fire – no less than three years’ full time or equivalent
employment with a Theatrical Armourer of Class 1 or Class 3 eligible to manufacture weapons and modify
weapons for blank fire and dummy ammunition covering them and employees under their supervision.
3. General Note: The qualifying periods need not necessarily be continuous but could be made up of sections of
employment with one or multiple employers until the requisite experience is achieved.
4. Foreign Armourers the head of the armoury department on any production filmed in Australia must always be
a suitably qualified Australian permanent resident or citizen.
15.9.7 Handling Procedures
1. The Armourer must satisfy the Safety Supervisor and the 1st Assistant Director or senior crew member that the
weapon/s are unloaded and safe when brought onto set.
2. The Armourer must demonstrate or advise all cast and crew that weapons are empty (unarmed) during all
rehearsals and when weapons are being transferred from hand to hand. Firearms must always be unarmed for
rehearsals and when being transferred from hand to hand.
3. Weapons on set must be under the direct supervision of the Armourer and when off set must be locked away
securely so only the Armourer has access to them or alternatively be under the direct supervision of the
Armourer.
4. Weapons shall only be armed on the direct request of the 1st Assistant Director.
5. An announcement of the following kind, that arming has occurred, must be made to the 1st Assistant Director,
cast and crew: Guns loaded – standing by.
6. Before the firing of any weapon, the Armourer, 1st Assistant Director, Key Grip and Safety Supervisor shall plan
for the protection of cast and crew essential for the shot who must remain either in the line of fire or the arc of
fire.
7. All non-essential personnel shall be removed from the line of fire and from the arc of possible fire.
8. If a weapon is to be fired in the close proximity of cast, the Armourer, 1st Assistant Director, Safety Supervisor
and those members of cast who may either be firing the weapon or being fired at, shall agree upon the safe
angles and distances having regard to the weapon, ammunition, distance and type of protection available for
participants.
9. An example test blank should be fired.
10. The Armourer shall remain close to any actor to whom a firearm has been given in order to take possession of
the firearm immediately a cut is called or for any other reason to ensure safety.
11. Storage and transport of weapons must be in accordance with relevant state and territory legislation and
regulations.
12. Blanks must be stored under secure lock when not under the direct supervision of the Armourer.
13. Dummy ammunition used in prop firearms must be proved to be safe to the Safety Supervisor, the 1st Assistant
Director and to any actor/s using the firearm/s or having them pointed in their direction.
15.9.8 Use of Blank Ammunition on Set
1. If crimped blanks are used, cases must not be re-used.
2. If non-crimped blanks are used, wadding must be of soft material.
3. Sample blank cartridges to be used must be test fired prior to filming.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.9.9 Other Weapons

1. Other types of weapons requiring the use of an Armourer include all the projectile firing class of weapons such
as crossbows, long bows, blowguns and slingshots
2. The use of an Armourer or Safety Supervisor is advisable if there are more than two sharp edged weapons in
use or multiples of other weapons. In such events, the Stunt Coordinator or Fight Choreographer shall be
consulted.
15.10 Animals
1. An animal master is to be employed whenever animals are used
2. The Producer will ensure that adequate pre-production time is allowed for all actors who will be required to
work with animals to train with the relevant animal master and/or wrangler with the animals(s) with which
they will be required to work.
3. It is the responsibility of the horsemaster to advise the Producer of the number of assistants he/she requires on
set in relation to the number of horses.
4. This information must be supplied in pre-production so that the Producer can ensure adequate funds are made
available for the employment of such assistants.
5. The Producer will instruct the animals master to ensure that all animals required to work in a film set/location
are trained to work in such conditions.
6. Where for any reasons animals are hired ‘’locally’’ with no previous experience of film work, the Producer will
ensure that adequate pre-production time is allowed o the animals master or wrangler to train and acclimatize
he animals to filming conditions and to be satisfied that the animal will perform in a manner conductive to the
safety of the cast, crew and general public.
7. The Producer will direct that all saddlery, harness and other animal-related equipment and accessories are in
good condition and of high safety standard.
8. The Producer will ensure that, at all times, on set liaison when animals present is conducted directly between
the animal master and/or wrangler, the First Assistant Director and where applicable the Special Effect and/or
Stunt Coordinator(s).
9. The Producer will ensure that, at all times, where horses are working on set an experience mounted rider as
nominated by the horsemaster/wrangler is in attendance as a pick-up rider.

SCREEN PRODUCTION

1. Acquisition and disposal of animals must be in accordance with relevant state and territory legislation.
2. Quarantine requirements may apply where interstate or overseas travel is involved.
3. An appropriately experienced Animal Supervisor must be employed whenever animals are being used.
4. Adequate pre-production must be allowed for training and familiarisation of animals and performers for any
and all sequences involving animals.
5. Animals should be pre-conditioned to any unusual behaviour they are likely to experience, including
familiarisation with clapper-boards, boom poles, lights and any strange noises likely to occur whilst the animal
is on set.
6. When animals are on set, the Animal Supervisor shall liaise directly with the 1st Assistant Director and the Stunt
and/or Special Effects Coordinator.
7. The wrangling department must comprise sufficient appropriately skilled and experienced crew to cover the
number of animals involved and the complexity of the sequence/s.
8. Facilities for animals through pre-production, production, postproduction – both on and off set – must be
consistent with maintaining the animals in good health.
9. The size and cleanliness of housing must be adequate for comfort.
10. Food and water must be clean and unspoilt.
11. Holding areas on set must be sufficient to prevent the escape of animals.
12. Only authorised personnel shall handle the animals.
13. Stress, including stress arising from restrain or being held in confined areas, must be avoided.
14. Some animals are more prone to stress than others.
15. Animals kept in confined conditions must be able to exercise at least once a day.
16. An easily accessible area shall be available for loading and unloading animals.
17. Animals should always be given a clear path to their holding area.
18. The 1st Assistant Director shall clear the set of all animals prior to clearing the set of people at all breaks and at
wrap.
19. Adequate provisions to ensure the general safety of the animals, including safety from their predators, must be
taken.
20. The Animals Supervisor and/or Animal Trainer and, where relevant, the Stunt Coordinator shall brief all cast
and crew (including the supervisors of any children on set) about safety precautions while animals are on set.
21. Safety precautions may include, but not be limited to, maintaining a safe distance from the animal/s, no
personal pets, no feeding, no running and provisions for escape routes.
22. The Animal Supervisor must ascertain (with veterinarian advice, if required) that all animals are disease-free
and whether special hygiene precautions are required.
23. A qualified veterinarian is the only person able to prescribe drugs, including tranquillisers.
24. S/he shall examine all animals prior to use to ensure their good health and that they have received all
appropriate inoculations and medication.
25. Some animals, such as reptiles, should not be sedated.
26. Sedation or tranquillisation of animals to alter behaviour of performance may only occur if supervised by a
veterinarian and after establishing that the same effect cannot be achieved with a fake or trained animal.
27. Undue pressure for heavy or lengthy sedation of animals shall not place on veterinarians.
28. Notice advising that animals are working shall be noted on the call sheet, together with contact details for the
nearest veterinarian.
29. A “closed set” notice should be posted on all stages were animals are working and every effort should be made
to maintain a closed set where animals are working on location.
30. Free running animals such as cattle and brumbies can present special hazards.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
31. Sequences involving free running animals must be carefully planned in regard to camera and cast positions and
there must be sufficient skilled and experienced handlers to ensure safety is maintained.
32. When persons are required to ride horses, consideration must be given to the use of PPE such as toe stoppers
to minimise the risk of riders being hooked up in stirrup irons and dragged.
33. No shod or hard hoofed animal shall be led, ridden, draughted or driven over mains/electrical cables.
34. A receipt of purchase must be held by the Producer for any dead animals acquired for use in scenes, such
animals must not have been killed expressly for the production.
15.10.2 Use of Animals
1. All animals should be supplied by a properly recognised animal trainer/handler.
2. Animals supplied should be capable of preforming the scripted action and should be comfortable with working
on a film set.
3. Animals that are required to work in proximity to cast and/or crew should be “safe” for this purpose.
4. The Animal Welfare Act (Dept. of Agriculture’s Code of practice for the Welfare of Film Animals) will be adhered
to.
5. State and territory legislation generally make the committing of or being party to cruelty or aggravated cruelty
to animals is an offence.
6. The use of animals in film, television and video productions may be subject to specific state or territory
legislation/codes of practice.
7. Where requests are made for pets to accompany their owners to workplaces, a risk assessment must be
undertaken to ensure that the presence of pet/s does not pose a health or safety risk to any persons in the
workplace.
8. Particular consideration must be given to the impact that the presence of pets might have where animals are
required for the production or where farm animals or native fauna are present.
15.10.3 On-Set Animals

1. For scenes were animals will be used an animal master/handler is to be employed
2. Adequate pre-production time is allocated for actors who will be required to work with animals to train with
the relevant animal master and with the animals with which they will be required to work
3. All animals required to work in a film set/location must be trained and/or acclimatized to filming conditions and
to be satisfied that the animal will perform in a manner conducive to the safety of the cast, crew and general
public
4. It is the responsibility of the animal master/handler to advise the producer on the number of assistants
required to work with the animals

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.10.4 Animals used on Stunts and/or Special Effects

1. Only extremely well trained animals shall be used in stunt and/or special effects sequences and must be
familiarised with the proposed stunt/special effect action.
2. The Animal Supervisor, Stunt and/or Special Effects Coordinator and Safety Supervisor must have sufficient pre-
production time with key stunt and special effects personnel.
3. Animals required for sequences involving fire must be preconditioned to fire and their coats and tails protected
with fireproofing solutions or water.
4. Squibs must be so positioned as to not frighten the animal/s. Action and breakaway props must be of safe
materials such as sugar glass, balsa wood, rubber, etc.
5. The Animal Supervisor and Safety Supervisor must satisfy themselves regarding precautions taken to protect
the safety of people applying makeup or prosthetics to animals, in addition to ensuring the safety of animals in
such circumstances.
6. Precautions taken for the movement of actors during special effects sequences shall apply equally when
animals are on set.
8. The Animal Supervisor and wrangling personnel shall be given notice prior to shots being fired or the
detonation of explosives.
15.10.5 Horses
1. Pre-production time must be allowed for any performer required to ride or drive a horse.
2. The route to be ridden or driven by the performer must be surveyed by the safety supervisor or other
appropriate person who must walk and ride the route first to ensure it is clear of hazards.
3. No-one shall ride horses “off camera” except for those persons designated to do so by the Animal Supervisor.
4. An experienced pick-up rider, nominated after consultation between the Stunt Coordinator and Animal
Supervisor, must be in attendance at all times when horses are working on set.
5. All harness, saddlery and other animal-related accessories must be in good condition and of a high safety
standard.
6. Horse falls must not be achieved by trip wires or pit falls.
7. Horse-drawn vehicles shall only be used when operated by, or under the instruction of, a qualified driver whose
decisions regarding the capabilities or limitations of the rig will be final.
8. Under no circumstances will spurs be worn by any actor or extra without prior approval of the Animal
Supervisor and where relevant the Stunt Coordinator.
9. All hitch rails shall be fastened in the ground so that the tugging of a frightened horse cannot pull it loose (i.e.
Sleeve installation).
10. On a stage, hitch rails shall be bolted or fastened in a rigid manner. Scenery and props shall be secured
together with items such as ladders that can be easily tipped over.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.10.6 Venomous Reptiles

2. Extreme caution must be taken when using venomous reptiles.
3. Use of venomous reptiles must be noted on the call sheet, together with the location of the appropriate
antidote, name of doctor/s and medical facility.
4. When a live venomous reptile is to be used in close proximity to personnel and the hazard exists that someone
may be bitten, the appropriate anti-venom serum shall be available together with a suitably qualified medical
attendant, qualified to perform injections and trained in the administration of the anti-venoms.
5. Only personnel essential to the sequence will be allowed within a 20-metre radius of the reptile.
6. Proper protection which may include barriers, gloves, leg guards, shall be provided to cast and crew working
closely with the reptile.
7. Snakes should be milked on the day on which they are to be used.
8. Carbon dioxide bottles must be on hand.
9. The Snake Handler should have a snake pincer.
15.10.7 Firearms and Animals

1. Live ammunition is allowed on set only when animals are being used.
2. The Producer must be advised of the whereabouts of the necessary firearm and must ensure that the firearm is
kept dismantled in a secure position and that any and all ammunition is stored separately when not in use.
3. The Producer will ensure the confidentiality of such information and advice only such heads of department as,
in the interests of safety, must be informed.
4. The use of weapons and live ammunition is only permitted where:
• There is a threat to the life or serious injury of a person on set;
• Humane animal treatment is necessary.
15.10.8 Live Ammunition on Set

1. Use of weapons and live ammunition must be in accordance with relevant state and territory legislation.
2. Live ammunition will not be fired in the direction of any human being under any circumstances other than to
protect a person from injury or loss of life from an animal.
3. Live ammunition must be stored in a locked metal box to which only the licensed wrangler/armourer has
access.
4. Any firearm used to fire live ammunition:
a. Must be of high quality and in excellent working condition;
b. Must be kept completely away from prop weapons and locked away off set when not in use;
c. Must be of a type and calibre that is not interchangeable with prop weapons.
5. The safe weapon handling skills and shooting accuracy of any person/s who might need to fire live ammunition
will be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Producer.
15.10.9 Use of “free-living” animals

1. Protected native fauna are covered by state and territory legislation and regulations which generally prohibit
the taking or holding of most native animals except under licence.
2. Such legislation and regulations generally impose restriction on the release of protected native fauna and
usually require such animals to be released only in the locality of their capture.
3. “Free-living” animals are defined as animals not routinely under human control, including those that have been
captured but are intended for return to the wild within ten days of capture.
4. A person competent in the handling of the species must supervise all activities.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.10.10 Capture
1. Free-living animals are likely to be distressed by capture.
2. Stress must be minimised by using skilled operators familiar with the species utilising techniques appropriate to
the particular species.
3. Care must be taken to limit disruption to the animal’s social structure and breeding activity.
4. Regular monitoring for traumatic or metabolic injury must be undertaken.
5. Traps, if used, must be checked regularly.
6. Trapped animals must be protected from predators, exposure and lack of food and water.
7. If a large or unknown number of animals is likely to be caught, an estimate must be made of the likely
reasonable maximum number and sufficient competent persons provided to ensure they are caught and
processed with the minimum of stress.
15.10.11 Transport
1. Transport methods must be appropriate to the species and the numbers of animals involved.
2. Transport containers must be constructed to:
a) Prevent escape and/or injury;
b) Provide adequate shelter, noise reduction, inner shelters where necessary, ventilation;
c) Tranquillisation, even temperature and humidity, motion support and space to lie;
d) Accommodate separation of animals if appropriate; e. provide regular food and water.
3. Suitable release areas must be prepared at the arrival site.
15.10.12 Handling and Restraint

1. Methods of handling and restraint must take into account that captured free-living animals are usually
apprehensive and therefore prone to injury and/or stress-induced diseases.
2. There must be sufficient competent persons engaged to allow for firm and quiet handling, minimum times of
restraint and prevention of injury to both handlers and animals.
3. Chemical restraints, including tranquillisation to induce calm or for the animal’s best protection, may be used
where appropriate under the supervision of a veterinarian.
15.10.13 Holding
1. Holding areas must be safe and quiet and free of sharp objects or materials likely to injure the animals.
2. They must be free of badly place solid objects which restrict movement such as fence posts and feeding and
watering containers.
3. Adequate shade, access to drinkable water and appropriate cover must be provided.
4. Protection from predators must be taken at all times.
15.10.14 Release
1. The requirements of state and territory legislation and regulations must be observed.
2. Animals must be assisted to find their way to “safe” areas.
3. Human perception of suitable alternatives might not be correct.
4. The animal may introduce disease or unsuitable genetic material into a new community.
5. The animal may be stressed by or cause stress to a new community.
6. Animals should not be released unless they can move freely and unaided and the area they are entering is as
free as possible from potential hazard and injury.
7. Prior to their release, animals should be handled quietly and firmly.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.10.15 Stunts and special effects

1. Only extremely well trained animals shall be used in stunt and/or special effects sequences and must be
familiarised with the proposed stunt/special effect action.
2. The Animal Supervisor, Stunt and/or Special Effects Coordinator and Safety Supervisor must have sufficient pre-
production time with key stunt and special effects personnel.
3. Animals required for sequences involving fire must be preconditioned to fire and their coats and tails protected
with fireproofing solutions or water.
4. Squibs must be so positioned as to not frighten the animal/s.
5. Action and breakaway props must be of safe materials such as sugar glass, balsa wood, rubber, etc.
6. The Animal Supervisor and Safety Supervisor must satisfy themselves regarding precautions taken to protect
the safety of people applying makeup or prosthetics to animals, in addition to ensuring the safety of animals in
such circumstances.
7. Precautions taken for the movement of actors during special effects sequences shall apply equally when
animals are on set.
9. The Animal Supervisor and wrangling personnel shall be given notice prior to shots being fired or the
detonation of explosives.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.11 Maritime
1. The “Transport Safety Victoria” website contains Information about recreational boating rules and safety
education, commercial vessel safety and waterway management.
15.11.1 Aquatic Licences
1. An aquatic license is required by any person or organisation conducting, promoting or organising a race,
competition or exhibition or any other activity which restricts the availability of navigable waters for normal
use by the public.
2. Marine license
3. You must hold a current marine license to operate a registered vessel on Victorian waters.
There are two types:
4. General marine license - required by anyone 16 years of age or over operating a registered vessel
5. Restricted marine license - required by anyone between the age of 12 and 16, who is operating a registered
vessel.
6. Interstate marine licenses
7. You can use your current interstate license for up to three months in Victoria.
8. If you hold a current interstate license and are staying in Victoria longer than three months you must convert to
a Victorian license.
9. You can convert your license at a VicRoads office.
10. Commercial qualifications, in order to operate a vessel for commercial purposes you may be required to hold
an appropriate certificate of competency and where applicable, a certificate of local knowledge.
15.11.2 Boats and Water Vessel’s
1. Before you head out on the water consider these simple tips to assist in trouble free boating:
2. Boat safety checks
3. Check that your boat is in good condition.
4. Check that you have all the required safety equipment on board.
5. Ensure all safety equipment is in good condition and easily accessible in the event of an emergency and
everybody aboard knows its location.
6. Report your trip. Let someone know where you are going, how many people are on board
7. Each individual boat must appoint a skipper, who will be responsible for the safe operation and safety of all on
board.
8. Make sure you and your crew know how to handle the boat, especially on the waterway that you’re using.
9. If in doubt, get information from locals or Roads and Maritime Services.
10. Check the weather before you go out. Register for a Maritime Alert system based on official weather data.
11. Make sure you have sufficient water and fuel for the duration of the trip.
12. Zero alcohol levels for all on board
15.11.3 Personal Flotation Devices (Pfds) or Lifejackets
1. Must be the type of PFD appropriate for the:
a) Vessel type,
b) Activity,
c) Area of operation and
d) Conditions.
2. One for each person on-board and should be a snug but comfortable fit.
3. The water safety specialist to ensure appropriate and sufficient PFDs is available

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.11.4 Waterways
1. Inland waters – rivers, creeks, canals, lakes, reservoirs and any similar waters either naturally formed or man-
made
2. Enclosed waters - any declared port waters inside the seaward entrance of local ports
3. Coastal waters – all waters other than inland waters or enclosed waters
4. Designated hazardous waterways – e.g.: Port Phillip heads or any area of state waters declared by the safety
director
15.11.5 Boats
15.11.6 Boat Registration
1. All boats must be registered, seaworthy and maintained in good working order.
2. All boat handlers must be appropriately licensed and have the necessary skills, experience and knowledge to
perform the task/s required in the relevant vessel in a safe manner.
3. Boats must always be operated within the terms of their particular licence and registration with respect to
speed, load and other relevant considerations.
4. State and territory legislation applicable to the location must be complied with and, where relevant, made
known to all employees, contractors and sub-contractors.
15.11.7 Safety Equipment

1. All boats must carry as a minimum the lifesaving equipment required by local laws and such additional
equipment as may be appropriate for the particular circumstances of the shoot.
2. All boats must carry one life jacket or buoyancy vest for each person on board.
3. All lifesaving equipment must be in first class working order, be regularly checked and maintained.
4. Appropriate first aid kits must be readily available.
5. Reflectorised patches must be attached to clothing (for identification of persons in water) by all personnel,
other than cast where patches cannot be incorporated within their costume/s in which event other hazard
controls should be implemented.
6. All boats operating in open water shall carry a minimum of two litres of fresh drinking water for each person on
board.
7. Safety harnesses must be provided for all cast and crew where filming is taking place on board yachts.
8. Provision of additional safety equipment shall consider whether the filming is to take place in open or enclosed
water, and whether it will occur during the day or at night.
9. Further equipment that might be considered includes oars, buckets/bailers, lifebuoys with line attached,
anchor with line attached, compasses, waterproof torches, fire extinguisher/s (which must be on board any
boat carrying fuel of any type, including cooking fuel), distress flares and smoke signals and combinations of the
two, maps, charts, V distress signal sheet, radio, bilge pump, lifeboats and safety boats.
10. Navigation lights, buoys or other maritime signs must never be covered or tampered with in any way.
11. Whenever cast and/or crew are working in water with or near boats, the boats must be fitted with propeller
guards.
12. Having regard to the numbers of cast and crew members, sufficient crew members shall be designated as
spotters to ensure that the whereabouts of all personnel is known always.
13. In any event, spotter should accompany a camera operator on the boat when the camera is not stationary.
15.11.8 Marine Safety Supervisor

1. The Safety Report should specify whether sequences filmed on, in or near water require the services of a
marine Safety Supervisor.
2. If so required, the Marine Safety Supervisor shall be experienced with working with boats and filming
on/in/near water as appropriate for the particular circumstances.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.11.9 Safety Procedures

1. The person ‘overboard’ procedures must be demonstrated by the Safety Supervisor to all cast and crew.
2. When filming on yachts, the Safety Supervisor, with the skipper, must ensure that correct procedures are
demonstrated to all cast and crew and followed during tacking, jibing and other manoeuvres that may be
applicable.
3. Safety boats must be provided in adequate numbers for the particular conditions and never used to double any
other sort of boat engaged on the shoot unless another boat is nominated as a safety boat.
4. When filming at sea, the nearest coast watch station must be advised of the intended destination and
estimated time of arrival.
5. There must be adequate radio contact from boat to boat and from boat to shore.
6. It may be necessary to make additional arrangements to overcome loud out-board motors which can obscure
radio communication.
7. Non-swimmer/s must not be allowed in the water unless under close personal supervision.
8. Lifesavers or bronze medal holders may act as water safety supervisors if required.
9. As lights on water can constitute a hazard to shipping, permission must be received from the relevant local
authority before filming with lights occurs.
10. Controlled ponds/tanks within studio premises should be kept drained, filled immediately prior to production
and drained on completion.
11. Where ponds/tanks must remain full for any period of time, appropriate measures must be implemented to
prevent drownings.
12. Water quality must be analyzed prior to use with written results available 48 hours prior to production use.
13. If results indicate unacceptable levels of contaminants, steps to eliminate contaminants will be taken, a second
independent analysis undertaken and the results made available to the employer no less than 24 hours prior to
production use.
15.11.10 Prevailing Conditions

1. Local knowledge of prevailing conditions such as tides, currents, rips, winds and the presence of dangerous
marine life such as sharks, jellyfish and lice, must be acquired and the necessary preventative steps taken.
2. These may range, for instance, from provision of waders in areas infested by pelican lice to cancellation of work
during a stinger infestation.
3. All activities must be undertaken in accordance with the guidelines and advice of local authorities.
4. Still water areas, such as tanks, bogs, ponds and swamps, must be professionally examined for hazardous
pollution or contaminants.
5. If they cannot be removed or neutralised, the area should be avoided.
6. Ground water must never be used for drinking
7. Local knowledge must be acquired when filming on/in/near water or at sea to avoid any potential hazards from
currents, flash flooding, sub-surface objects, dams, waste disposal sites, blue-green algae, chemical dumping
regimes, sewerage, outfalls, storm water, etc.
8. When filming in fast moving rivers, downstream safety equipment such as ropes and nets must be available
together with experienced fast water pick-up personnel in rescue boats.
9. Any hazardous objects must either be removed from the water or marked so they can be clearly seen.
10. Where the hazardous object is to be filmed, then the area needs to be marked appropriately outside picture
frame area.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.11.11 Health Factors

1. Motion sickness is a common and serious problem on boats.
2. Safety crew and Medical Personnel should have no history of motion sickness.
3. The correct medication for motion sickness must be readily available, taken as directed (especially with respect
to the lead time prior to leaving dry land and subsequent doses) and care taken to ascertain whether any
person might be allergic to medication.
4. The Safety Supervisor and Medical Personnel must monitor the cast and crew for drowsiness, the most
common side effect of medication taken to prevent motion sickness.
5. Anyone affected by drowsiness-inducing medication must not be permitted to control the boat.
6. Working on water adds to the risk of over-exposure to the sun and to dehydration.
7. Suitable protective clothing, sunscreen and non-sugar drinks must be available.
8. Working in water can lead to hypothermia – the lowering of internal body temperature.
9. Water temperatures must be monitored and wet suits and flesh coloured body suits made available as
required, together with warm water for immersion should the need arise, and blankets, heaters, hot drinks,
etc.
10. Rubber footwear should be worn to prevent slipping, injury to toes, soles of feet and sunburnt feet.
11. Post-immersion washing facilities must be available to all water use sites.
15.11.12 Children
1. The number of supervisors for children shall be increased near water in accordance with the recommendations
of the Safety Supervisor, having regard to the numbers of children, their age, swimming ability, confidence
in/on/near water, time of year and all other relevant factors including state and territory legislation,
regulations and codes of practice.
15.11.13 Pollution and Garbage Disposal

1. Polluting waterways is an offence which can also cause safety hazards.
2. Paints, thinners, repellents, gasoline, oils, prop objects and other production effects must be kept away from
water and removed from location/s on completion.
3. Consideration should be given to the potential for props, sets, construction materials, special effects materials,
etc., to contaminate water.
4. Appropriate chemical toilets must be installed on boats as practical and appropriate and they must be correctly
and hygienically maintained at all times.
5. Consideration shall be given to holding tanks with pump out facilities, having regard to the numbers of people
on set and the local environmental protection legislation.
15.11.14 Working in Water

1. Appropriately trained, experienced and licensed underwater divers must be in position in the water whenever
cast or crew members are working under the water.
2. Adequate numbers of appropriately trained and experienced safety swimmers must be engaged whenever cast
are required to swim or perform in the water, whether in the surf or still water.
15.11.15 Electricity and Filming Near Water

1. Electricity and water make a deadly combination.
2. All measures must be taken to eliminate the risk of electricity contacting water.
3. Working with water on sets can pose hazards and may require the development and implementation of an
electricity/water management plan.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.12 Diving
15.12.1 Dive Supervisor
1. A Dive Supervisor shall be engaged on any production that requires the use of breathing apparatus to supervise
all diving work. The Dive Supervisor shall ensure that:
a) The appropriate number of personnel necessary for the safe execution of the underwater sequences are
available always;
b) The diving component of the production is organised appropriately; this includes (but may not be limited to)
approving the crewing and competency of all divers including underwater technicians, actors and models,
liaising between Heads of Department and supervising all aspects of the diving component of the filming.
2. If more than one dive team is required, a Dive Supervisor shall be engaged for each team at each dive site.
3. The Dive Supervisor will not double as, or assume the duties of, a
• Safety Diver,
• Stunt Diver,
• Safety Supervisor and/or
• Stunt Coordinator;
4. Ensure the skill levels of any person/s involved with any diving work or associated duties are adequate and, if
necessary, determine what additional training will be undertaken by such person/s prior to commencing any
form of diving work and/or associated duties;
5. Ensure at least one Safety Diver is assigned to each actor and/or model.
6. In circumstances where the only underwater technician required is the Cinematographer, where no actors of
models are required and filming does not involve any circumstances called up under AS 2815 Parts 2 or 3, the
dive team, at the sole discretion of the Dive Supervisor, may comprise the cinematographer and the Dive
Supervisor providing that a third person is engaged as an above water Safety Observer and at least one form of
communication is in operation between the Observer and the two divers.
15.12.2 Qualifications and Experience

15.12.3 Dive Supervisor
1. The Dive Supervisor shall have, at a minimum, certification as follows:
 A Recreational Dive Master Ticket (providing that set construction, use of surface supplied air or any other
activity called up under AS 2815-2 or AS 2815-3 is not a component of the production),
 A commercial certification such as AS 2815-1 (providing that set construction, use of surface supplied air or
any other activity called up under AS 2815-2 or AS 2815-3 is not a component of the production), or
 A commercial certification such as AS 2815-2 or AS 2815-3, or
 An internationally recognised equivalent certification, and
 Accreditation in accordance with the Film Industry National Underwater Diving Grading Procedure,
 Hold a St Johns Ambulance First Aid for Divers Certificate, or
 Dive Medical Technician Certification, or
 A recognised equivalent qualification, and
 Hold qualifications to administer oxygen.
2. If a production involves set construction, the Dive Supervisor must have, at a minimum, a commercial
certification such as, AS 2815-2 or AS 2815-3 or an internationally recognised equivalent certification.
3. Such qualifications, however, shall not be mandatory where the production calls only for set decoration or set
dressing as that term is generally used and understood in the Screen Production industry.
15.12.4 Safety Divers

1. Unless a higher diving qualification is specified in the Safety Report or is required by the Dive Supervisor, all
Safety Divers shall hold, at a minimum, certification equivalent to a Recreational Rescue Diver.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.12.5 Dive Supervisor and Safety Divers

1. The Dive Supervisor and all Safety Divers shall have a thorough understanding of:
• dive planning;
• Expired air resuscitation (EAR);
• Cardio-pulmonary resuscitation (CPR);
• Oxygen administration.
2. The Dive Supervisor and all Safety Divers shall hold, at a minimum, a current St Johns Ambulance First Aid for
Divers Certificate or equivalent and have sufficient experience and ability to recognise diving maladies including
a working knowledge of the causes and potential effects of barotrauma.
15.12.6 Underwater Technicians

1. Underwater technicians shall hold, at a minimum, certification equivalent to a Recreational Open Water Diver
unless a higher level of qualification is required by the Dive Supervisor or specified in the Safety Report.
2. Underwater Technicians include but are not limited to the following personnel:
• Directors,
• Cinematographers, videographers, camera operators and assistants,
• Gaffer and electricians,
• Art department personnel,
• Set construction personnel,
• Stills photographers.
15.12.7 Stunt Divers

1. Stunt Divers shall hold, at a minimum, certification equivalent to a Recreational Open Water Diver unless a high
level of qualification is required by the Dive Supervisor or specified in the Safety Report.
15.12.8 Actors and Models

1. Actors and models with no previous diving experience shall, irrespective of the requirements of the production,
be trained to a level of diving competency which is recognised by the Film Industry National Underwater Diving
Grading Procedure.
2. All actors and models required to undertake dive training (irrespective of the level) shall do so under the
supervision of a suitably qualified instructor.
3. The Dive Supervisor shall conduct a dive for the purpose of assessing the competency of all actors and models
required to undertake dive duties prior to the commencement of the shoot.
4. The Producer shall ensure that sufficient pre-production time is allocated for any competency dive/s to be
undertaken to the satisfaction of the Dive Supervisor.
5. Where possible, all competency dives shall be undertaken at the site where the shoot is to take place.
6. No person under the age of sixteen shall perform underwater using breathing apparatus in circumstances that
are considered hazardous by the Dive Supervisor.
15.12.9 Crew Selection

1. When diving work is to be undertaken in a dive team, the Director and Director of Photography shall consult
with the Dive Supervisor to ensure that a dive team has the appropriate mix of skills and experience to work
together in a cohesive manner to reduce any risks associated with the work being undertaken by the dive team.
2. Notwithstanding the fact that a member of the dive team may hold an appropriate dive qualification/s, the
Dive Supervisor, may, in consultation with the Director and Director of Photography determine that a person is
unsuitable for inclusion in a dive team if s/he believes the inclusion of such person may pose an unreasonable
risk to safety of the team.
3. The ratio of Safety Divers to other members of the dive team shall be determined by the Dive Supervisor.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.12.10 Dive Medical

1. All divers included in a dive team shall hold a current dive medical conducted by an accredited diving doctor in
accordance with Occupational Diving Standard AS 2299 (1992) or Diving Medical AS 4005.1.
2. All dive team and underwater technicians shall have medicals annually.
15.12.11 Provision of Certifications

1. Any person/s who is engaged to undertake diving work using a breathing apparatus, apart from actors and
models, shall provide the Producer with a copy of their certification prior to the confirmation of their
engagement.
2. Actors and models required to undertake diving work using breathing apparatus shall provide the Producer
with a copy of their certification.
3. The copy of certification shall, in the case of being required by the Dive Supervisor as condition of undertaking
the dive, be provided when attained or alternatively prior to performing in a shoot whichever comes first.
15.12.12 Set Construction

1. Regulations vary from state to state.
2. Where set construction is required in water, relevant regulations and Australian Standards pertaining to set
construction shall apply, including but not limited to AS 2299 (1979) and AS 2299 (1992).
15.12.13 The Right to Not Perform

1. No person shall be required to undertake any task underwater or in connection with the use of breathing
apparatus for which they have not been trained or feel they have insufficient skill and experience to undertake
in a safe manner.
2. No person shall be required to perform more than one job where in the opinion of that person safety is
jeopardised.
3. The Dive Supervisor may cancel or abort filming if in their opinion the weather conditions present an
unreasonable risk to safety of persons working on the shoot.
4. Unreasonable risks may be created by, but not necessarily limited to, wind velocity, wind direction, rain, mist,
fog, air and water temperature, tide, swell, quality of light and visibility in the water.
15.12.14 Operations Manuals and Log Books

1. The Dive Supervisor shall keep an operations manual.
2. Where the dive team does not exceed two persons, detailed log books may suffice providing such log books
cover all aspects of procedures to be adopted in the event of an emergency.
3. The Dive Supervisor shall ensure that a log book is kept by all divers.
4. Divers’ log books shall be overseen by the Dive Supervisor.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.12.15 Content of Operations Manuals

1. Consideration shall be given to the inclusion in the operations manual of the following:
a) Planning,
b) Preparation and
c) Procedures during operations.
15.12.16 (a) Planning
1. Forecasts of meteorological and ocean logical conditions, eg. Clarity, tides, etc.
2. Sea bed conditions.
3. Depth of water and depth to be dived.
4. Suitability of workplace and/or vessel/s.
5. Availability, qualifications and experience of personnel including assessment of need for special purpose
training or work-dives where a diver has not dived for a considerable period of time or where the diving
operation is considered particularly demanding.
6. Hazards of work site above and below water.
7. Shipping movements.
8. Type of operation.
9. Engagement of personnel familiar with local underwater conditions.
15.12.17 (b)Preparation
1. Consultation with any persons having influence over or on the dive operation.
2. Selection of dive equipment.
3. Equipment check.
4. Diver selection and job allocation.
5. Precautions against cold in and out of the water.
6. Diver fitness, physical and psychological.
7. Forms of communication.
8. Underwater and above water hazards.
15.12.18 (c)Procedures during Operations
1. Defining each diver’s responsibilities.
2. Divers’ experience with equipment.
3. Supply of clean air for cylinders and hookah.
4. Operation and use of equipment underwater.
5. Limits of depths and times underwater.
6. Descent, ascent, and recovery of divers.
7. Diving tables for decompression procedures for both single and repetitive diving.
8. Time for which divers are to remain in the vicinity of recompression chambers.
9. Maintenance of log books.
15.12.19 Dive Profiles
1. Copies of all dive profiles shall be kept with the operations manual.
15.12.20 Dive Medicals
1. Copies of the dive medicals for actors and models shall be kept with the operations manual.
2. Dive medicals for all members of the dive team and underwater technicians shall be sighted by the Dive
Supervisor and recorded in the manual.
3. Dive Medicals shall be stored, used and archived in accordance with relevant privacy legislation.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.12.21 Content of Divers’ Log Books

1. All divers shall keep a log book that shall include:
a) Dive numbers;
b) Dive profiles;
c) Medical information;
d) Dive team;
e) Records of dive equipment.
15.12.22 Filming in Conjunction with Vessels, Pools and Tanks

1. All vessels used in conjunction with diving must be seaworthy, comply with relevant federal, state and territory
legislations and regulations and be appropriate for filming requirements.
2. All vessels must be operated within the terms of their licence and registration.
3. Persons in charge of vessels shall be suitably qualified, experienced and shall hold relevant licences.
15.12.23 Access and Egress

1. A safe means of access and egress will be provided to any vessel, pool, tank and/or other body of water used in
conjunction with any diving work.
2. Any ladder, step, ramp, scaffolding or other device which is provided to facilitate a safe means of access and
egress to a vessel, pool, tank or other body of water must be built, erected and/or installed in accordance with
relevant state legislation and regulations by a person/s with the appropriate skill and experience to do so and
who holds the appropriate certificates of competency.
15.12.24 Lighting
1. When 240-volt power supply is required from a vessel for filming, a three-point mooring must be installed to
prevent the vessel from swinging or dragging electrical cables from the filming area.
2. Generators must be checked prior to commencement of filming by a licensed electrician for correct earthing to
ensure RCDs are tripped in the event of a water leak.
3. All 240 volt supplies must have a current “In Test” RCD device fitted.
4. A dry area must be allocated in the generator/cabling area of the vessel, pool or film tank facility.
5. When underwater lights are used, the electrician in charge must have direct access to the cut-off switches at all
times. 6. Cable runners must be engaged when running lighting from a vessel.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.12.25 Diving Equipment

1. All diving equipment must be operated, serviced, checked, tested and maintained in accordance with the
relevant regulations, codes of practice, Australian Standards and manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. All servicing, checking, testing and maintenance must be undertaken by persons who have the necessary
qualifications, skills and experience.
3. Diving equipment must be operated only be persons who have the necessary qualifications, skills and
experience.
4. The Dive Supervisor must take reasonable steps to ensure that all equipment used in connection with diving
work is being operated, serviced, checked, tested and maintained in accordance with the relevant regulations,
codes of practice, Australian Standards and manufacturer’s recommendations.
5. All persons required to perform with or otherwise use diving equipment must be competent to use the
equipment.
6. The Diver Supervisor must determine whether a person has attained the appropriate level of competency in
the use of the equipment.
7. All actors and models required to perform with diving equipment must be supervised by appropriately qualified
dive personnel.
8. If, in the opinion of the Dive Supervisor, an actor, model or other person cannot reach an appropriate standard
of competency to perform with diving equipment, the Director and Director of Photography shall consult with
the Dive Supervisor to formulate alternative methods of filming.
9. The methods may include, but not necessarily be limited to, increasing the number of safety divers, using
alternative equipment, modifying the script and/or using doubles.
15.12.26 Alternate Air Supply

1. All Safety Divers must have an alternate air supply to enable them to assist another person who requires
assistance.
15.12.27 Communication
1. Two forms of communication must be in operation at all times.
2. In conditions of restricted visibility, the Dive Supervisor shall assess the need to use lifelines, float lines and/or
other alternative means of communication.
15.12.28 General
1. Adequate first aid equipment, facilities and services must be provided.
2. The Dive Supervisor and/or Dive Medical Technician shall be responsible for ensuring that first aid, equipment
facilities and services are adequate having regard to the diving circumstances and any requirements set out in
the Safety Report.
3. All first aid equipment, facilities and services deemed necessary must be available at the dive site and remain
easily accessible always.
15.12.29 Oxygen
1. Oxygen must be available at the dive site and easily accessible at all times.
2. Sufficient oxygen must be available to allow for the transport of a diver under oxygen to a chamber.
3. Oxygen must be administered by a properly qualified person/s.
15.12.30 Chamber Locations

1. Chamber locations must be identified and recorded in the operations manual.
2. Prior to any diving operations being undertaken, availability and operational order of the nearest chambers
must be verified.
3. Travel time from the dive site to the chamber/s must be in accordance with the Occupational Diving Standard
1992 (as amended).

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.12.31 On-Site Recompression Chambers

1. When diving depths exceed 12 metres, having regard to immersion times and the duration of the filming,
consideration shall be given to having a recompression chamber on site.
2. When a recompression chamber is required on site, suitably qualified and experienced personnel must be
engaged to operate the chamber.
15.12.32 Chamber Information

1. Procedures manuals, log books and, when used, daily call sheets, must detail the location of the nearest
chamber and its availability.
15.12.33 Dive Medical Technician

1. The Dive Supervisor shall, having regard to potential risk factors and other relevant criteria, determine the need
to engage a Dive Medical Technician.
2. The Producer will, on the recommendation of the Dive Supervisor, engage a suitably qualified Dive Medical
Technician for the period of the dive.
15.12.34 Asthmatics, Diabetics and Epileptics

1. Medical advice must be obtained regarding the fitness of people with asthma, diabetes and epilepsy to
undertake diving work.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.12.35 Reporting of Accidents

1. All diving related incidents, injuries or fatalities must be reported in accordance with relevant legislation and
regulations.
2. The Dive Supervisor must prepare a report/s detailing the circumstances of any incident, injury or fatality the
occurs in connection with any diving work under their control
3. The report/s must include all relevant information including the nature of injuries sustained by any person,
treatment received, diving medicals, and reports from any witnesses and, if possible, the injured person/s, the
condition of the diving equipment involved in the incident and emergency procedures undertaken.
4. The Producer must ensure that all diving related incidents, injuries or fatalities are reported to the appropriate
statutory authorities in accordance with relevant legislation and regulations.
15.12.36 Decompression
1. Decompression tables must be utilised and recorded on all diving productions in accordance with Occupational
Diving Standard 1992 (as amended).
2. Dive profiles must be kept by the Dive Supervisor.
3. Dive computers may be used providing the Dive Supervisor and the diver are in agreement and have a total
understanding of the manner in which the particular computer functions.
4. When dive computers are used they shall always be utilised in conjunction with decompression tables to avoid
untraceable dive profiles.
5. When there is a discrepancy between the dive computer and the decompression table, the decompression
table shall prevail.
15.12.37 Diving Dress

1. The Dive Supervisor shall, having regard to the diving conditions,
a) Air and water temperature, wind and chill factors and immersion times, determine what diving dress
will be used by the divers.
2. Adequate and accessible shelter, heating facilities and shower facilities shall be available to all divers at the dive
site for the duration of the filming.
15.12.38 Diving Standards

1. The Dive Supervisor, Divers, Stunt Divers and Safety Divers must be familiar with the Standards set out below to
ensure that safe procedures suitable for the filming and diving circumstances are adopted.
a) Recreational Diving Standards PADI, NAUI, SSI, NASDS, BSAC and other equivalent world diving standards.
b) Commercial Diving Training Standards AS 2815, parts 1, 2, 3 and 4. English HSW Parts 1, 2 and 3.
c) Commercial and Occupational Diving Standards AS 2299 (1979) (developed for construction diving).
d) AS 2299 updates up to and including 1992. Note: AS 2299 Occupational Diving is currently under review.
e) Gas Cylinder Codes AS 2030-1 (1989)
f) Gas Cylinder Test Stations AS 2337-1 (1987)
g) Cylinder Codes Approved for Australia AS 1777 Common Australian cylinder, aluminium. DOT 3AA USA, steel,
HOAC 1, 2, 4 British cylinder, aluminium. ASB 113/114 Japanese cylinder, steel. BTC 3AA Canadian cylinder,
steel. 3AC Common USA cylinder, aluminium.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.13 Unit and Catering Departments

15.13.1 Trucks, Vans and Equipment (including unit, catering, makeup, hair, wardrobe,
etc.)
a) The vehicle/s must be roadworthy, registered and in a serviceable condition;
b) The vehicle/s must be appropriately fitted out in accordance with relevant electrical and gas Safety Guidelines,
well maintained, well lit, and kept in a hygienic condition;
c) Fittings and fixtures must be serviceable and appropriate;
d) The power supply must be quiet;
e) If external power is required, the vehicle must be supplied with the correct leads for that particular vehicle;
f) The vehicle must be levelled and parked safely;
g) Safe entry and exit must be provided and, where necessary, steps must be safe and hand rails fitted;
h) Suitable and sufficient fresh and waste water capacity for the purpose for which it is designed and for which it
is to be used;
i) If the vehicle is modified, the appropriate engineer’s certificate must be provided;
j) All equipment supplied with the vehicle should be suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used;
k) All electrical equipment must be serviceable, tested and tagged;
l) All gas equipment must be serviceable and comply with relevant Australian Standards;
m) Safety equipment must be in good working order;
n) Fire extinguishers must be in good working order and in current test, tagged and logged;
o) Smoke alarms must be fitted and serviceable in makeup, hair and wardrobe vehicles;
p) Employees working from the vehicle must be appropriately trained to use the equipment in the vehicle;
q) Adequate headroom must be available;
r) Storage facilities must of adequate size and of a type to prevent the deterioration of the items to be stored.
15.13.2 Toilets and amenities – refer to Location Checklist at Appendix 1.
a) Toilet and Hand washing facilities will be made available at all times.
b) If of a portable nature they are to be adequately maintained and in a well-lit secure location.
c) Marquees /Caravans should be adequately maintained in a well-lit secure location.
d) Heating devices should be of an approved nature. (Especially for night shoots)
e) All working areas should be kept safe, clear and well lit.
f) Hygienic conditions must be maintained at all times.
Refer to Location Checklist at Appendix 1.
15.13.3 Marquees/Tents
Care must be taken when siting marquees and tents and consideration given to the following:
a) Check for overhead power lines and overhanging tree branches.
b) If using pegs, establish if there is underground power, water, gas, telephone in the vicinity.
c) Tie lines and pegs can be a major trip hazard, ensure they are well marked/fenced off/safe walkways
established, etc.
d) Erect marquees/tents on firm, non-muddy ground.
e) Free standing or framed marquees/tents must be adequately secured.
f) Marquees/tents must be in good condition and fit for the purpose.
g) Adequate walkways must be considered and if necessary temporary walkways installed.
h) Appropriate measures must be taken to avoid the risk of fire from heaters and/or lights.
i) Lighting in and around marquees/tents must be appropriate.
15.13.4 Meal Areas
a) Should be well lit.
b) Seating and tables should be of sturdy design.
c) Heated or cooled if required.
d) Power leads placed so as to eliminate trip hazards.
e) Tea/coffee equipment must be clean and serviceable.
f) Single use drinking cups must be used unless reusable ones can be suitably sanitized.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.13.5 Hot Water Urns, Toasters, Pie Warmers, etc.

a) Must be positioned safely and measures implemented to minimise burns especially when children are in the
vicinity.
b) Must be tagged and tested and protected by RCDs.
c) Power cords must be positioned to minimise tripping hazards.
d) Gas powered urns must be properly ventilated and used in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
e) Care must be taken whilst re-filling urns to avoid steam and hot water burns. • Coffee makers and plungers
should be used in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation.
15.13.6 Kitchens, Catering Trucks and Catering

a) Must have and display current Health Department Certification.
b) Staff should be suitably trained and qualified.
c) Catering trucks must be built in accordance with relevant health department standards.
d) Must have sufficient fresh and waste water capacity.
e) Waste water must be disposed of in accordance with relevant regulations.
f) Must have the ability to properly sanitize plates/utensils, etc.
g) Sufficient cold storage for foodstuffs for the numbers being catered.
h) Gas bottles must be properly secured in an upright position and in current test.
i) Correct food handling procedures must be followed at all times.
j) If food must be pre-prepared and pre-served, the caterer/s must remain in attendance unless food handling
standards can be maintained in the absence of the caterer/s.
15.13.7 Rubbish
a) Sufficient rubbish bins must be provided, emptied regularly, kept in a clean condition, appropriately secured to
avoid spillage and rubbish disposed of legally.
b) Catering rubbish must be disposed of separately to other rubbish.
15.13.8 Water Supply

a) There must sufficient potable water available.
b) If water must be carted, tanks must be designed for the purpose.
c) The water source must be of an acceptable standard.
d) Any reticulation system used must be suitable for potable water and free of risk of contamination.
e) Sufficient available water supply must be ensured when working in remote locations.
15.13.9 Catering
Caterers Catering is provided by specialist companies who drive catering trucks packed with food and a range of
equipment including ovens, gas and water to each Unit Base for filming.
Any CATERING operations must adhere to strict hygiene principles in relation to both food preparation and presentation
and comply with relevant state and territory Public Health and Food Acts in each state and territory
15.13.10 General Lighting

Adequate lighting must be provided on night shoots and/or locations were lighting is poor.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.14 Construction
15.14.1 Set Construction
1. Risk assessment for sets and prop manufacture must be undertaken at the design stage and progressively as
required through the construction, installation and strike phases of production.
15.14.2 Carpentry and Related Operations

1. Carpentry, set and prop manufacture and/or repair hazards include:
a) Materials used in construction and associated dusts and fumes;
b) Chemicals, flammable materials and hazardous substances used in construction, manufacture and repair
processes;
c) The plant and equipment used.
d) Appropriate information must be available, including:
e) Maintenance of a hazardous substance register;
f) Provision of MSDSs to those involved in manufacture, maintenance, repair and storage of constructed items.
2. Control measures include:
a) Plant, equipment, tools and associated items including guards used, maintained and stored in accordance
with manufacturer’s specifications;
b) Appropriate dust management procedures;
c) Adequate ventilation;
d) Adequate storage facilities;
e) Fire management and control procedures;
f) Good housekeeping;
g) Use of appropriate PPE.
3. Fumes arising from set construction (including those created in on-set finishing) must be fully dispersed prior to
set dressing, pre-rigging of lights, block-throughs, rehearsals and/or filming.
4. Minimise the use of medium density fibreboard (MDF) wherever possible, if use of MDF is unavoidable, work
must be undertaken in an isolated or separate area and mechanical extraction, appropriate PPE and good
housekeeping must be utilised.
5. Avoid use adhesives and degreasers containing trichloroethylene as, even in small quantities, trichloroethylene
is now recognised as a carcinogen.
15.14.3 Set Striking and/or Demolition

1. Adequate time must be allowed for the removal of sets, considering the safety of crew and passers-by.
2. It is important to ensure that:
a) People walking or driving past any demolition work are protected from falling objects, projections, dust,
noise, mechanical plant including trucks entering and leaving the site;
b) In both the planning execution of the demolition work, action is taken to prevent demolished materials from
falling freely outside the demolition site;
c) Security fencing is provided around the perimeter of the demolition area;
d) Where high temperature cutting and welding is to be carried out, the precautionary measures set out in as
1674.1 – 1997 safety in welding and allied processes part 1 fire precautions shall be observed;
e) A competent person determines the presence of hazardous materials and organise its appropriate removal;
f) Deliberate burning is not be used as a method of demolition;
g) All plant and equipment used in the striking of a set is operated by a competent person;
h) Cranes are selected, used and operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications;
i) Waste water does not enter any storm water drainage;
j) Having regard to the structural integrity of the set, crew are advised regarding the safety way and in what
order the set should be pulled down.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.14.4 Excavation
1. Check for underground pipes and cables prior to undertaking any excavation work.
See also Section Rigging Work, Platforms and Working at Height, Confined Spaces, Noise, Materials Manual
Handling, Working with Industrial Plant and Equipment,
15.14.5 Common Hazards
1. The following hazards are commonly associated with excavation work and should be considered by the risk
assessment process:
a) The fall or dislodgement of earth and rock;
b) The instability of the excavation or any adjoining structure;
c) The inrush or seepage of water;
d) Unplanned contact with utility services, eg. Electricity cables and gas main;
e) The placement of excavated material;
f) Falls into excavations;
g) The movement and positioning of heavy plant and equipment affecting the excavation;
h) Ground vibration affecting the stability of the excavation;
i) Vehicle movement;
j) Excessive noise from the operation of machinery and plant;
k) Manual handling injuries;
l) Changes to excavation conditions.
15.14.6 Prevention of collapse or failure of trenches and open excavations
1. Injuries can result from the collapse of trenches and excavations because of the inability of the soil to stand by
itself for the duration of the work.
2. A risk assessment must be conducted to determine which controls will be implemented to prevent collapse or
failure of all or part of a trench or open excavation. It should consider at least the following:
a) The depth of the excavation;
b) The nature of the strata – sand, clay, shale, floaters, etc. – including their likely behavior upon exposure to
the elements;
c) Fractures or faults in the rock;
d) The presence of moisture or water;
e) The possibility of exposure to wet weather and water from other sources;
f) Any load close to the edge or in the zone of influence of the excavation;
g) Vibration;
h) The exposure time;
i) Any previous disturbance of the ground, eg. Previous excavations; and
j) Adjoining buildings or structures.
3. Removal of soil from an excavation causes unbalanced soil stresses which reduce the capacity of the excavation
to support itself.
4. Control measures that have worked previously many not be satisfactory for a current situation.
5. There may be additional geotechnical engineering issues that should be considered.
6. Where the risk assessment identifies the risk of an unstable condition, the following should be considered prior
to excavation commencing:
a) Seeking advice from appropriately qualified engineers;
b) Carrying out a geotechnical analysis;
c) Engaging a competent person to supervise the progress of the excavation work.
7. Shoring systems, benching and battering are engineering issues that involve both structural design and soil
mechanics.
8. The use of adequate shoring, benching and battering is essential to control the risk of a collapse or failure of a
trench or open excavation.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.14.7 Design of engineering controls

1. Design specifications for engineering controls such as shoring support structures, benching or battering should
be prepared by an appropriately qualified person in accordance with relevant standards and codes.
2. In developing specifications, the following should be considered:

a) The size and strength of the component members of the shoring;
b) Existing and changing ground conditions;
c) The loads and types of ground or soil conditions to be shored;
d) Static loads near excavation, eg. Spoil pile, buildings, and structures;
e) Dynamic loads near excavation, eg. Traffic and excavation equipment;
f) Ground vibration, eg. Heavy traffic, mobile plant, trains, pile driving and blasting;
g) Undermining of roads, footpaths, buildings, structures, etc.
h) Difficulties or risks that other services may pose, ie. Overhead power lines, existing or proposed underground
services; 9. working environment such as exposure to dust, fumes, gases, noise, water, contaminated
atmosphere, or ground, etc.; 10. Systems of work are in accordance with requirement of the local council,
police service, and Environment Protection Authority;
i) Location of utility services;
j) Safety during installation and removal.
15.14.8 Shoring
1. It is a legal requirement that where necessary, all trenches and excavations be adequately shored or supported
to prevent a fall or dislodgement of earth, rock or other material forming the side of or adjacent to any
excavation work from burying, trapping or striking a person that is in the excavation.
2. Where such a risk also exists for those installing supports, other appropriate control measures must be in place
to ensure the safety of persons entering the excavation.
3. A shoring system is not required if, having regard to the nature and slope of the side of the excavation and
other relevant circumstances, there is no reasonable likelihood that earth, rock or other material will fall or
dislodge from a height of more than 1.5m and bury, trap or strike a person that is in the excavation.
4. The risk assessment should identify unstable conditions and the risks involved.
5. Shoring the face of the excavation should proceed as the work of excavation proceeds.
6. Where a mechanical digger is used, the risk assessment should determine whether any part of the trench may
be left unsupported.
7. Shoring may include any suitable system of temporary supports and sheeting material used to maintain the
stability of the sides of an excavation.
8. The installation and removal of shoring should take place from outside an excavation.
9. Appropriate ground support equipment should be on site before the excavation commences.
10. When removing shoring, the support system should be extracted/dismantled in the reverse order of its
installation. Persons performing the work should not work outside the protection of the ground support
system.
15.14.9 Benching and battering excavation walls

1. Both benching and battering of excavation walls are methods of work which minimise the risk of the soil or rock
slipping onto the excavation.
2. Benching is the creation of stepped sides to an excavation.
3. This is done by forming a series of vertical and horizontal planes forming a number of steps in the wall of an
excavation. Benching is used to reduce the height of the vertical wall of the excavation by cutting a series of
steps.
4. A risk assessment should determine the height and width of the steps necessary to ensure stability.
5. A batter is where the wall of an excavation is sloped back to a predetermined angle.
6. Battering should commence from the bottom of the excavation.
7. When benching or battering the walls of an excavation, an angle of repose of 45 degrees should not be
exceeded unless certified in writing by a geotechnical engineer.
8. In some circumstances, a combination of the two methods may be appropriate.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.14.10 Inspection of support systems

1. It is a legal requirement that excavation work be examined prior to commencement of work and at regular
intervals to ensure that the excavation and its supporting systems are stable and intact to ensure the safety of
work proceeding.
2. The risk assessment should determine the intervals of inspection. Inspection should be conducted and
documented by a competent person.
3. Where risks or hazards that create a risk to health and safety of those carrying out the work are identified, they
must be controlled prior to any further work being carried out.
4. This may require further advice from geotechnical and design engineers to review the adequacy of the control
measures.
5. The risk assessment should be reviewed after collapses or falls of materials, after adverse weather conditions
and after use of explosives.
15.14.11 Security of excavations

1. Many accidents on construction or demolition sites have involved people including young children sustaining
serious injuries because of inadequate control measures to prevent unauthorised entry to the site.
2. Such injuries can result from falls into open excavations, plant not being immobilized and being struck by falling
objects.
3. Even shallow excavations can be trip and fall hazards.
4. The risk assessment should identify which controls need to be implemented to ensure the security of the
excavation both during work and when left unattended.
5. Consideration should be given to how long the excavation will be open, who may gain access (authorised or
otherwise and including all persons such as pedestrians, children, etc.).
6. The following control measures should be considered:
a) isolating the hazardous area, by use of perimeter fencing, barricades, screens, barriers, handrails and/or
covers, which are capable of preventing access or preventing the fall of a person;
b) Removal or lowering ladders on site;
c) Immobilisation of plant to prevent unauthorised use;
d) Compliance with relevant local authority requirements;
e) Hazard warning lights, signs, markers or flags;
f) Sentries (may be necessary to provide protection for the public and employees);
g) Site security measures including fencing or use of safety observer/s;
h) Night lighting.
15.14.12 Fall prevention

1. A safe system of work and appropriate control measures must be provided wherever persons are exposed to a
risk of falling during excavation work.
2. It is a legal requirement to effectively fence all excavations and holes more than 1.5m deep.
3. All platforms, open sides of stairways and stairway landings must be fenced.
4. The following should also be considered:
a) Clearly defined and protected pedestrian detours;
b) Use of intermediate platforms for deep excavation;
c) Provision of a safe means of movement between different levels of the excavation;
d) Provision of an adequate fall arrest system;
e) Backfilling as work progresses.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.14.13 Prevention of drowning

1. Where excavation work is likely to collect, or retain water so as to create a hazard to persons in the vicinity,
including children, the excavation should be covered or fenced off.
2. Control measures must be provided where there is a risk of a person drowning as a result of falling into water
or other liquid, eg slurry.
3. The following should be considered:
a) Provision of positive means of fall protection such as fencing, handrails and safety harness;
b) Provision of flotation vests;
c) provision of rescue means such as lifebuoys or rescue boats;
d) Provision of an observer;
e) The availability of qualified personnel to administer expired air resuscitation;
f) Prominent display of cardio-pulmonary resuscitation chart.
15.14.14 Underground services
1. Prior to commencement of any work, the location of any underground services – gas, water, sewer, electricity,
telecommunication cables, etc. – must be identified.
2. Wherever service plans are available they must be obtained.
3. The services must be clearly marked according to the available plans and on site checks prior to
commencement of work.
4. All persons whose work may be affected must be advised of the location of every underground service.
5. Appropriate control measures must be implemented following consultation with the relevant service
provider/s and may include protection, support or removal of services.
15.14.15 Protection against rising, irruption or inrush of water or material
1. It is a legal requirement that employers ensure that where there is a risk from rising water or from an eruption
of water or material, the means to enable every person to reach a position of safety must be provided.
2. The risk assessment shall ascertain such risks and identify appropriate control measures which may include:
a) Isolating procedures, such as physical or mechanical barriers, suitable valves, etc.
b) Membranes to prevent the rising or inrush of water;
c) Exploratory or warning holes where water flows at a reduced rate to warn of danger;
d) Provision of sumps;
e) Lowering the water table;
f) Freezing the ground;
g) Increasing exit points;
h) Provision of suitable life-saving equipment;
i) Provision of pumps;
j) An effective emergency rescue plan.
15.14.16 Materials and loads above and near excavations
1. It is a legal requirement that employers ensure materials are not placed or stacked near the edge of any
excavation work to endanger persons employed below, nor in a manner where it is likely to cause the collapse
of the side of the excavation work and thereby endanger any person.
2. Excavated or other loose material should be effectively stored or retained away from the excavation. Excavated
material should be placed outside the zone of influence.
3. Alternatively, the support system must be designed to accommodate such additional loads.
4. Mechanical plant, vehicles, storage of materials or any heavy loads should be prevented from approaching
within or encroaching on the zone of influence of an excavation unless the support system has been specifically
designed for such loads.
5. Where the risk assessment identifies a risk of collapse as a result of loads or materials above or near the
excavation, shoring must be in place before any person enters the excavation.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.15 Nurse
 Unit Nurse Provides first aid cover and primary healthcare to the cast and crew on a film production.
 This includes ensuring that people are looking after their own health.
 The nurse should be a level 1 registered nurse with suitable experience in first aid, casualty and triage.
 Level 2 nurses if employed must be under the direct or indirect supervision of a level I registered nurse
 It is the decision of the producer whether to have a nurse engaged for most shooting days, unless specified in any
Safety report for the filming of stunts, hazardous action or SFX sequences, exterior location shoots, isolated
locations and when many cast and crew are in attendance.
 The nurse must be equipped with the appropriate first aid supplies relevant to the situation
 To carry out their WHS obligations special on-set nurses are required to:
o Manage and supervise all first aid requirements and supplies;
o Create appropriate documentation for any reporting of incidents.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.16 Animatronics, Robotics, and Puppetry

15.16.1 Design and Construction
1. Animatronics should be inspected by licensed engineers, electricians and riggers prior to use on set to ensure
compliance with established manufacturing codes and safety requirements.
2. Productions establishing special workshops for animatronics construction must ensure that construction
facilities comply with relevant regulations for ventilation, safety and fire standards in a manufacturing
environment.
3. Fire safety and first aid equipment must be readily available in all workshops established for the construction of
animatronics devices. Where appropriate, eye bath facilities must be provided.
4. A staff rest area should be provided with amenities for changing clothes and showering.
5. A qualified first aid officer should be a member of staff in any construction area.
6. All mechanical and electrical equipment used in the construction of animatronics must comply with relevant
regulations and must be inspected and approved by the relevant authority.
7. Only competent staff shall operate machinery and equipment for construction of animatronics.
8. The use of dyes, solvents, and other hazardous materials shall be undertaken in strict compliance with relevant
codes of practice and Australian Standards. (See also Section 28 Hazardous Substance.)
9. The storage, removal and disposal of material, including hazardous goods and substances should be
undertaken in strict compliance with relevant codes of practice and Australian standards. (See also Section 28
Hazardous Substances and Section 29 Working Safely with Chemicals.)
10. Where animatronics is powered by batteries, the safety guidance requirements for fire prevention must be
observed and implemented.
11. Where animatronics is powered by radio waves or similar transmissions, checks must be made prior to their
use to ensure that there will be no interference with on-set communications or emergency service frequencies.
12. Animatronics designers must be briefed on the conditions in which the devices will be working to ensure that
appropriate protective measures are taken at the design and construction stages.
13. This is particularly important where animatronics will be used with animals, children or in wet conditions
where, for example, low voltage operating mechanisms would be more appropriate.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.16.2 On Set
1. The operating mechanisms of animatronics must be insulated in required to work in wet conditions.
2. Where animatronics is to be used with explosive, pyrotechnical, spark emitting, or similar devices, such devices
should always be constructed an operated under the supervision of the Special Effects Coordinator.
3. All electrical items must be tested and tagged by a licensed electrician.
4. The Gaffer must be consulted regarding power requirements, power distribution and power safety to
animatronics.
5. All computer equipment on set must be run through appropriate cables and the Gaffer must be consulted
regarding power requirements, power distribution and power safety.
6. The operational space, movement and physical safety requirements of puppeteers and animatronics operations
must be taken into consideration in designing sets, blocking through action and rigging camera and lighting
equipment.
7. Licensed riggers shall set up any flying or elevated rigs to be used on set. (See also Rigging, Work Platforms and
Working at Heights and specifically Theatrical Flying and Rigging Operations.)
8. Where performers are to be working with or as part of an animatronics device, appropriate communications
mechanisms must be established to ensure there is access to the 1st Assistant Director and the Safety
Supervisor.
9. Where operators or performers are required to work in cramped or restricted areas, water, rigs or other
physically demanding environments, regular breaks, amenities such as heating/cooling, hot/cold drinks,
blankets, and showers as necessary must be provided.
10. Where actors are working with animatronics, rehearsal time must be provided to ensure the actor is familiar
with the requirements of their performance and the capabilities and limitations of the animatronics device.
11. A Safety Supervisor and, where necessary, support and/or safety personnel must be on set whenever
performers or operators are undertaking strenuous performances that may require immediate assistance or
safety spotting.
Note: The risk assessment must take particular note where large pneumatic and/or hydraulic devices are required
and identify appropriate control measures to eliminate or minimise risk posed by the use of such devices.
15.17 Digital Effects

1. Digital effects staff are particularly vulnerable to overuse injuries and workstations should be designed to
prevent the incidence of such injuries. Ergonomic chairs, workbenches and wrist supports must be provided.
2. Care must also be given to design and installation of lighting for computer based work.
3. In establishing a digital effects workshop, productions should consult the appropriate WorkCover/WorkSafe
Australia publications to ensure that workstations provided meet and are maintained to the recommended
standards. (See also Ergonomics.)
4. Digital effects staff must be aware of safe work practices and understand that risk of Repetitive Strain Injury
(RSI) can be minimised by:
a) Good posture, correct height of chair and workbench, keyboard, etc.
b) Taking frequent short breaks from computer based work;
c) Varying tasks frequently.
5. Manufacturers’ guidelines for monitor calibration and maintenance must be followed and regular inspections
of computer areas should be undertaken by appropriate safety inspectors.
6. Design and construction of computer workstations must strictly adhere to regulations for electrical power
loadings and safety inspections should be undertaken to ensure that proper cable and power connections are
in place.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.17.1 On Set Issues

1. Where blue/green screen environments are being used, safety markers and barriers must be utilised to limit
visual disorientation.
2. Any props, raised areas or suspended objects must be clearly visible and/or guarded during set preparation and
rehearsals.
3. Where actors and/or stunt performers are required to perform in rigs or harnesses, safety supervision and on
set support must be provided to ensure the actor/stunt performer is comfortable and familiar with the
equipment and the action supervised by the Stunt Coordinator. (See also Section Theatrical Flying and Rigging
Operations.)
4. Appropriate rehearsal time must be allowed for sequences requiring an actor to perform in a rig or harness.
Time, facilities, and appropriate tutoring/instruction must be allocated for warm-up and preparation for any
strenuous performances in rigs, harnesses and similar blue/green screen action sequences.
5. Appropriate mats, padding and safety costuming must be used wherever an actor is undertaking actions that
might involve contact with props, platforms or other elements in blue/green screen sets.
6. All computer equipment on set must be run through appropriate cables and the Gaffer must be consulted
regarding power requirements, power distribution and power safety.
7. Only licensed riggers shall set up any flying or elevated rigs to be used on set.
8. All rigs and harnesses must comply with relevant Australian Standards.
15.17.2 Motion Capture Equipment

1. Motion capture equipment must be used and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
2. All power requirements, power distribution and power safety standards for the operation of motion capture
equipment must be established in consultation with the Gaffer and/or licensed electrician.
3. All computer equipment on set must be run through appropriate cables and the Gaffer consulted regarding
power requirements, power distribution and power safety.
4. Motion capture equipment generating radio frequencies must be installed and operated in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications to ensure that there is no interference with radio communications. Some motion
capture equipment is not suitable for operation outside of shielded environments.
5. Where actors are working with motion capture equipment, rehearsal time must be provided to ensure the
actor is familiar with the requirements of their performance and capabilities and limitations of the motion
capture device.
6. A Safety Supervisor and, where necessary, support and/or safety personnel must be on set whenever
performers or operators are undertaking strenuous performances that may require immediate assistance or
safety spotting.
7. Only essential personnel may be on set during sequences involving motion capture performance.
8. Only licensed riggers shall set up any flying or elevated rigs to be used on set.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
15.17.3 Motion Control Cameras

1. When motion control cameras are being used, the camera start and finish positions shall be clearly marked
and, where possible, barriers established.
2. Crew and performers must be fully briefed on the operation of the motion control camera and related safety
requirements the pathway the equipment will be following and the need for crew and performers to remain
clear of the track at all times.
3. When the motion control camera commences operation, the operator shall call “rig moving”.
4. An assistant must walk the camera head through the range of movement to ensure the pathway is kept clear
prior to block through, rehearsals and filming.
5. Only essential personnel shall be on set during sequences involving motion control filming.
6. All motion capture cameras should be run on a separate power supply and the Gaffer must be consulted
regarding power requirements, power distribution and power safety. Electrical connections must not be
adjusted without the express permission of the Gaffer.
7. Tracks and rigs for motion capture cameras must be set up by competent grips and conform to the same safety
standards and work practices required of other camera tracks and rigs. (See also Section Camera Cranes, Jibs
and Dollies.)
8. Equipment, eg. Lights, rigs, booms, must not extend within the area of camera movement unless directly
supervised and controlled.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
16 PRODUCTION ENVIROMENTS
16.1 Environment
1. Surroundings in which any filming takes place, including air, water, land, natural resources, flora, fauna,
humans, and their interrelation.
16.1.1 Environmental Impact
1. Any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly, or partially resulting from filming
activities
2. Does the filming activity have?
a) Emissions to air (fire, smoke, mist, emissions)
b) Releases to water (runoff)
c) Impact on communities
d) Noise
e) Is the location near national parks, heritage sites, waterways, etc.?
f) Waste or by-product
g) Possibility of spillage’s, fires, and other
3. Identify the significant Impacts on the environment from filming activities, and associated products and
Implement controls to minimise any adverse environmental impact
16.1.2 Exposure
a) Overexposure – HEAT Over exposure to heat (Hyperthermia) occurs when the body’s temperature
controlling mechanism is adversely affected by heat.
b) Heat stroke is potentially fatal within a few hours if untreated
c) Most at risk are Babies / Small children / Elderly or ill people
d) It is important to make available drinking water in extreme hot condition caused by either the weather or
other heat source.
a) Overexposure – COLD Over exposure to cold (Hypothermia) occurs when the body’s temperature controlling
mechanism is adversely affected by cold. Usually after prolonged immersion in cold water Any inadequately
clothed person in cold and windy conditions
b) It is important to make available towels, blankets, warm drinks and warm shelter or change rooms or
vehicles in extreme cold conditions caused by either the weather, immersion in water or another cold
source.
16.2 Atmos Effects

a) Safe smoke effects should be used for any scenes requiring smoke
b) It should be ascertained that if any cast or crews have Asthma (or other breathing related condition) these
people should be made aware of the pending atmospheric conditions so they can make provisions if they
decide not to be involved in smoke effected scenes.
c) Enclosed sets and spaces are high-risk locations for upper respiratory conditions.
d) Cast and crew must notify the Production management in confidence of any existing or potential health
problems that may affect/be affected by their employment in the production.
16.3 Production Waste
a) It is general practice for productions to collect all generated waste
b) All waste to be appropriately disposed
c) Bins shall be placed safely around the production utilized areas
d) A comprehensive clean-up will be done to ensure the location is left as clean as possible

SCREEN PRODUCTION
16.3.1 Audience and Public Management

1. Employers have responsibilities for the health, safety and welfare of all persons who may be at a film or
television set including invitees, spectators, audiences, guests and members of the public.
2. A risk assessment/s must be undertaken to identify and assess any foreseeable hazards and eliminate or
otherwise control any associated risks which could have an adverse impact on the health and safety of such
persons and should address issues such as:
a) Potential overcrowding in studios and other internal venues;
b) Crowd control at exterior sites;
c) Satisfactory seating arrangements;
d) Distance between filming activity and members of the general public;
e) Access and egress;
f) Security;
g) Evacuation and emergency management.
16.3.2 Smoking
1. Smoking must not be allowed in workshops, where hazardous substances and/or dangerous goods
(pyrotechnics and/or explosives) are being utilised and/or stored or where dust is being created.
2. Where performers are required to smoke as part of their performance, risk assessment shall take account of
costumes, props and sets and ensure appropriate controls are implemented to eliminate the risk of fire.
3. Suitable means of extinguishing cigarettes/cigars must be provided (e.g. ashtrays and sandboxes) in positions in
a manner accessible to the performer.
4. In all other circumstances, smoking can only occur if designated areas have been identified and specified in the
risk assessment.
5. On the advice of the Stunt Coordinator and/or Special Effects Coordinator and/or Safety Supervisor, smoking
may be banned during the setting up and/or execution of a stunt or special effect.
16.3.3 Working in Darkness or Diminished Lighting Conditions

1. Working in darkness or diminished lighting conditions is a hazard that cannot be avoided in some productions.
Risk assessments must identify procedures to reduce the associated risks.
2. Consideration must be given to the use of blues and other work lights, use of fluorescent tape markings on
floors, steps and edges, etc.
3. Consideration must be given to those who need to move from areas of bright lighting to low lighting, including
appropriate access and egress.
4. Appropriate warnings must be provided prior to light levels being reduced.
5. Consideration should be given to the fact that darkened environments can inhibit communication, especially
for those with hearing impairments.
6. Exit and safety lighting must be maintained and visible at all times.
7. Good housekeeping is essential and trip hazards must be eliminated.
8. When working outside at night, consideration must be given to the use of practical work lights and safe
pathways must be established.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
16.3.4 Temperature
1. Risk assessments shall analyze appropriate working environment temperatures for all aspects of the production
to ensure potential exposure to extremes of heat and cold are avoided.
2. Where sites are not air conditioned, other means of heating/cooling shall be provided and may require
monitoring daily.
3. Acceptable performance temperatures will vary per the activity undertaken.
4. Some working environments involve working in heat.
5. Precautions need to be taken to reduce the risk of exposures, especially in relation to design of costumes,
choice of fabrics and the likely activity to be performed during the performance to avoid overheating.
6. In any event, it is essential that there is appropriate water available and any clothing does not create problems
of overheating.
7. When working outdoors, adequate shade must be provided. Risk assessments shall take account of any
necessary temperature controls that may be required, including scheduling for cooler parts of the day.
16.3.5 Working in heat, including in seasonal heat
1. Working in hot conditions can result in several adverse health effects
2. Ranging from discomfort to serious illness which are generally grouped together has heat stress.
3. Working in hot conditions can arise in several circumstances:
a) Outdoor working during summer months
b) Working in northern Australia
c) Working with plant or undertaking processes that generate radiant heat
d) Hot, stuffy and poorly ventilated buildings
e) Working in vehicles
4. It is important to remember that people generally do not acclimatize to changeable seasonal heat, particularly
heat waves.
5. Therefore, exposure to seasonal heat is a significant impairment hazard.
6. Similar effects are experienced when travelling from one climatic zone to another considerably hotter one.
7. If, due to environmental conditions and/or the level of physical activity, the body’s cooling mechanisms are
unable to prevent body temperature from rising and/or excessive fluid loss results in dehydration, people will
experience symptoms which usually progress in the following manner:
a) Skin rashes
b) Dehydration
c) Heat cramps
d) Heat exhaustion, and
e) Heat stroke.
8. The risk of impairment and illness increases progressively with the seriousness of symptoms.
9. Impairment in these circumstances can also lead to increased risk of accidents due to:
10. Slipperiness of sweaty palms, fogging of safety glasses, fatigue and reduced concentration, blood pooling and
fainting
11. Additional discomfort of protective clothing and/or equipment can result in reduced protection and unsafe
conditions.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
16.4 Noise and Hearing Conservation

1. Ten per cent of new workers’ compensation claims reported annually in Australia are directly attributed to
noise induced hearing loss (NIHL). NIHL will occur when people are exposed to significant noise levels.
2. Potential high level noise work in Screen Production can occur in:
a) Set construction and props manufacture especially work involving the use of power tools;
b) Special effects that involve the use of pyrotechnics;
c) Work that may be undertaken on a “noisy” set, e.g. factory floor or airport apron;
d) Work that involves live bands which use high powered amplifiers particularly concerts recorded in
studios.
3. Noise is measured in decibels (dB) which is not a simple linear scale. An increase of 10 dB is a tenfold increase
in sound energy. Therefore, 90 dB is ten time the energy of 80dB.
4. The easiest way to consider decibels is that for every additional 3 dB the noise energy is doubled and therefore
the permissible exposure time must be halved.
5. Exposure to noise can cause psychological and physiological effects including:
a) masking audible warning signals;
b) Stress;
c) Tinnitus (a hum, whine, whistle or rushing noise in the ears);
d) Temporary hearing loss;
e) Social isolation;
f) Permanent loss of hearing.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
16.4.1 Regulatory Exposure Levels for Noise

1. To preserve hearing:
a) Sound level exposure must not exceed 85 dB(A) on average per eight-hour day and, where possible,
b) should be kept below an average of 85 dB(A) per eight-hour day;
c) Where shifts longer than eight hours are worked, the exposure level must be appropriately reduced;
d) Peak sound pressure levels must not exceed 140 dB(C);
e) Nuisance noise such as high pitch, unexpected or distracting noises must be minimised.
16.4.2 Noise Management Strategy
1. A comprehensive approach comprising risk identification, equipment and job redesign, training and education
should be adopted to manage the risk of NIHL and any other noise related health effects, e.g. Stress and
tension.
2. The strategy should include:
a) Direct consultation with employees regarding an appropriate hearing conservation program including audio
metric testing;
b) Information about the adverse consequences of long term exposure to high noise levels;
c) Ensuring that new equipment or plant emits the lowest possible levels of noise or has adequate noise
suppressant features;
d) Undertaking regular noise assessments and/or spot checks of noise levels;
e) Installing engineering solutions, e.g. Acoustic covers, etc. to reduce noise transmission;
f) Regular inspection and maintenance of noise equipment and any acoustical silencing equipment;
g) Providing employees with serviceable, appropriate, personal protective equipment that complies with
Australian Standards.
16.4.3 Headsets
1. Headsets must be appropriate and compatible, otherwise damage can result from feedback.
2. As part of the risk assessment, appropriate protocol and procedures for the use of headsets and other
communication systems must be developed and implemented for each production or event.
3. Such protocols shall include requiring personnel using headsets to switch them off prior to removal.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
16.5 Ultraviolet (UV) Radiation in Sunlight

1. Australia has the highest rate of skin cancer in the world.
2. Two out of three people will develop skin cancer.
3. 1,200 Australians die annually from skin cancer related causes.
4. UV radiation is a component of the electromagnetic radiation (EMR) spectrum emitted by the sun.
5. Prolonged exposure to sunlight is a major cause of skin cancer.
6. UV radiation is potentially harmful, even on cloudy days.
7. The primary factors affect the intensity of UV are:
a) Time of day;
b) Cloud cover;
c) Season of the year;
d) Altitude;
e) Extent of shade and reflection;
f) Geographical location.
16.5.1 Measures for Controlling UV Radiation in Sunlight
1. To reduce the risk of skin cancer:
a) Where practical, work shall be carried out in shade or partial shade;
b) Apply sun screens which are obtained from a reputable supplier, eg Cancer Council;
c) Wear hats and/or other loose fitting clothing to reduce the amount of skin exposed to the sun;
d) Wear sunglasses which comply with AS 1337;
e) Use lip and nose protection.
Also, refer to the:
Guidance Note for the Protection of Workers from the Ultraviolet Radiation in Sunlight [NOHSC: 3012 (1991)].

SCREEN PRODUCTION
16.6 Dust Hazard Management

1. Dusts can pose significant hazards in the workplace.
2. They may be naturally occurring or created as part of the work process. Wind and fans can exacerbate dust
hazards.
3. Some dusts, including flour, grain, wood, coal, metal and Sulphur dusts, can create an explosive hazard.
4. Sources of dust include:
a) Dusty work process, eg. Woodworking, sanding, cutting, etc.
b) Adjacent dusty sites;
c) Naturally occurring, eg. Vegetation, beaches;
d) Animals;
e) Deliberately created, eg. Special effects.
16.6.1 Dust Control Measures
Safe working procedures must be developed which include provision of information and training and take account
of the following:
1. Ensuring dusty work processes are isolated from the main work area and a purpose-built dust exhaust
ventilation system is provided to suck the dust away to an appropriate collection point for proper disposal;
2. Using portable tools such as electric planners, etc., with attached dust bags;
3. Wetting dusty work down where possible (but avoiding contact with electrical equipment and wiring) to limit
the spread of dust;
4. Providing personal protective equipment, eg. Respirators, dust masks, etc.
5. Risk assessments to minimise the possibilities of explosions;
6. Materials such as asbestos, asbestos cement sheeting and synthetic mineral fibres must be handled in
accordance with relevant codes of practice and/or regulations

SCREEN PRODUCTION
16.7 Communicable Diseases in The Workplace

1. There are several common communicable diseases that have the potential to be transmitted in the workplace
including:
a) Tuberculosis (TB) – spread via droplets when a host starts coughing, transferred to another host as a result of
breathing in the droplets;
b) Hepatitis B (Hep B) – spread via a puncture wound such as a hypodermic, sexual contact and any exchange of
bodily fluids;
c) Hepatitis C (Hep C) – spread by a puncture wound or blood to blood contact;
d) AIDS – transmitted by blood to blood contact.
2. Other communicable diseases include rubella (commonly known as German measles and of concern to
pregnant women) and chicken pox.
16.7.1 Infection Control Guidelines
The following will assist in minimising transmission in the workplace:
1. Treat all human blood, body fluids and tissues as potentially infectious;
2. Wear protective clothing such as gloves if contact with blood, body fluids and tissues is likely;
3. Develop and maintain general hygiene standards in the workplace, eg. Washing of hands, correct disposal of
contaminated clothing or equipment, etc.
4. Take immediate measures to cover up wounds, broken skin, etc. and clean up spills;
5. Adopt the precautions recommended by accredited training authorities prior to administering first aid;
6. Provide proper disposal containers in first aid facilities;
7. Ensure that public places which are to be used as temporary filming locations are checked for possible sources
of infection, eg. Used needles, sharps, etc., prior to setting up;
8. Any person who may have contacted a communicable disease should be offered confidential counselling and
medical assistance at the time of exposure.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17 PRODUCTION LOCATIONS
17.1 Location Surveys
1. Once it has been established how sequences are to be filmed, and before filming, all locations should be visited
by the producer, director, heads of department and the Safety Supervisor / Consultant.
17.2 Setting up working areas for production departments
1. The following checklists are intended to cover those occasions where various departments such as art
department, construction department and costume department are set up on a one-off basis for a production.
2. Relevant state and territory legislation and regulations specify the requirements for safe working conditions.
3. A producer assumes those responsibilities whenever it sets up production departments in a building or series of
buildings, including temporary ones.
4. Although the results are often unique rather than mass produced, the need to establish some common safe
work conditions remains the same.
17.3 (A) - Locations – A Basic Safety Checklist
17.3.1 General
The following apply in most situations:
17.3.1.1 Adequate lighting.
17.3.1.2 Toilets
– clean operational toilets must be available in reasonable proximity to the shooting areas; gender specific
where possible; in an appropriate ratio to cast and crew numbers; serviced as necessary; sanitary disposal bins
provided; located away from sensitive, eg. Away from food, people’s front doors, etc.; and waste water
disposed of in accordance with relevant regulations.
17.3.1.3 Hygiene facilities
– in all cases, plumbed, simple hand washing facilities, including fresh water, soap and towels, must be
available prior to meal breaks.
1. In some unusual conditions, more elaborate measures may be required to maintain hygiene to a suitable
standard. Communal hand basins must be avoided as they create a high risk of infection transfer.
17.3.1.4 Water supply
– an adequate supply of clean drinking water must always be available, regardless of location.
17.3.1.5 Road access
– safe and all weather roads or tracks must be provided for those driving to and from the shooting area.
17.3.1.6 Access by foot
– safe and all weather paths must be provided for those walking to and from the shooting area. Scrambling
lines may be required in some cases. Additional Labour may be required and/or equipment, to transport filming
gear into remote sites – flying foxes, Larkin frame, etc.
17.3.1.7 Emergency care
– access to first aid and to emergency care on remote locations needs to be considered including plans for
transport to immediate care, establishing the hours of operation of local hospitals and facilities and their range
and transport to care at major centres.
17.3.1.8 Emergency services
– access to emergency services on remote locations, such as bush fire brigades, needs to be considered in pre-
production, including establishing the hours of operation of all local facilities and the range and standard of
services available.
17.3.1.9 Radio communication
– in extremely remote locations, radio communication to police, local authorities and other emergency services
should be established and maintained on a regular basis.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.3.1.10 Accommodation
– in remote locations where temporary accommodation is to be provided by the producer, basic standards of
fire safety, access safety, clean water, hygiene, electricity, etc., must be included in all plans.
17.3.1.11 Back-up power
– in extremely remote locations, back-up emergency power should be maintained for radio and emergency
care.
17.3.1.12 First aid – adequate first aid services and facilities.
17.3.2 Interiors
17.3.2.1 Entry and exit
1. – all points of entry and exit must be safe by day and night and kept well lit.
Fire escapes – must be adequate, unobstructed, clearly marked and noted on call sheets, together with
evacuation plans and procedures.
17.3.2.2 Fire detection
– the position and operational status of any sprinkler or smoke detection systems should be established and
the necessary steps taken to avoid the systems being activated by filming lights or smoke effects.
17.3.2.3 Fire extinguishers
– those already on the location must be checked for appropriateness and currency. Depending on the filming,
additional and/or different types of extinguishers may be required and, if so, must be acquired and positioned
appropriately.
17.3.2.4 Traffic areas
– the general “traffic” areas of building areas such as passageways, stairwells and exits must be kept clear of
crew equipment and well-lit and, where necessary, enhanced by way of floor markings, signs,
17.3.2.5 Ventilation
– the ventilation capacity of the building or particular area being used must be known and whether it would be
adversely affected by blackout or similar occurrence.
17.3.2.6 Building structure
– the basic structure should be established as safe, including the flooring and roofing and whether or not
asbestos has been used in the structure.
17.3.2.7 Older buildings
– such as factories or warehouses – should be checked for hazardous storage items, chemicals, dust residues
etc. and made clean.
2. Older lifts should be certified or serviced.
17.3.2.8 Hazardous substances
must be removed or safely disposed of if not in use. Information about the use, handling, storage and transport
of hazardous material must be made accessible along with suitable personal protection equipment
17.3.2.9 Plant and equipment
must be securely guarded and in safe working order.
17.3.2.10 Construction sites
– on construction and building sites, hazards such as incomplete floors, unsound support members, stacked
materials, uneven footings, chemicals and power tools in use must be checked.
17.3.2.11 Access road
– must be well sign-posted, safe and wide enough for unit vehicles. Parking must be adequate and safe.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.3.3 Exteriors
Having regard to the requirements of the sequences and the location/s concerned, consideration must be given to
the following:
17.3.3.1 Anticipated temperature ranges.
17.3.3.2 Types of land terrain to be encountered.
17.3.3.3 Prevailing water
conditions including tidal extremes, current direction, strength and temperature.
17.3.3.4 Drainage capacity
of the location must be checked if filming involves water effects of any kind.
17.3.3.5 Prevailing wind
directions, their strengths and the possible effect on temporary structures, sand, soil, etc.
17.3.3.6 animal life
The nature and possible hazards posed by the animal life both on land and water, especially with regard to
mosquitoes, spiders, snakes, wasps, sea lice, sharks, box jelly fish stingers and crocodiles.
17.3.3.7 Plant Life
The nature and possible hazards posed by plant life both on land and in water, especially with regard to palms
with sharp fronds, stinging nettles, falling branches, etc.
17.3.3.8 Bushfire Status
The current bushfire status of the area and any existing rules.
Escape routes must be marked clearly on maps.
17.3.3.9 Flash Floods
The potential for flash flooding even after relatively light rain.
17.3.3.10 Cyclones
The potential for cyclones.
17.3.3.11 Pest control
The level of the use of chemicals for pest control, and whether aerial or ground spraying of insecticides is due
to occur or has occurred recently.
17.3.3.12 Roads
The quality of the roads in and out of the locations considering the variety of unit vehicles using them, including
emergency use. Allowances may need to be made for maintenance of roads and access routes.
17.3.3.13 Emergency services
The location of local emergency medical facilities which must be established and noted on the call sheet with
rapid transportation plans and evacuation plans to the nearest major hospital. This information shall be
provided to local police.
17.3.3.14 Health Risks
Consideration needs to be given to the incidence of situational health risks, eg. Q fever, Murry Valley
Encephalitis, Ross River Fever, malaria, etc. and appropriate risk minimisation strategies, eg. Inoculations,
medication, mosquito repellent and mosquito netting.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.4 Fire Risks and Preventative Measures

17.4.1.1 Potential causes of fire include:
a) Smoking in non-smoking areas;
b) Poorly managed “hot work” such as welding, brazing or soldering;
c) Poorly managed special effects involving the use of pyrotechnics and explosives;
d) Proximity of props/costumes/sets/drapes, etc. to heat from lights and/or other ignition sources;
e) Faulty electrical equipment;
f) Poorly constructed equipment’s used to create special effects, e.g. gas equipment;
g) Misuse of electrical equipment;
h) Incorrect or inappropriate storage, handling and use of flammable liquids and gases;
i) Lack of planning to manage a fire emergency;
j) Poor housekeeping.
17.4.1.2 Fire emergencies can be avoided by ensuring that:
a) Materials that could start, accelerate or maintain a fire are kept to the absolute minimum in the workplace;
b) Hazardous substances are stored and handled in accordance with relevant regulations and codes of practice;
c) adequate measures are taken to manage potential fire hazards including fire retarding of fabrics, curtains,
props, costumes, wigs and flammable elements of sets, ensuring items capable of combustion are kept at
appropriate distances from lights, heat sources, etc.;
d) serviceable fixed and portable firefighting appliances (e.g. fire extinguishers, sprinkler systems, fire blankets)
are located in the workplace to deal with potential emergencies;
e) Employees are suitably trained to respond to a fire emergency and use firefighting equipment if required;
f) All employees accept a degree of responsibility for ensuring that potential fire hazards are rectified;
g) All employees keep the workplace clean and free of combustible materials;
h) Regular inspections are conducted of the workplace to identify and rectify sources of a fire;
i) Additional inspections are conducted as and when substantial changes are made to the workplace, e.g.
before, during and after set construction on a sound stage;
j) A fire emergency evacuation plan is developed, implemented, and tested on a regular basis.
17.5 (B) Studios and Non-Studios Escape and Fire Procedures

1. The producer must liaise with the studio management and ensure that all persons are familiarised with the
studio’s safety, evacuation and fire emergency procedures including the procedure in the event of discovering a
fire and hearing a fire alarm.
2. A general set of instructions must be displayed in conspicuous placed and fire drills instituted.
3. Also, see Appendix S – Generic Emergency Plans.
17.6 Amenities
1. The producer will ensure that:
a) The ratio of toilets to the number of personnel is adequate;
b) Amenities are maintained in a sanitary condition;
c) Where possible, gender specific amenities will be provided;
d) Amenities are available at all workplaces.
17.7 Access and Egress
1. A safe means of access and egress must be provided and maintained to any place being used for filming or
designated as a set or utilised as a workplace of any kind including mobile workplaces such as trucks, vans and
other vehicles and vessels.
2. A safe means of access and egress may include the provision and maintenance of serviceable, adequately
illuminated:
a) Floors, passageways, hallways, gangplanks, lanes, companionways, hatches;
b) Foyers, entrance ways, jetties, wharves, vessels, tanks, parks, squares;
c) Steps, stepladders, ladders (fixed and portable), walkways, poles;
d) Scaffolding, work platforms, hoists, cranes, and cherry pickers.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.8 Developing an Emergency Response

1. An emergency management plan need not be complex.
2. The employer must develop effective workable emergency management plans for each workplace in
consultation with employees. Emergency plans must be understood by all in the workplace.
3. Key people must be identified and critical tasks allocated so that the tasks are carried out at the appropriate
time. Where possible, emergency management plans should be generic, i.e. the one plan can be implemented
to deal with a range of emergencies.
4. The employer shall ensure that fire warden/s are appointed for each building where persons are undertaking
work. The fire warden/s must be capable of raising the alarm and supervising the evacuation of the building
and liaising with relevant emergency services. Refer to AS 3745-2002.
5. Potential workplace emergencies include:
a) Fire;
b) Collapse;
c) escape of toxic material;
d) Medical, e.g. multiple injury and/or fatality;
e) Bomb threat and/or extortion;
f) picketing;
g) Violence;
h) Loss of key resources, e.g. Equipment, materials, personnel, etc.;
i) Loss of essential services;
j) Sabotage.
A generic emergency plan is provided at Appendix S.
17.9 Public
1. Liability for the safety of the public can be the responsibility of the producer.
2. Therefore, consideration of the safety of the general public must be consideration in the choice of locations
and all appropriate steps taken to minimise or eliminate risks to the general public arising from filming
activities.
3. Safe crowd control measures are essential and local authorities must be informed of filming activities.
17.10 Filming Permissions

1. Filming permissions – appropriate permission must be received from any involved owners (in addition to the
occupiers) and/or authorities, including police and councils.
2. Crowds – if filming is to take place where crowds do not generally congregate but might be attracted by the
filming, the police should be informed.
3. Local fire brigade – should be advised of filming in bush areas, especially where a fire risk exists even on
moderate fire alerts.
4. Isolated location – in isolated locations, local authorities and police should be kept informed of crew movement
plans, specific locations, surveys, aerials, etc., and any comments about weather, road conditions or other
factors noted.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.11 Filming in Remote or Distant Locations

1. Filming is sometimes undertaken at locations distant from the nearest town or city and accommodation and all
facilities must then be established specifically for the production. In such instances, accommodation may be
provided in demountable “shearer’s style” units/ tents etc.
2. Consideration should be given to:
a) Firefighting equipment
b) Sewerage
c) Communications systems
d) Power
e) Lighting – internal, external and for pathways
f) Planking of pathways (location may be sandy, subject to becoming muddy, uneven, etc.)
g) Water accessibility and quality – drinking, cooking and ablutions (may need to be transported, may be
contaminated and chlorination units needed, water boiled or bottled water required).
h) Medical facilities, personnel, equipment and evacuation.
i) Access roads (for instance, may become inaccessible when wet, may be inadequate for trucks, heavy
vehicles).
17.12 Filming Overseas

The Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT) offers advice regarding travelling and working overseas.
When taking a production overseas it is in most instances advisable to notify the Australian consulate in the
relevant country of the itinerary and contact details.
1. Cultural sensitivity is important when working in overseas countries and appropriate information must be
sought and made available to all persons travelling.
2. Locale specific information regarding climatic and environmental conditions should be sought and made
available to travelling persons in advance of departure.
3. Consideration must be given to access to health and medical services including:
a) Engagement of English speaking and/or other language speaking nurse/s,
b) Medical evacuation procedures including repatriation to Australia,
c) Access to prescription medicines: prescriptions for known needs may need to be filled in Australia and
carried if legally possible (some readily available medicines may be illegal in some countries and drug
prohibitions need to be ascertained in addition to availability), prescriptions may need to be translated into
other languages,
d) The need for inoculations prior to departing Australia eg, hepatitis, meningitis, or for preventative
treatments to be undertaken prior to departure, eg, for malaria.
e) Consideration should be given to all persons travelling carrying identification both in English and all relevant
languages that should include contact details for the production company in the event of an emergency.
See also Distant/Remote Locations above.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.13 (D) Safety Checklist - Working from Roofs

1. Necessity for roof work Can one or several the following options be used instead?
a) Scaffolding
b) Elevated work platform
c) Cherry picker
d) Workbox
e) Camera crane
2. Permission(s) to work from roof
a) Has permission been obtained?
b) What condition(s) has the owner(s) imposed?
c) Can the conditions be complied with?
3. Structural integrity of the roof
a) How old is the roof?
b) What is the roofing material on the roof?
c) What load is the roof structure eg...? Trusses, rafter, purlins, battens etc. and the roofing material rated to?
d) D. Does the roof have safety mesh installed which complies with AS/NZS 4389-1996?
4. Preparation for the work has a risk assessment been undertaken?
5. Have the following criteria been considered as part of the assessment?
a) Has the information about the structural integrity of the roof been adequately assessed?
b) B. Is there a safe means of access and egress to the roof or will another means be necessary?
c) If ladders are to be used will the ladders have non slip feet, be secured at the top, have the styles run at least
one meter above the stepping off point, have a safe stepping off area, be non-conductive if used near
power lines?
d) How high is the roof access point?
e) For access points between 6 and 15 metres has a ladder access tower been considered?
f) Has the underside of the roof been inspected to assess the serviceability of safety mesh?
g) How much additional equipment needs to be placed on the roof besides the people and what is the total
load?
h) How will any additional equipment be raised to the roof and will the means of raising the equipment create
additional loads on the roof?
i) Have the people who are to work on the roof been adequately trained in roof work?
j) Are fall arresters required and can they be secured to adequate anchor points?
k) Is there a lot of glare on the roof?
l) Is there a need to erect temporary hand railing before the work can commence?
m) What type of weather conditions will there be eg. Windy, cold, wet, etc.?
n) How close to the perimeter of the roof will the work need to be undertaken?
o) What means can be used on the roof to better distribute the loads to be placed on the roof eg... Roof
ladders, walkways, crawl boards, planks etc.?
p) Will the people working on the roof or the roof material itself likely to be adversely affected by any special
effects in the vicinity?
q) Does remedial work need to be carried out prior to commencing work?
r) Have the people who need to work on the roof been provided with the necessary personal protective
equipment eg. Glasses, hats, footwear etc.?
s) Do any of the people who are required to work from the roof suffer from height related sickness eg, vertigo?
t) Has sufficient provision been made to deal with an emergency eg? A fall or a person unable to get back
down?

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.14
17.15 (J) Safety Inspection Checklist - Office Environments
Area Inspected: ___________________ Date: ______________________ Inspected by:
________________________
ITEM ok Not Repair/ Line Staff OHS Bldg. Insert By Date

ok replace Mgr. member rep mgr. action whom comp
Floors clear of slip hazards
Emergency exits not obstructed
Emergency evacuation plan in place
Emergency exits clearly marked
Office materials stored correctly
Floors clear of rubbish eg.
Newspapers
Correct fire extinguishers located
on floor and not obstructed
Emergency firefighting equipment
serviceable
Lighting levels adequate for tasks
performed
Air temperature & air flow
adequate
Hazardous substances stored
correctly
All hazardous substances identified
MSDSs available for information
Staff aware of safe manual handling
procedures
Ergonomic chairs available &
serviceable
Workstations meet ergonomic
guidelines
Ergonomic chairs are adjusted
correctly by users
Staff aware of high risk manual
handling tasks
Manual handling risk assessment
carried out
Adequate space for manual
handling
Manual handling training provided
Manual handling equipment
required/serviceable
Insulation of electrical leads in
sound condition
Electrical equipment in serviceable
condition
Electrical distribution boards have
overload protection
High reflection obvious on VDT
screens

SCREEN PRODUCTION
Document holders serviceable

VDT monitor adjustable
Desk space available for frequently
used equipment
Staff aware of emergency
evacuation procedures
Filing cabinets/bookshelves
serviceable or overloaded
Staff aware of accident/injury
reporting procedure

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.15.1 Building and Working Areas

In many cases, production departments are set up in rented premises which may have been recently used for other
purposes or not recently used at all. The following should be considered:
1. Wiring – is there any exposed wiring? Is the wiring insulated and secured? Does any wiring run across aisles?
Wiring should be protected from damage and from becoming a tripping hazard.
2. Electricity switchboard – has the switchboard been recently inspected? Will it take the load imposed by various
departments in its present configuration or are modifications required?
3. Residual current devices (RCDs) – compliance with relevant regulations is mandatory.
4. Ventilation – the level of effective ventilation will vary from department to department. Ventilation must be
installed where necessary and where it already exists it must be checked for correct positioning and recent
maintenance.
5. Sanitation – are the washing facilities sufficient and adequate. Arrangements must be made to ensure they are
kept clean and well maintained. There must always be adequate access to drinking water.
6. Lighting – as with ventilation, requirements will vary from one department to another.
7. The lighting must be assessed in each area for suitability and remedied where necessary. Defective lights must
be replaced and shade for lights provided where strain will otherwise occur.
8. Provision must be made for first aid supplies. 8. Plant and equipment safety features – refer to Section -
Working with Industrial Plant and Equipment.
17.15.2 Fire and Fire Escapes

1. The fire alarm system must be tested to ensure it is working correctly.
2. If there is no fire alarm or smoke detector system, then consideration must be given to its installation.
3. A fire evacuation plan must be developed and practiced sufficiently for everyone to know their escape routes
and any responsibilities they may have.
4. There must be sufficient fire equipment of the correct type and a basic understanding by nominated crew of
how it should be used.
5. All fire exits must be kept free of obstructions and clearly marked. 6. There must be a water supply capable of
being used in the event of fire.
17.15.3 Protective Gear

1. Personal protection equipment such as goggles, safety shoes and masks must be provided on a needs basis
following risk assessments for each department and workplace.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.15.4 Means of Escape

1. All exist signs, including temporary signs, must be clearly displayed and, where possible, located out of reach of
persons using studio exits, staircases and corridors which lead from the premises.
2. Maintained illuminated exit signs should not be obscured by sets but if this becomes unavoidable then
temporary additional signs which indicate the direction of the exit must replace them and be fixed where they
can be seen easily at the appropriate points of access to the perimeter gangway.
3. Suitable lighting, independent of the main electricity supply, must be provided for studios, perimeter gangways
and exits.
4. A clearly marked gangway must be kept clear around the perimeter of the studio and indicated on the studio
floor plan. No equipment can be used, nor any scenery or equipment stored in this area.
5. Adequate space must be allocated on the studio floor plan for the storage of equipment, properties and
scenery stacks required during production. None can be left or stored in the gangway.
6. If there are storage facilities adjacent to the studios, they should be utilised rather than keeping spare
equipment and stores in the studio.
7. Engineering equipment should be kept away from traffic areas and never kept where it can obstruct escape
routes. Cables must be properly ramped where they cross escape routes.
17.15.5 Fire Alarm Procedure

The following notes are general in nature and depend for their implementation on the nature of the fire which
occurs and the site in which it occurs.
The 1st Assistant Director and designated fire wardens should be familiar with AS 3745 – 2002 Emergency Control
Organisation and Procedures for Buildings, Structures and Work Places.
Fire procedures should embrace the following four essential steps which in most cases will be initiated
concurrently:
1. Life safety – ensure the immediate safety of anyone in the immediate vicinity of the fire.
2. Call the fire brigade.
3. Evacuation – an evacuation plan should be based on the following:
a) Effective warning arrangements.
b) A suitable arrangement to advise occupants of an emergency should be available.
c) Personnel. Appropriately trained emergency control personnel.
d) Assessment of all evacuation routes.
e) A detailed assessment should be made of escape paths, and normal exits and the effect that any emergency
condition might have on these, and appropriate allowances made in planning.
4. Fight the fire.
5. In the case of fire in a film studio or on a filming set/location:
a) The person discovering the fire should start the alarm, telephone for assistance and alert people in the
immediate vicinity.
b) The 1st Assistant Director or designated fire warden should direct production/work to cease and ensure
emergency services have been contacted.
c) The production lighting should be turned off under the control of the gaffer and, if safe to do so, the house
lighting/emergency lighting turned on.
d) All persons, except those with fire duties should be cleared from the studio, gantry, and ancillary areas such
as make-up, wardrobe, props stores, construction area, etc.
e) If necessary, the gaffer should lower any suspended lighting and remove floor lighting.
f) Technical equipment should be secured by appropriate technical crew.
g) The art director or nominated persons should move any scenery or props and raise or lower backcloths as
required.
h) If safe to do, the 1st Assistant Director/fire warden shall direct firefighting activities.
i) In the event of a full evacuation, the 1st Assistant Director/fire warden/fire brigade personnel shall ensure all
persons have been evacuated from the site to the designated assembly area, that all personnel are
accounted for and any missing persons identified.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.15.6 Studio Grid Areas

1. Because of the danger from falling objects, nothing may be stored on grids.
2. Unauthorised personnel are forbidden from entering grid areas.
3. Grids and gantries must have adequate guard rails.
4. Temporary scaffolds, grids and gantries must be erected, modified, and maintained in accordance with relevant
state and territory legislation and regulations and relevant building codes.
5. Scaffolders and riggers must hold relevant licenses.
6. Scaffolding materials must be in good condition and not warped or bent.
17.15.7 Batteries in Studios

1. Lead-acid or high capacity batteries used to supply low voltage power must be kept in stable, leak-proof
containers to prevent accidental spillage.
2. Batteries must be protected from the possibility of short circuit by physical means and by using the appropriate
fuses.
3. Lead-acid batteries may not be charged in the studio under any circumstances excepting when they are
installed in equipment on constant charge such as camera crane batteries.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.16 Derelict Structures

1. If filming activities are proposed in derelict structures, a risk assessment must be undertaken prior to the
structure being loaned, hired, leased or rented.
2. The risk assessment shall have regard to the architectural and engineering plans for the structure and assess
the impact of the deteriorated state of the premises.
3. As appropriate, assessment shall be sought from suitably qualified architects, structural engineers, and other
relevant experts.
4. The presence or otherwise of asbestos shall be established.
5. The risk assessment shall address:
a) necessary remedial construction work to render the site safe for filming activities having regard to issues
such as roof collapse, wall collapse, etc.;
b) Removal/containment of asbestos;
c) Safe access and egress.
6. The employer must negotiate the lease/location agreement/contract in such a way as to enable remedial work,
temporary repairs and/or installation of structural supports to ensure that the risk of collapse is eliminated or
reduced – either at the cost of the owner or the employer.
Also refer to Appendix E – Safety Checklist –. (E) SAFETY CHECKLIST – WORKING IN DERELICT OR ABANDONED
STRUCTURES
17.16.1 (E) Safety Checklist – Working in Derelict or Abandoned Structures

1. Written permission to use the structure obtained from the owner(s).
2. Any special conditions under which the structure is to be loaned, hired, leased or rented documented. Initial
inspection undertaken and major hazards identified (eg floor/support structure, trenches, asbestos, etc.) and
removed/rendered safe.
3. All potential sources (permanent) of power, water, gas, and steam, and oil, etc. identified and safe isolations
made as required;
4. Any temporary services required during filming are appropriate and comply with the requirements of local
authorities and/or other relevant Australian Standards eg... AS/NZS 4249 Electrical Safety practices – Film,
Video and Television Sites;
Evidence to indicate the presence of:
a) Rodents, snakes, wasps, hornets, etc.
b) Poisonous vegetation eg. Nettles, poison ivy, etc.
c) Asbestos or other synthetic mineral fibres, lagging, etc.
d) Toxic materials that may have been dumped;
e) Soil fungi;
f) Feral animals;
g) nesting birds;
h) Lice, fleas;
i) Stagnant water;
j) Partially suspended materials;
k) Subsidence.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
17.17 Confined Spaces

1. A confined space is a space of any size that has certain characteristics that may include:
a) Limited openings for entry and exit,
b) Inadequate natural ventilation,
c) A contaminated, toxic, flammable or oxygen deficient atmosphere.
2. It is also a space not intended as a regular work place. Potential hazards include:
a) The risk of explosion,
b) Electrocution,
c) Engulfment,
d) Oxygen deprivation,
e) Being overcome by toxic gases and vapours.
3. Employers shall identify confined spaces and, in consultation with employees, develop confined space entry
procedures that comply with Australian Standard 2865 Safe Working in a Confined Space and relevant state
and territory legislation, regulations and codes of practice.
4. The senses cannot be relied upon to determine if the air in a confined space is safe.
a) Many toxic gases and vapours are odourless and colourless and therefore cannot be detected by sight or
smell.
b) Similarly, it is not possible to determine the level of oxygen present in a space by smell.
c) Equipment used to test for one condition is not always suitable to test in another.
d) Generally, it is more difficult to undertake work in a confined space.
e) Therefore, tasks may take longer to execute.
5. A confined space may include:
a) Pipes, sewers, vats, tunnels, shafts, ducts (including air-conditioning ducts) and/or similar structures;
b) Trenches;
c) Enclosed spray booths, fibreglass manufacturing booths;
d) Open-topped spaces such as pits, wells or degreasers;
e) Storage tanks, process vessels, boilers, pressure vessels, silos and other tank like compartments; and may
include constructed sets.
6. The person undertaking the risk assessment/s of work to be carried out in a confined space/s must be
appropriately trained.
a) Size/layout;
b) Oxygen levels;
c) Testing levels of atmospheric contamination and testing to ensure the atmosphere is not explosive
(flammable/toxic atmospheres);
d) Type of work to be carried out;
e) Any work outside the confined space that might affect the environmental conditions in the confined
space;
f) Means and identification of entry/exit;
g) Emergency procedures;
h) Heat from lights;
i) Prior to entry, purging with fresh air and/or water for a sufficient time to displace or remove residual
amounts of harmful atmospheric contaminants;
j) Access to an air supplied respirator;
k) The wearing of a harness which may aid speedy evacuation in an emergency.
8. The following guidelines must be implemented:

a) a rescue plan must be in place prior to any entry of a confined space;
b) A rescue shall never be attempted by only one person;
c) The confined space must be tested prior to each new entry and/or re-entry;

SCREEN PRODUCTION
d) Oxygen deficient confined spaces shall only be entered by person/s provided with an independent air
supply;
e) At least one or more competent stand-by persons shall be present outside a confined space when any
person is inside the confined space;
f) A competent stand-by person means a person who:
 Is assigned to remain on the outside of, and in close proximity to, the confined space,
 Is capable of being in continuous communication with and, if practicable,
 able to observe persons inside the confined space,
 Is capable of monitoring equipment used to ensure safety during entry and work in the confined
space,
 Is capable of initiating emergency procedures (including rescue procedures) if necessary.
17.18 Working Below Ground (including excavations and trenches)

1. Before any work below ground begins, appropriate plans must be approved by the producer and venue
owner/manager, including ensuring that:
a) There are not likely to be problems with electrical, water, gas or telephone pipes/lines in the area;
b) Air quality in any trench is satisfactory;
c) Emergency and rescue procedures and equipment are in place;
d) Appropriate access and exits will be established.
2. Planning must also ensure that:
a) All trenches, pits and traps are barricaded and/or appropriately signed;
b) Spoil heaps are kept well away from evacuations;
c) Consideration is given to what could fall into or otherwise affect what is being done below ground;
d) Appropriate methods are in place for removing loose material;
e) Shoring (where necessary) is adequate and in line with requirements, e.g. for nearby traffic.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18 FORMS & APPENDICES

18.1 INCIDENTS AND ACCIDENTS
At the discovery or the on-Set of an Incidence and/or hazardous event
- ALERT those in the immediate area, assist any injured or compromised person.
- Alert the Safety Supervisor and the 1st AD immediately and the Nurse if required
- Only if safe attempt to rectify and gain control of the hazardous situation or event
18.2 EVACUATION PROCEDURE
If attempts to control or rectify an incident are proving unsuccessful or unsafe then the order to EVACUATE will be
announced by the Safety Supervisor or the 1st AD one of who will assume the role of Chief Emergency Warden
 Contact the appropriate emergency services via the 000 emergency numbers (Fire Brigade, Police,
Ambulance, etc.)
- Be sure to explain the location, type and extent of the incident as best and concise as you can
- Number of injured persons and types of injury (if any)
- The address to which to direct emergency services include any cross roads or major landmarks
ORER TO EVACUATE
The order to evacuate will be via the “Sounding of a Studio or Building Siren”, Verbal Announcements, Radio
Communication, Air Horn or Whistle
Your EMEGENCY EVACUATION WARDENS are

Chief Emergency Warden –
(1stAD____________________________) or (Safety Supervisor____________________________)
Emergency Evacuation Wardens –
(AD’s_____________________________) and/or (______________________________________)
ELECTICAL SAFETY
Gaffer / Electrics department to switch off power (if it is safe to do so) prior to evacuating the area and report to
the (Chief Emergency Warden)
EMERGENCY ASSEMBLEY AREAS
Upon the call to evacuate all personnel are to make their way via the safest route to the designated assembly area
For all Locations, this will be -
- Unit Base - if this is not feasible another assembly area will be chosen and communicated at safety briefings
and/or noted on the call sheet and/or signage
For Docklands studio –
- Grass area next to security area near the entrance gates
PERSONNEL CHECK
All HEADS OF DEPARTMENT AND AD’s are to do a head count of cast and crew and/or other personnel under there
care
- They are to report missing person/s to the Chief Emergency Warden
- They are to report any injured persons to the nurse (_____________________) and / or attending
ambulance officers
INFORMATION AND MANAGEMENT
- The Chief Emergency Warden will coordinate with the emergency services as to the situation at hand
No person is to return to the evacuated area without the clearance from the Chief Emergency Warden who will in
turn get clearance from the Emergency Service Personnel

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.3 (P) – EVACUATION CHECKLIST

RESPONSIBLE ON-SET Accounted for remarks
HEAD OF DEPT DEPARTMENT / CREW yes no
1ST AD DIRECTOR
CONTINUITY
2ND AD CAST
EXTRAS
PRODUCERS - PRODUCTION - VISITORS – OTHER
1ST AC CAMERA
VFX CORDINATOR VFX
KEY GRIP GRIPS - RIGGERS
GAFFER DOP - ELECTRICS/LIGHTING - RIGGERS
SOUND RECORDIST BOOM SWINGER/S
H&M DESIGNER MAKE-UP ARTISTS
#1 C&W STAND-BY COSTUME / WARDROBE
ON-SET STAND-BY PROPS
ART / DECORATORS
PROSTHETICS
UNIT MANAGER UNIT ASSISTANTS
CATERING CREW
TRANSPORT CAPTAIN TRANSPORT / DRIVERS
ON-SET LOCATIONS LOCATIONS CREW
STUNT COORDINATOR STUNT CREW / RIGGERS
SPFX COORDINATOR SPFX CREW
ARMOURER WEAPONS CREW
AV SUPERVISOR ACION VEHICLE CREW
WRANGLER HANDLERS / CREW
CHAPERONE PARENTS - CHAPERONE/S
STILLS / EPK PUBLICITY CREW
CONSTRUCTION ON-SET PAINTERS / CREW
SAFETY SUPEVISOR NURSE/S - SAFETY ASSISTANT/S

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.1 (U)- INCIDENT REPORT FORM

Incident
notification
Reference
Number
Incident form
number
Ring 132 360 to obtain a Reference Number the Reference Number is your proof of immediate notification. Immediate
notification is required under section 38(1) of the Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 and regulation 902(1) and 903(1) of the
Equipment (Public Safety) Regulations 2007.
Person Submitting Details (Please print in BLOCK letters)
Name Position Title Telephone Number
Date Date of Incident Time of Incident
Name of Employer / Self-Employed Person / Person in Charge of Prescribed Equipment
Business Address (Not P.O. Box) Postcode
Name of Employer of Deceased / Injured Person(s), if any, if different from above
Address or Location Where Incident Occurred
Brief Description of the Incident
Details of Deceased / Injured Person(s)

Name Male Female
Residential Address Postcode
Date of Birth Telephone Number
Occupation / Job Title Employee / Contractor / Member of Public
Work / Activity being undertaken at Time of Incident (Identify any Plant, Substance, Equipment Involved)
Brief Description of Injuries
Person(s) who saw Incident or first came to Scene
Action Taken / Intended, if any, to prevent recurrence of Incident
The above information is to be provided to the extent that it is known at the time of writing
Declaration
I declare that where I provide personal or health information to WorkSafe Victoria (WorkSafe) about any other individual, I am authorised to provide that
information, the information has been collected in accordance with applicable privacy legislation and the individual has been or will be made aware of Worksafe’s
identity and how to contact it and of the other matters of which an individual is required to be made aware when personal or health information is collected about
them.
Signature Date Optional
WorkSafe ID
Name
Establishment No

SCREEN PRODUCTION
Production incident reference number

How should investigations be conducted?
Interview witnesses and others involved in the incident, it may also be necessary to speak to persons even if they weren’t
present at the incident. (e.g.: supervisors, fellow workers, etc.)
Injur am
Date___/_____/____ Time :
ed pm
Witn am
Date___/_____/____ Time :
ess pm
Details of the First am

resp
incident onde
Date___/_____/____ Time :
r pm
am
Incident Site Visit Date ___/____/____ Time :
pm
Explain why this activity was

being performed?
Sequence of events prior to
the injury / incident?
Sequence of events following
the injury / incident?
Determine the agency of the injury

Did the incident involve
A Person or Object
Strike?
A Person or Object
Fall?
A Person or Object
Fall from a height
greater than 2mtrs?
Person or Object
Slip and/or Trip?
Energized
Machinery /
Equipment?
Powered Hand
Tool?
Un-powered Hand
Tool?
Motorised Plant or
Vehicle
Other?
Harmful Contact with a
Chemical liquid?
Sharp edge or
object?

SCREEN PRODUCTION
Object under
mechanical force?
Flame or hot
surface?
Cold surface or
product?
Energized surface
other
Exposure to
Fume, Mist, Vapour
Oxygen depleted
environment
Extreme hot or cold
environment
Noisy environment
(<85dbA)
Aggressive person/s
or hostile
environment
other
Supporting Documents
Procedures
Safety information
card
Is there evidence of
formal training,
induction,
instruction for the
task?
Records
Permit to work
Induction training,
Task request,
Record of
conversation,
Instructions, etc.
Determining Root Causes - Factors to consider
Usually there are several factors that cause or contribute to an incident. Try to identify as many causes as
possible.
Unsafe or defective
equipment
Unsafe
environment or
conditions

SCREEN PRODUCTION
Not following
procedure
Poor housekeeping
An unsafe or
aggressive act
Poor planning
Poor instruction
Unsafe work
practices
Attach other evidence or relevant information
(Photos, completed permit to work forms, procedures, sic’s etc.)
Risk Control
Is there an existing:
Safe Work Method Statement, Yes
JSA, Hazard Identification/Risk Assessment
for this task or process? No
Yes
Does this document need to be reviewed
No
Does an appropriate assessment need to be Yes

performed and documented for this task or
process? No
Relevant OHS Regulations (x)

Manual Handling Noise Prevention of Falls
Confined space Plant High Risk Work
Licensing and
Hazardous Substances & Materials Hazardous Industries
registration
Immediate Corrective Actions
Immediate actions required to make the
area or process safe
Recommended controls that will prevent
re-occurrence
How can similar incidents be prevented?
System improvements
Policy and commitment
Standards
Procedures, Sic’s
Planning
Implementation
Monitoring and evaluation
Review and improvement
Additional Comments / Observations

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.2 (G) SAFETY CHECKLIST – HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES MANAGEMENT

1. Is it necessary to use a hazardous substance for this job?
2. If yes, what is the minimum necessary to undertake the work?
3. Has a hazardous substance register been set up list the substances used in the workplace?
4. Has an assessment been undertaken to identify the risks that may be associated with the storage, handling
and disposal of the substance?
5. Has a strategy been developed to obtain, store, handle and dispose of the chemical in a manner that presents
the minimum risk of injury or damage to persons and /or the environment?
6. Have the strategy and the identified risk minimisation measures been documented?
7. Have the risk reduction measures identified in the strategy been fully implemented and determined to be
effective?
2. Is it necessary to introduce workplace hygiene measures eg...Biological and/or environment monitoring as part
of ensuring that exposure to the substance is kept to the lowest possible levels?
3. If monitoring is required have proper measures been taken to ensure that it is carried out by a competent
person?
4. Will regular health checks be required for the end users?
5. If regular health checks are required have the checks been scheduled and has a competent person been
identified to carry them out?
6. Has a training program been developed and introduced to ensure that end users of the substance have the
necessary skills to use the substance with a minimum risk to themselves or others?
7. Are all substances stored in accordance with the relevant regulations and codes of practice?
8. Are all containers of hazardous substances properly labelled?
9. Have adequate emergency management procedures been developed to deal with unintentional exposures,
spills etc.? 16. Has a MSDS been obtained from the manufacturer or supplier of the substance and displayed at
the point of use?
10. Are the first aid measures available in the workplace consistent with the first aid information provided in the
MSDS? 18. Has the nearest medical emergency facility been identified?

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.3 (H) SAFETY CHECKLIST – FOR THE USE OF EXPLOSIVE POWERED TOOLS (EPT)
DO NOT:
1. Use an EPT unless it is fitted with an effective muzzle guard, shield or fixture according to the maker’s
recommendations for any type of material being fixed;
2. Load the EPT until ready for immediate use;
3. Leave an EPT unattended or put away, or carry to another place or transport any tool which is charged. Remove
the charge and projectile – check to make sure the tool is unloaded before altering, adjusting, removing, or
changing muzzle, safety guards or barrel extensions;
4. Point the tool, loaded, or unloaded, towards yourself or towards other persons, no matter how far away they
are. 5. Use an EPT in a congested area – remove casual onlookers or bystanders from the immediate vicinity.
5. Use the EPT unless warning signs are displayed near the place where the tool is being used.
6. Use a EPT without the operator and any assistant wearing approved safety goggles complying with AS 1337
Industrial Eye Protectors – if there are insufficient pairs of safety goggles, ask for them and do not use the tool
or work near the tool assisting until they are provided;
7. Load an EPT before checking that the barrel is free from obstructions.
8. Fire the EPT at an angle - make sure the tool is perpendicular to the work surface.
9. Use an EPT in any places where flammable gas or dust or vapour is or may be present, or in compressed air, or
in any place where the explosive charge might be exploded or rendered dangerous by heat.
10. Attempt to drive a projectile into concrete and mild structural steel unless a check has been made to ensure it
is of sufficient thickness to prevent the projectile passing completely through.
11. Use EPT charges in other firearms; this is very dangerous; keep the “explosive” container locked at all times
except when cartridges are being placed therein or removed there from;
12. Leave charges lying around – keep them in the appropriate container;
13. Mix charges with other projectiles or materials.
NEVER:
1. Use the high charges first;
2. Use charges in other fire arms;
3. Leave a loaded and/or charged ept unattended;
4. Stow a loaded and/or charged ept;
5. Attempt to position an ept by “eye” over or in line with pre-drilled holes;
6. Fire an ept on a surface that is covered in loose particles;
7. Use an ept on a fastener already in situ to push the fastener in deeper;
8. Point an ept at anyone loaded or unloaded;
9. Fire into a finished or rendered wall without locating mortar joints first;
10. Leave failed charges lying around;
11. Use or try to repair a defective ept;
12. Allow an unauthorised person to repair an EPT.
THE EPT OPERATOR MUST ALWAYS:
1. Inspect the EPT immediately prior to use to ensure that it is serviceable;
2. Clean and lubricate the EPT after use each day;
3. Dismantle, inspect, lubricate and check the EPT for defects at least once a week;
4. Maintain the EPT in safe working order.
REMEMBER:
1. Only use explosive power tools that have been designed according to AS/NZS 1873:1994 – Power-
Actuated (PA) Hand Held Fastening Tools;
2. only use explosive power tools that display the manufacturer’s name, the serial number, the model
number and a misfire warning and instructions for safe operation;
3. In the case of misfire or jamming keep the tool square to and in contact with the surface for at least 10
seconds before attempting to try again with the same charge.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.4 (I) INDUCTION CHECKLIST

WHS Policy
Emergency Preparedness
Incidents and Accidents
Evacuation
Emergency Evacuation Wardens
Emergency Assembly Areas
Electrical Safety- (Test and Tagging)
Fire Safety
First Aid Injuries / Illness Nurse is ( )
Manual Handling
Working on or Near Roads
Working in Darkness or Diminished Lighting Conditions
Sun Exposure
Hot / Humid Weather Conditions
Cold / Wet Weather Conditions
Outdoor Locations
Extremes of Temperature
High or Gusting Winds
Lightning
Wet Weather
Stress / Fatigue
Slips Trips and Falls
Alcohol and Non-Prescription Drugs
Medical Conditions
Smoking
Footwear
Risk Assessments
Rigging, Cranes, Scaffolds & Work Platforms
Vehicles Used for Filming (Self Driven Vehicles, Tracking Vehicle, Low
Loaders, Etc.)
Work at Heights
Safety Harnesses or Belts
Plant and Systems of Work
Behavior
PPE
Manual Handling Operations
Mechanical Lifting Devices
Team Lifts:
Firearms, Replicas, and Weapons Protocols
Biological Hazards - personal hygiene
Public Health and Food Acts
Waste Disposal
Incident Investigation and Notification
Housekeeping
Leads and Cables
Lighting Equipment
Switchboards
Electrical Equipment

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.5 (K) INDICATORS OF A CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP

The “multiple indicia test” is a test which is used to ascertain whether a person is an employee or contractor.
The test recognises that there is no single criterion that distinguishes an employee from a contractor.
Therefore, a range of factors or “indicia” must be taken into consideration before a distinction can be made.
This approach was confirmed by the High Court of Australia in Stevens & Gray vs. Brodribb Sawmilling Company Pty
Ltd.
Although there are no hard and fast rules as to the nature of these indicia, the following pointers (not exhaustive)
may be a good indication that a worker is a contractor:
 the contract is for a given result and the person responsible for payment may only terminate the contract
without penalty when it can be demonstrated that the worker has not fulfilled the terms of the contract;
 the worker exercises a high degree of discretion and flexibility as to how the work will be performed even if
the contract is precise in terms of resources and materials to be used and methods of performance;
 The worker bears the risk of any commercial loss or profit and any liability for poor workmanship;
 The worker sets their own hours of work;
 The contract does not include leave provisions;
 Payment is based upon performance of the contract;
 The worker incurs their own expenses;
 The worker has unlimited powers of delegation.
Note: Despite the provisions of a contractual relationship, in some jurisdictions under OH&S legislation, a
contractor and its employees may be deemed to be the employees of the principal employer.
Indicators of an Employment Relationship
The following pointers (not exhaustive) may be a good indication that a worker is employed under a contract of
service rather than a contract for service:
 The person responsible for paying the worker usually has the right to direct the manner of performance of
the work;
 Any commercial risks associated with the work are borne by the person responsible for paying the worker;
 The worker usually receives a range of employment benefits which are usually prescribed in an industrial
ward or agreement;
 Remuneration for the work performed by the worker is in the form of salary or wages;
 The person responsible for paying the worker provides any equipment and materials for carrying out the
work;
 The worker has no inherent right to delegate their tasks to another but may have the power to delegate
some duties to another employee.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.6 (L) GENERIC OH&S TENDER & SELECTION DOCUMENT

Request for OH & S Information - Tender and Selection of Major Contractors
1) Please provide the following details of your company:
Name: ______________________________________________________________________________ Number of
Employees: ________________________________________________________________ ACN:
______________________________________________________________________________
Name of Directors: _________________________________________-__________________________
2) Please provide the names and job titles of those people with the ultimate responsibility for OH&S:
Name: _______________________________________________________________________________
Job Title: ______________________________________________________________________________ Contact

Phone Number: _________________________________________________________________
3) Please provide copies of insurance details for:

Workers Compensation _________________________________________________________________
Public Liability ______________________________________________________________________
Motor Vehicle ______________________________________________________________________
4) OH & S Performance Record

Has your company ever been prosecuted or fined under OH & S legislation or related legislation in the last three
years? YES/NO If yes, give details:
_______________________________________________________________________
5) OH & S Policy and Management

Please attach a copy of your company’s most recent OH&S policy (including general statement of intent,
organisation for OH&S and working agreements).
6) Safe Systems of Work

• Please enclose a copy of any OH&S manuals, statements of safe working methods relevant to this contract.
• Does your company have any documented permit to work systems? YES/NO If yes, please attach.
• Does your company anticipate using subcontractors on this contract? YES/NO If yes, give details of the
procedures you will use to ensure that subcontractors are competent and managed correctly.
• Enclose a copy of any risk assessments undertaken to this contract. Include general risk assessments, safety
data sheets and assessments for any substances your company proposes to use (if applicable) and any other
relevant assessments (eg manual handling, noise).
• Does your company have documented procedures for storing and handling hazardous substances? YES/NO if
yes, give details.
• Will your company provide required work equipment and personal protective equipment for the job?
YES/NO if yes, give details. If no, attach details setting out what arrangements will be made to ensure the
safety of work.
• Does your company have written procedures for identifying, assessing, and controlling risks associated with
manual handling? YES/NO If yes, attach details.
7) OH&S Inspections
How does your company ensure that plant, equipment, and vehicles are kept in safe working condition, for
instance by documented regular inspections, preventative maintenance routines, etc. Please attach details.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.7 (M) MEDICAL QUESTIONNAIRE

Please fill in this questionnaire, and return it to the Production Company.
All information will be treated confidentially and cannot be used to discriminate against any person in any way.
Access to, storage and archiving of this information shall be in accordance with all relevant legislative
requirements.
The information requested is designed to ensure that appropriate regard is given to the health and well-being of
every person in the working environment of this production/event.
NAME:
AGE:
ADDRESS:
PHONE NO: ( )
MOBILE NO:
DATE OF BIRTH:
NEXT OF KIN:
PHONE NO: ( )
ADDRESS:
DOCTOR:
PHONE NO: ( )
ADDRESS:
ANY ALLERGIES? YES / NO If yes, please detail any allergies to drugs including drugs such as penicillin, sedatives,
antihistamines, aspirin, etc.
Please detail any allergies to other substances including food allergies, allergies to stings (eg, bees, wasps), animals
(eg, cats) and environmental allergies (eg, dust mites, pollens, and grass seeds).
Please note symptoms and preferred method of treatment.
Past medications:
ANY PHYSICAL DISABILITIES OR PRE-EXISTING MEDICAL CONDITIONS? YES / NO

If yes, please provide details including treatment required in the event of an incident (eg, diabetes, asthma, back
problems, epilepsy, history of heart problems, pregnancy, vertigo, sea sickness, etc.)
EYESIGHT/HEARING: Please provide details if you have impaired eyesight and/or hearing:
Do you wear glasses/contact lenses/hearing aid? YES / NO
Do you have specific eyesight problems (eg right blindness, colour blindness, history of recurrent conjunctivitis)?
YES / NO
SPECIAL DIETARY REQUIREMENTS? Eg, vegetarian, no milk products or other.
HAVE YOU HAD A TETANUS INJECTION IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS? YES / NO
ARE YOU ON ANY REGULAR MEDICATION AT THIS TIME? YES / NO If yes, please detail:

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.8 (N) – PERMIT TO WORK

CONTRACTOR SAFETY INFORMATION – PERMIT TO WORK
1. TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACT PERSON

Permit Valid from Time: ___________Date: _________To Time: __________ Date: ___________
Name: ___________________________________________________
Phone Contacts (including mobile):____________________________
Name of Company: _________________________________________
Name of Company Sub Contracted to: __________________________
Production Company Contact Name: ___________________________
Location of Work: _____________________________________________________________________
2. WILL THE WORK INVOLVE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING?

• New work – Current work method statement required.
• Electrical isolation – lock out/tag required.
• Services isolation (thermal and smoke detection) – services impairment permit required.
• Entering a confined space – risk assessment and permit required.
• Hot work (grinding, welding, thermal or oxygen cutting or heating and other related heat producing or spark
producing operations) – hot work permit required.
• Working at heights or on roofs – fall prevention equipment required.
• Hazardous substances and/or dangerous goods – completion of hazardous substance and dangerous goods
register required and MSDSs must be available at all times.
• Use of plant and equipment – certificate of competency to be available where relevant.
• Use of electrical leads and power tools – must be tested and tagged every six months.
You are required to familiarise yourself with the [Production Company] Contractor Safety Guidelines and relevant
work method statements prior to the commencement of work.
A copy of these documents can be obtained from _____________________.
Please note that these guidelines are a mandatory production company requirement and must be followed at all
times. Failure to comply with these guidelines may result in a termination of the contract.
3. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I have read and understand the relevant safety requirements and work method statement and agree to follow
these guidelines whilst conducting work for [Production Company]. This permit must be readily available at all
times when on site.
Name: _________________________________ Signature: _____________________ Date: ___________
4. PRODUCTION COMPANY USE ONLY – ISSUED AND RETURNED CHECK LIST

• Work method statement/s issued.
• Relevant department/supervisor notified: Name: _____________________________
• Hot work permit issued: No.:
• Confined space risk assessment sighted.
• Confined space permit issued: No.:
• Drivers licence sighted.
• Certificate/s of competency sighted.
• Services impairment permit issued.
Name: _________________________________ Signature: _____________________ Date: ___________

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.9 - (O) GENERIC EMERGENCY PLANS

DRAFT EXAMPLE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES MANUAL
Contents
Part 1 – General Information
• Forward
• Introduction
• Establishment of an Emergency Control Organisation
• Authority of Wardens
• Warden Indemnity
• Directions – to Wardens and Occupants
• Use of Lifts in an Emergency
• Removal of Vehicles in an Emergency
• Maintaining the Effectiveness of the Emergency Control Organisation Substances
Part 2 – Emergency Control Organisation
• Role of Emergency Control Organisation (ECO)
• Chief Warden – Duties
• Deputy Chief Warden – Duties
• Communications Officer – Duties
• Area Wardens – Duties
• Wardens – Duties
Part 3 – Fire Safety
• Fire Prevention
• Precautions against Fire
• Actions of an Occupant upon Discovering Fire or Smoke
• Checking Fire Equipment & Alarms
• Fire Fighting Equipment
• Operation of Fire Extinguishers
• Portable Fire Extinguisher Selection Chart
• Operation of Hose Reels
• Using Fire Blankets
• Operation of Hose Reels
Part 4 – Bomb Threats & Other
• Forward Internal/External Emergencies
• Bomb Threats – Introduction
• Telephone Bomb Threats
• Bomb Threat Procedures – Flow Chart
• Bomb Threat Checklist
• Other Internal/External Emergencies
• Civil Disorder/Demonstrations
• Building Structural Damage
• Spills of Flammable Liquids or Toxic
• Gas Leak
• Earthquake
• Power Failure
• Flood
• Medical Emergency
• Armed Hold-up or Intrusion
• Crowd Management in an Emergency
• Post Trauma Counselling
Part 5 – Annexures

SCREEN PRODUCTION
• A – Evacuation Checklist
• B –Regular Hazard Checklist
• C – Bomb Threat Checklist
STANDARD EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR ALL OCCUPANTS
• Move persons from danger.
• If achievable, activate the “break glass” alarm.
• Notify Chief Warden/Ring Emergency Services 000.
• After hours, contact Emergency Services immediately on 000.
• If competent in use of fire extinguishers and safe to do so, attack fire.
• If fire cannot be controlled, inform others in the vicinity and evacuate premises.
• On being instructed to evacuate:
1. Assemble as directed by your Warden.
2. Evacuate under directions of Wardens.
3. Leave by fire exits/fire stairs.
4. Proceed to assembly area until emergency is over.
DO NOT USE LIFTS
Emergency Control Organisation for XYZ Production
Chief Warden ___________________________________ Phone No _____________________
Deputy Chief Warden______________________________ Phone No ________________________
Deputy Chief Warden______________________________ Phone No ________________________
Communications Officer____________________________ Phone No _____________________
Area Warden_____________________________________ Phone No _________________________
Warden_________________________________________ Phone No _______________________
Warden_________________________________________ Phone No ________________________
Warden_________________________________________ Phone No ______________________
Emergency Phone Numbers- Fire Brigade/Police/Ambulance 000
Electricity 131 388
Gas 131 909
Translating and Interpreting Service 131 450
Poisons Information Centre 131 126
Water and Sewerage 131 090
Definitions
Assembly Area
Predetermined external area which is used when a building is evacuated.
This area is established to check that persons are accounted for, to brief persons evacuated on future action and to
prevent re-entry.
Assembly Point
A predetermined point in each area where crew/cast/members of the public assemble prior to being ordered to
evacuate under the control of the Area Warden/Wardens.
Emergency
Any event which arises which may adversely affect the safety of persons in a building or the community generally
and requires immediate response by the occupants.
Emergency Control Organisation (ECO)
A structured organisation drawn from the occupants of the building to organise and supervise the safe movement
of all occupants of a building in an emergency.
Emergency Control Point (ECP)
A dedicated point located in the building from where all emergency situations are controlled by the Area Warden.
Warden Control Point (WCP)
A designated point in each area where Wardens meet to coordinate their actions during an emergency.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.10 – REGULAR HAZARD CHECKLIST

Inspected by………………………………………………………………………………….… Area………………………………………………….…
Inspection Date: …………. /……..…/……..… Last Inspection Date. …../…../…..
1. Check Items (Yes/No/N/A)
If ‘No’, enter location and report to appropriate person/s for action.
ITEM YES NO N/A LOCATION REPORTED TO

Fire exits clearly
marked?
Stairwell doors closed
and close
automatically
Passageways and exits
free of obstructions?
Fire
extinguishers/hose
reels accessible and
free of obstruction?
Fire extinguishers in
place and clearly
signposted?
Emergency Procedures
instructions clearly
displayed?
Emergency Procedures
Manual up to date and
accessible?
Crew briefed on
emergency procedures
at least once a year?
New crew introduced
to Procedures?
All emergency signs
operating and visible?
Electrical appliances
safe?
Flammable substances
properly stored? (if
applicable)
All emergency
equipment
operational?
All areas free of
nonessentials/rubbish?

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.11 (R) – SWMS (SAFE WORK METHOD STATEMENT)

SWMS TEMPLATE FOR HIGH RISK P R O D U C T I O N WORK (HRPW)
This template should be used in conjunction with Work Safe’s publication Information about Safe Work Method
Statements
DUTIES:
1) A SWMS must be prepared if proposed works involve any of the HRPW - (HIGH RISK PRODUCTION WORK) activities listed
below and that work poses a risk to the health and safety of any person.
2) Affected employees / crew and their HOD (Head of department) must be consulted in the preparation of the SWMS.
3) Once a SWMS has been developed and implemented, the HRPW to which it relates must be performed in accordance with
the SWMS.
4) Duty holders (HOD, Crew-member) must stop the HRPW immediately or as soon as it is safe to do so if the SWMS is not
being complied with; the HRFW must not resume until the SWMS is complied with or reviewed and revised as necessary.
5) The SWMS must be reviewed and if necessary, revised whenever the HRPW changes, or after any incident that occurs
during HRPW, or if there is any indication that risk control measures are not adequately controlling the risks.
6) An employer must retain a copy of the SWMS for the duration of the HRPW.
PRODUCTION:
DEPARTMENT:
AUTHOR DATE:
SCENE number
Workplace and/or SET location:
(if applicable)
Scene description or
Work activity:
(Job description)
High risk ☐ Where there is a risk of a ☐ On or adjacent to roadways or ☐ In, over or adjacent to
production person falling more than two railways used by road or rail traffic. water or other liquids
work: metres. where there is a risk of
☐ At workplaces where ☐ Structural alterations that ☐ In an area where
there is any movement of require temporary support to there are artificial
powered mobile plant. prevent collapse. extremes of
temperature.
☐ On or near energised ☐ Involving a trench or shaft if the ☐ On or near
electrical installations or excavated depth is more than 1·5 pressurised gas
services. metres. distribution mains or
piping.
☐ Involving demolition. ☐ Involving a confined space. ☐ On or near chemical, fuel,
or refrigerant lines.
☐ Involving tilt-up or precast ☐ On telecommunications towers. ☐ Involving diving.

concrete.
☐ Involving removal or likely ☐ In an area that may have ☐ Involving the use of
disturbance of asbestos (note: a contaminated or explosives.
preparation of an asbestos control flammable atmosphere.
plan is taken to be preparation of a
☐ Involving a tunnel.
SWMS).
Person responsible for ensuring compliance with SWMS: Date SWMS received:
What measures are in place to

ensure compliance with the
SWMS? (eg direct supervision, regular
spot checks)

SCREEN PRODUCTION
Selecting risk controls:

Any risk to health or safety must be eliminated, or if that is not reasonably practicable, reduced as far as is
reasonably practicable:
• implementing any mandated controls specified by law (eg the OHS Regulations 2007)
• substituting a new activity, procedure, plant, process, or substance (eg scaffold in
preference to ladders) More effective
• isolating persons from the hazard (eg fence off areas for mobile plant operation)
• using engineering controls (eg guard rails, trench shields) - or a combination of the above.
Less effective
If any risk to health or safety remains, it must be reduced by using:
• administration controls (eg activity specific safety training, work instructions, warning signs)
• PPE such as respiratory protection, hardhats, high visibility clothing - or a combination of the abovesafety if
tha t is not reasona bly practicable, reduced as fa r
What are the tasks involved? What are the hazards and risks? What are the risk control measures?
List the work tasks in a logical order. What aspects of the work could harm Describe what will be done to make the
workers or the public? activity as safe as possible?
Name of HOD (Head of Department Signature: Does this SWMS require a review
YES OR NO (please circle)
Name of CREW PERFORMING WORKS Signature: Does this SWMS require a review
YES OR NO (please circle)
(If YES) If a review is required
Name of person responsible for the Reviewer: Date of review
review

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.12 (S) - RISK MATRIX

RISK MATRIX & RISK ASSESSMENT
Risk assessment means "establishing the likelihood of an injury or illness to a person/s resulting from exposure to
identified hazard/s".
Can also include or applied to environment aspects of activities being conducted (suffix score with an E)
 Controls should be prioritised and applied in relation to the severity (or consequence) of the risk.
 Solutions to remove or mitigate the risk must take priority.
 Whenever possible risk assessments should be documented, and filed for future reference
RISK EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT TOOL
 Upon the identification of any hazard/s (real or potential)
 Rank the impact of the hazards you have identified using the following Risk Assessment tool
 The following formula is used to determine the Risk rating
 A number is assigned to the hierarchies, and then each real or potential hazard can be assigned a risk rating
using the following formula.
RISK ASSESSMENT TOOL - AVG OF LIKELHOOD x TOTAL SUM OF CONSEQUENCE = RISK SCORE
LIKELYHOOD CONSEQUENCE
F FREQUENCY E EXPOSURE S SEVERITY S SENSITIVITY
Of the impact
Frequency of the Exposure to Of an Injury or Sensitivity of an
on the
activity the hazard Illness to persons incident
environment
Serious/severe Severe - Reportable
Will happen reportable WHS reportable EPA incident - WHS /
5
5 High Level 5 5
constantly regulation / legal / legal EPA regulation /
obligation obligation legal obligation
Serious
Needing
(needing
professional
4 Will happen professional Media event -
4 Med - high 4 treatment or 4
often clean-up or broad concern
admission to
monitoring
hospital
activities
Local authority
concern,
3 Will happen
3 Medium 3 First Aid Moderate 3 council,
intermediately
emergency
services
2 May happen Low - Production
2 2 Self-Treatable Minor 2
once or twice medium issue
1 Unlikely / Minor / No
1 Negligible 1 Minor / no issue Negligible 1
Possible concern
Formula - e.g.:
(likelihood is avg of F+E) x (consequence is sum of S+S) (L) x (C) = Risk Score which determines the Risk Rating
RISK SCORE 0-10 11-25 26-35 36-50
RISK RATING MINOR MODERATE SIGNIFICANT HIGH
DEFINITIONS OF RISK RATINGS AFTER CONTROLS
ACCEPTABLE - Further risk reduction not required or is impracticable (may still require SP supervision)
TOLERABLE SP - with assigned Specialist Personnel - (Safety Supervisor, Stunt Co-Ord, SPFX, Armourer, Wranglers,
Nurse, Riggers, Responsible Person etc.)
TOLERABLE RA - must have a specific written Risk Analysis and / or SWMS (Safe Work Method Statement, Risk
assessment, TMP, or other documented analysis etc.)
Each Real or Potential hazard should be included for consideration and a ranking to determine the Risk rating for which
controls can then be determined.
All “High” risk rated activities must have a specific Hazard / Risk Assessments or SWMS which are to be submitted by relevant
supervisor / HOD to production

SCREEN PRODUCTION
18.13 (T) – SCRIPT BREAKDOWN SAFETY REPORT LAYOUT

EXAMPLE LIKELYHOOD CONSEQUENCE RISK RATING CONTROLS
Episode Risk Rating
Frequency
Sensitivity
Exposure
Severity
Scene Total Risk Score After
Scene Avg of
Ext / Int Activities Hazards of / Risk Controls Controls &
Description F&E
Location S&S Rating Specialized
Day personal

SCREEN PRODUCTION
19 REGULATORY DOCUMENTS
Note: Legislation and regulations are from time to time amended.
19.1 Commonwealth
Occupational Health & Safety (Commonwealth Employment) Act 1991
Occupational Health & Safety (Commonwealth Employment) (National Standards) Regulation
19.2 New South Wales
19.2.1 Acts
 Work Health and Safety Act 2011 No 10
 Explosives Act 2003
19.2.2 Regulations
Regulations set out mandatory requirements under the Acts
 Work Health & Safety Regulation 2011
Dangerous Goods Act 1975 and Dangerous Goods (General) Regulation 1999
Roads Act 1993 Road and Rail Transport (Dangerous Goods) Act 1997
Road Transport (Safety and Traffic Management) (Road Rules) Regulation 1999
Food Act 1989
Marine Safety Act 1998
Weapons Prohibition Act 1998
Marine Safety Act 1998
19.3 Victoria
19.3.1 Acts
 Workplace Injury Rehabilitation and Compensation Act 2013
 Accident Compensation Act 1985
 Accident Compensation (Occupational Health and Safety) Act 1996
 Workers Compensation Act 1958
 Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004
 Equipment (Public Safety) Act 1994
 Dangerous Goods Act 1985
 Mines Act 1958
19.3.2 Regulations
Regulations set out mandatory requirements under the Acts.
 Workplace Injury Rehabilitation and Compensation Regulations 2014
 Workplace Injury Rehabilitation and Compensation (Savings and Transitional) Regulations 2014
 Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007
 Equipment (Public Safety) Regulations 2007
 Dangerous Goods (Storage and Handling) Regulations 2012
 Dangerous Goods (Transport by Road or Rail) Regulations 2008
 Dangerous Goods (Explosives) Regulations 2011
 Dangerous Goods (HCDG) Regulations 2016
 Magistrates' Court (Occupational Health and Safety) Rules 2005

SCREEN PRODUCTION
19.4 Queensland
Workplace Health & Safety Act 1995 & Regulations
Explosives Act 1999 & Regulations
Child Protection Act 1999
Animal Care and Protection Act 2001
Food Act 1981
Standard Building Regulation 1993
Transport Operations Acts (various)
Transport Operations (Road Use Management – Fatigue Management) Regulation 1998
Transport (Road Use Management – Dangerous Goods) Regulation 1998
Weapons Regulation 1996
19.5 South Australia
Occupational Health & Safety Act 1986 & Regulations 1995
Commercial Motor Vehicles (Hours of Driving) Act 1973 and Regulations 1998
Dangerous Substances Act 1979 & Regulations 1978, 1998
Explosives Act 1936 & Regulations 1996
Harbours & Navigation Act 1993 & Regulations 1994, 1997
Motor Vehicle Act 1959 and Motor Vehicles and Motor Traffic Regulations
Firearms Act 1977 and Regulations Western Australia
Occupational Safety & Health Act 1994 & Regulations 1996
Explosive & Dangerous Goods Act 1961 & Regulations Marine and Harbours Act 1981
Road Traffic Act 1974 and Regulations Firearms Act 1973 Weapons Act 1999
19.6 Tasmania
Workplace Health & Safety Act 1995 & Regulations 1995
Animal Welfare Act 1993
Dangerous Goods Act & Regulations
Food Act 1998 Maritime Legislation???
Traffic Act 1925
Firearms Act 1996
19.7 Northern Territory
Work Health Act & Regulations
Dangerous Goods Act & Regulations
Motor Traffic Legislation
Firearms Legislation
Maritime Legislation
19.8 WorkSafe Australia - Codes of Practice
National Code of Practice for Manual Handling
National Code of Practice for the Control of Hazardous Substances
National Code of Practice for the Protection of Workers from the Effects of Ultraviolet Radiation in Sunlight
National Standard for Plant
National Code of Practice for the Certification of Users & Operators of Industrial Equipment

SCREEN PRODUCTION
19.9 Australia Standards/New Zealand Standards

AS 172.3 (1996) Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices Part 3 – Traffic Control Devices for Works on Roads
AS/NZS 1337 Eye Protection: Safety glasses and non-fogging goggles
AS 1674.1 – 1997 Safety in Welding and Allied Processes Part 1 Fire Precautions
AS/NZS 1715 AS/NZS 1716 Respiratory Protective Devices
AS 2030.1 Part 1 - Cylinders for Compressed Gases other than Acetylene
AS/NZS 2161 Occupational Protective Gloves
AS 2211 Laser Safety
AS 2397 Safe Use of Lasers in the Construction Industry
AS 2772.1 Radio Frequency Radiation Part 1: Maximum Exposure Levels-100kHz to 300
AS 2865 Safe Working in a Confined Space
AS 1348.2 Traffic Management
AS 1680.1 Interior Lighting - General Principles & Recommendations
AS 1680.2 Interior Lighting - Recommendations for Specific Tasks & Interiors
AS 3000 SAA Wiring Rules
AS 3590.1 Visual Display Units
AS 3590.2 Workstation Furniture
AS 3590.3 Input Devices
AS/NZS 3760 in service Inspection and Testing of Electrical Equipment
AS 1657 Fixed Platforms, Walkways, and Ladders - Design, Construction & Installation
AS 1851 Maintenance of Fire Protection Equipment
AS 2626 Industrial Safety Belts & Harnesses - Selection, Use & Maintenance
AS 4626 Industrial Fall Arrest Devices - Selection, Use & Maintenance
AS 1067.1 Sunglasses - Safety Requirements
AS 1067.2 Sunglasses - Performance Requirements
AS 1800 The Selection Care & Use of Industrial Safety Helmets
AS/NZS 4249 Electrical safety practices-Film, video and television sites
AS/NZS 3760 In-service Inspection & Testing of Electrical Equipment
AS/NZS 4576 Guidelines for Scaffolding
AS/NZS 4804 OH&S Management Systems
AS/NZS 4360 Risk Management
AS/NZS 1336 Recommended Practices for Occupational Eye Protection
AS/NZS 2210 Occupational Protective Footwear
AS/NZS 1715 Selection, Use & Maintenance of Respiratory Protective Devices
AS/NZS 1269 Occupational Noise Management
AS/NZS 2293.3 Emergency Evacuation Lighting for Buildings - Emergency Luminaires and Exit Signs
19.10 Comcare Australia
Comcare Australia Fact Sheets October 1994 onwards
Comcare Australia Summaries of Codes Approved Under s70 of the OH&S (CE) Act 1991
Comcare Australia Safety Wise Self Assessing OH&S in the Workplace
Comcare Australia All About Workers Compensation - A Guide for Employers
Comcare Australia Office Wise - A Guide to OH&S in the Office
Comcare Australia OHS Risk Management: A Reference Guide for Supervisors & Managers

SCREEN PRODUCTION
20 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
20.1 Act
An act of parliament – federal, state or territory
20.2 ADG Code
Australian Dangerous Goods Advisory body
A reputable body which has been formed to provide reliable and impartial advice and assistance to employers,
employees, government, unions, or other interested parties
20.3 Armourer
 All weaponry should be safe to use, supplied and supervised by a properly recognised, licensed Armorer operating
under ministerial permits allowing them to possess, use prohibited weapons for the purpose of filming.
 In those states or territories where the previous does not apply, armorers must be the holder of appropriate firearm
licenses and/or permits to possess and use firearms and prohibited weapons for film use.
 No live ammunition on set unless live ammunition is necessary to be on hand to ensure the safety of person in the
case of filming dangerous animals. Or to provide a humane method of ceasing an animal’s suffering should an animal
be injured to an extent that treatment is not possible (i.e.: injury to horse’s). Ref: section 37 of the Safety Code
 All blank firing weapons and their loads should be inspected and tested prior to their issue to cast. The armorer
should instruct relevant cast and crew on the safe handling of weapons.
 Safety Note:
 Blanks are capable of causing extensive injury, damage or death if misused. All instruction from the armorer in
relation to the handling of weapons must be strictly followed. Storage and transportation of weapons must comply
with the state and territory regulations
20.4 Assistant/Trainee Rigger
A person able to undertake duties as a gopher and to assist as required fully supervised with rigging.
20.5 Australian Standard (AS/NZS)
A document published by Standards Australia to establish national benchmarks for products and services so as to
enhance quality of life and industry efficiency.
Australian Standards are advisory but can be cited under legislative arrangements to specify specific standards of
compliance (refer www.standards.com.au).
20.6 (AusSAR) Australian Search and Rescue
Part of the Federal Government’s Australian Maritime Safety Authority.
20.7 Civil Aviation Safety Authority
(CASA) CASA is responsible for the safety regulation of civil air operations in Australia and the operation of
Australian aircraft oversees (refer www.casa.gov.au).
20.8 Code of practice
An advisory document developed to assist employers and employees to meet legal requirements under specific
federal, state or territory legislation.
Codes of practice can be regarded as stand-alone documents or can be approved under legislation. Failure by an
employer to comply with a recognised code can constitute a prima facie case that the duty of care has not been
fully met.
20.9 Compensable injury
An injury/illness suffered by an employee during or in the course of their work for which a claim has been made
and accepted by a workers’ compensation insurer under the provisions of the relevant workers’ compensation
legislation. Comcare Australia The statutory body responsible for administering the Commonwealth OH&S and
Workers’ Compensation legislation.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
20.10 Dive coordinator

Deep or Moving Water
All scuba diving and or breathing of compressed air scenarios must be supervised by a qualified person with appropriate
experience, licenses and equipment
20.11 Employer
A person or entity, employing persons under contracts of employment, including self-employed persons and
contractors and sub-contractors. For the purposes of these Guidelines, the principal employer is the producer.
20.12 EPTs
Explosive powered tools.
20.13 EWPs
Elevating work platforms.
20.14 First aiders
First aiders may be used where the risk of serious injury or illness is low.
A first aider should have competencies in first aid procedures for the type of injury and illness that may be encountered
at the work Place.
In addition, first aiders should have competencies in first aid procedures for life threatening situations and emergencies.
The nearest hospital and/or emergency medical facilities, fire brigade, ambulance and police contact numbers must be
clearly listed on the call sheet.
Refer to the compliance code for first aid in the work place. 2008
20.15 FSWR
Rigging Flexible steel wire rope rigging.
Film television and video industry for the purposes of these Guidelines, all film, television and video productions
regardless of how those programs are distributed or exhibited and excluding only news and current affairs
programs
20.16 Floating Line
A safety line used by crew members, camera operators and air dispatchers to allow safe movement about an
aircraft cabin while the door is open or totally removed.
20.17 Gaffer
A gaffer is the head electrician, responsible for the execution (and sometimes the design) of the lighting plan for a
production
The head of the electrics department.
The gaffer is usually a licensed electrician.
Where the gaffer is not a licensed electrician, another member of the electrics department should be a licensed
electrician.
Where use of three phase power is required, the gaffer must be a licensed electrician
The Gaffer is responsible for managing lighting, including associated resources such as labor, lighting instruments and
electrical equipment under the direction of the Director of Photography (the DP or DOP) or, in television, the Lighting
Director (LD).
The DP/LD is responsible for the overall lighting design, but delegates the implementation of the design to the Gaffer and
the Key Grip.
The Gaffer will usually have an assistant called a best boy and, depending on the size of the job, crew members who are
called "electricians", although not all of them are trained as electricians in the usual sense of the term.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
20.18 Gyro-cam pilot

Pilots of an RPA of any size for commercial reward must have a
 Unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) controller's certificate and an
 Unmanned operator's certificate (UOC) for your business.
What's allowed? RPA
1. Unmanned aircraft activities are approved for operations over unpopulated areas up to 400 feet AGL (above ground
level) (120 metres), or higher with special approvals.
2. Special approvals are also required for other areas.
3. Operations are not permitted in controlled airspace without CASA approval and coordination with Air services
Australia
4. Can be operated in visual meteorological conditions (VMC) and /or instrument meteorological conditions (IMC) with
appropriate approvals.
 You must not fly a model aircraft over populous areas such as beaches, other people's backyards, heavily
populated parks, or sports ovals where there is a game in progress.
 In controlled airspace, which covers most Australian cities, model aircraft must not be flown higher than 400
feet (120 metres)
 You should not fly closer than 5.5km from an airfield
 QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
All works that require a certificate of competency, specific licences, and or certificates of attainment must be done by
persons with the appropriate skills and qualifications.
20.19 Hard point
A secure anchor position on an aircraft, identified by an aviation rigger, pilot or engineer; sometimes identified in
the Aircraft Flight Manual; must be used in tandem when securing floating lines; if used as a harness attachment
point for people, whilst flying with the aircraft door removed, it must be approved by CASA.
20.20 Hazard
A characteristic, which is inherent in the work or has the potential to cause death or injury to persons and/or
interrupt or interfere with the work process or activity.
20.21 Hazardous action
Any action which, in the opinion of the Producer or Safety Consultant, may place people or property at risk.
20.22 Health and safety authorities
Federal: National Occupational Health and Safety Commission Victoria: New South Wales: WorkCover NSW
Australian Capital Territory: Queensland: Northern Territory: Western Australia: South Australia: Tasmania:
20.23 Joint consultation
A process of consultation between the employer and their employees, in some jurisdictions prescribed in
regulations, to enable employees to contribute to the development, implementation and review of health, safety
and welfare workplace policies and procedures.
20.24 Key grip
Grips' responsibility is to build and maintain all the equipment that supports cameras.
This equipment, which includes tripods, dollies, tracks, jibs, cranes, and static rigs, is constructed of delicate yet heavy
duty parts requiring a high level of experience to operate and move.
Every scene in a feature film is shot using one or more cameras, each mounted on highly complex, extremely expensive,
heavy duty equipment.
Grips assemble this equipment according to meticulous specifications and push, pull, mount or hang it from a variety of
settings.
The equipment can be as basic as a tripod standing on a studio floor, to hazardous operations such as mounting a
camera on a 100 ft. crane, or hanging it from a helicopter swooping above a mountain range. he Key Grip is the head
grip, in charge of the labor and non-electrical equipment used to support and modify the lighting. Grip equipment
includes stands, flags and gobos

SCREEN PRODUCTION
20.25 Lame
Licensed Aircraft Maintenance Engineer.
20.26 MDF
Medium density fiber board.
20.27 MEAA
Media Entertainment and Arts Alliance, the union with coverage of persons working in the Screen Production
industries.
20.28 MSDS
Material Safety Data Sheet. Must Means mandatory, ie. Non-negotiable.
20.29 NOHSC
National Occupational Health and Safety Commission.
20.30 OH&S
Occupational health and safety.
20.31 Pendulum effect
A circumstance where a person in a harness is suspended from a fixed point so as to move to and fro by the action
of gravity and acquired kinetic energy.
20.32 PPE
Personal protection equipment – includes safety glasses, safety shoes, hard hats, fall protection equipment such as
safety harnesses and fall arrest devices, gloves, masks and hearing protection. Plant Includes any machinery,
equipment (including scaffolding), appliance, implement or tool and any component or fitting thereof or accessory
thereto.
20.33 Premium
The amount charged by insurers/statutory bodies to cover the estimated costs of the workers’ compensation
liabilities for a given financial year.
20.34 Producer
For the purposes of these Guidelines, the producer is the prime employer. The title of the prime employer may vary
on individual productions or in individual workplaces. It is essential the person with prime responsibility as the
employer is identified regardless of the title used.
20.35 Production
All aspects of the pre-production, principal photography, field operations, and postproduction phases to the point
where the program is delivered to the
investors/broadcaster/distributor/exhibitor of all film, television and video programs including drama,
documentary, commercials, infotainment and lifestyle programs, corporate, training and education programs and
the like (excluding only news and current affairs programs), regardless of how such programs are to be distributed
or exhibited. Production crew Production crew in these guidelines means ALL employees and/or other persons,
regardless of how engaged, required for the production.
20.36 Rehabilitation
The restoration of occupationally injured or ill employees to the fullest physical, mental, social, vocational, and
economic usefulness of which they are capable.
20.37 Regulation
(in law) - A type of delegated legislation, including such legislation designed to regulate particular hazards, e.g.
radiation, equipment (e.g. cranes), processes (e.g. welding) or workplaces (e.g. Screen Production sets).
20.38 Return to work plan
A detailed, individual account of the stages involved in returning an injured or ill employee to their pre-injury work
or as close to that level as possible.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
20.39 Rigger
All rigging, including scaffolding, stunt / flying rigs, must be rigged by an appropriately licensed, experienced Rig
20.40 Risk
The degree of probability of injury or loss given a defined set of circumstances.
20.41 Risk assessment/ management
The process of identifying, quantifying and prioritizing potential risks and developing effective management
strategies to assume control or eliminate such risks using a hierarchy of controls from the most effective to the
least effective – namely, elimination, substitution, isolation, administration and lastly use of PPE.
20.42 RSI
Repetitive strain injury.
20.43 Safety Consultant
Means a person suitably skilled to provide specialist knowledge, expertise and advice verbally and in writing in the
form of a Safety Report regarding the most appropriate measures to minimise the risks associated with principal
photography, and photography undertaken on second or additional units.
20.44 Safety Supervisor
Means a person ratified by the MEAA, who will “in conjunction” with all department heads will oversee the safety
of cast, crew and if necessary the “public”.
A Safety Supervisor should be present during all stunt/hazardous action, Special Effects action and were significant
location hazards exist.
The main function for a safety supervisor whilst on set or at a location is to ensure that cast and crew are not
engaging in or are exposed to an activity or environment that will put at risk their health and safety.
Also the safety Supervisor with other department heads (i.e.: 1st AD, Stunt Co-Ord, SPFX, etc.) will oversee the
setting of safe areas for cast, crew, equipment and the public (if required) during the setting up of and filming of
specified SFX, Stunt/Hazardous action
Workplace health and safety officers coordinate health and safety systems in an organisation.
They identify hazards, assess risks to health and safety, put appropriate safety controls in place and provide advice
about accident prevention and occupational health to management and employees.
This person should suitably qualified and skilled to provide specialist knowledge, expertise and advice regarding the
most appropriate measures to minimise risks associated with filming, engaged to supervise cast and crew safety
and may be engaged throughout principal photography, second unit and other unit filming but must be engaged
whenever hazardous action, stunts or special effects are being undertaken.
20.45 Safety Report and Supplementary Safety Report/s
A report prepared by a suitably qualified safety professional which represents a systematic examination of any
hazards which may associated with filming, program making and/or field operations that covers all aspects of
principal photography and photography undertaken on second or additional units and detailing appropriate
controls to eliminate or reduce identified risks.
20.46 Senior rigger
Appropriately certificated rigger able to rig unsupervised and qualified to direct both the rigger/s and assistant
rigger/s.
20.47 Stunt rigger
A senior rigger who is suitably qualified and experienced to undertake the rigging required for the relevant stunt,
whose engagement shall be approved by the Stunt Coordinator
20.48 Stunt Action Person
SAP - Means a person suitably qualified and skilled to perform in background action and group stunt work under
the supervision of a Stunt Coordinator.

SCREEN PRODUCTION
20.49 Supervising rigger

Appropriately certificated rigger able to rig unsupervised, to design the rigging, to design and implement the rigging
risk management plan, and to oversee all rigging.
20.50 Medical Personnel
Medical personnel include medical practitioners, doctors, registered nurses, enrolled nurses, paramedics, first aid
personnel and other rescue personnel such as life savers, underwater rescue divers, fire fighters, etc. Medical
personnel must:
• be currently qualified and, where relevant, currently registered in the jurisdiction in which the work is being
undertaken,
• If a nurse, be registered with the State Nurses’ Registration Board in the state of work;
• have appropriate training and experience in emergency medical care and reliable triage skills;
• have a knowledge of OH&S;
• be acceptable to the relevant child employment Authority if required to supervise babies/children on set;
• If working in rural or remote locations, have a knowledge of wilderness first aid/medicine (remote area health
nursing);
• have experience in the Screen Production industry before working unsupervised.
20.51 SPAA
Screen Producers Association of Australia Set/location - Anywhere filming is to take place or any area set up for the
purposes of filming.
20.52 SMFs
Synthetic mineral fibres.
20.53 Should
Means recommended but not mandatory, i.e. ought to be done but need not be followed if a safer alternative is
available and is practical given the circumstances prevailing at the time.
20.54 Special Effects Coordinator
Means a person suitably qualified and experienced to arrange, set up and oversee the production of special effects.
20.55 Specialist Personnel
Scene’s requiring specialised personal can be identified in a number of ways
Scripts, story lines
Directors story boards
Pre-production meetings
Location Recci’s
Script Breakdown Safety report
Stunt Coordinators script breakdowns
When Stunts, Hazardous action or Hazardous locations are identified steps should be implemented to appoint
appropriate specialised personal to
- Mitigate if not remove identified hazards
- Risk manage to reduce the risks to acceptable levels
- Coordinate activities to ensure the safety of personnel, the protection of the environment and to reduce the loss or
damage to property
All while obtaining the shots or footage required to fulfil the script requirements
Following is a brief description of SPECIALISED PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES

SCREEN PRODUCTION
20.56 SPFX co-ordinator

 Means the person recognised and engaged for hazardous material and effects.
 All special effects should be performed under the supervision of a properly recognised SPFX Coordinator.
 The SPFX Coordinator in conjunction with the safety supervisor will set safe positions for cast, crew, in necessary the
“public”, camera and other equipment in relation to the scripted special effect.
 Where a stunt/hazardous action is combined with a special effect, the Stunt Coordinator and SPFX Coordinator and
the safety supervisor will liaise on the safe position for cast, crew and equipment.)
 A risk assessment must be performed and documented stating the activity being undertaken the hazards and risks
identified and the means of controlling or mitigating the hazard and / or risk
 The SPFX Coordinator must have all necessary permits, licenses and appropriate storage to cover the products or
equipment that produces the special effect.
 No cast or crew should be in close proximity to SFX, bullet hits, explosions etc. unless adequately protected i.e.
Lexan, hides, blankets, ear, face and eye protection etc. \
 No synthetic clothing should be worn around pyrotechnic SFX.
20.57 Statutory duty
A legal obligation owed under legislative arrangements.
20.58 Stunt Coordinator

Means a person ratified by the MEAA, who will supervise/control all Stunt/Hazardous action sequences.
All stunts/hazardous action must be coordinated by a properly approval Stunt Coordinator, ratified by the MEAA.
The Stunt Coordinator in conjunction with the Safety Supervisor will set safe positions for cast, crew, cameras and
equipment and if necessary the “public” in relation to the stunt and/or hazardous action.
The Stunt Coordinator can be involved in stunt action sequences if a replacement Coordinator is engaged and present.
In order to carry out their WHS obligations special effects stunt co-ordinators are required to:
 Supply written plans and risk assessments;
 Supply material safety data sheets (msds) where necessary;
 Consult regarding emergency response requirements;
 Consult and assist with the safety supervisor to set safe positions for cast, crew and camera in relation to the stunt
or hazardous action.
 All stunts and hazardous action should be co-ordinated by a properly recognised stunt coordinator, who is engaged
to coordinate stunts and other hazardous action, stunt rigging, etc.
 Formal qualifications including certification, licenses and permits must be held where necessary by stunt coordinator
or members of the stunt team
 At no time should cast or crew be within proximity of the stunt without the express permission of the stunt
coordinator.
 Appropriate personnel protective equipment (PPE) is to be supplied and worn when necessary

SCREEN PRODUCTION
20.59 Stunt Actor / Performer

Means a performer suitably qualified and experienced to undertake the relevant stunt/s. Stunt performers must
work under the supervision of a Stunt Coordinator. SUSDP Standard for the Uniform Scheduling of Drugs and
Poisons.
20.60 Unit manager

UMs support the Location Manager and the Assistant Location Manager.
They are responsible for the smooth running of the unit base on location
20.61 Water Safety

Surf, lake, rivers / rapids, tide effected land (mangroves, etc.) etc... due to Script or Locations the appointment or
presence of a water safety specialist with appropriate experience, licenses, equipment, vessels and safety gear may be
needed to ensure the safety of cast and crew whilst working on, in or in some cases near water ways or potential (area
subject to flooding) water ways


Screen Production: Draft Workplace Health & Safety Management Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Screen Production: Draft Workplace Health & Safety Management Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SCREEN PRODUCTION

WORKPLACE HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT MANUAL

FOR YOUR CONSIDERATION

This document prepared by

Joe Pampanella – Certified OHS Practitioner (SIA)

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 1

1 ISSUE / RELEASE DATE

One Film & Television Safety Code SPAA Endorsed 1983

One National Safety Guidance Notes SPAA Endorsed 1995

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 2

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 3

12 RECORD’S ................................................................................................................................................................... 3030

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 4

14.4 RISK MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................................................................................... 4949

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 5

14.13.1 Motor Bikes ...................................................................................................................................................... 7373

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 6

14.18.6 Driving in Traffic ............................................................................................................................................... 9292

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 7

14.36.2 Falling Objects .............................................................................................................................................. 122121

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 8

15.3.3 Lighting ........................................................................................................................................................ 143142

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 9

15.8.18 Breakaway Props.......................................................................................................................................... 159158

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 10

15.12.9 Crew Selection .............................................................................................................................................. 177176

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 11

15.14.13 Prevention of drowning ........................................................................................................................... 190189

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 12

17.15.2 Fire and Fire Escapes .................................................................................................................................... 213209

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 13

20.10 DIVE COORDINATOR ............................................................................................................................................... 243238

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 14

3.1 About This Document

 FILM INDUSTRY RECOMMENDED SAFETY CODE 17TH AUGUST 1983

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 15

3.3 WHS Legal Framework

3.4 Safety Referral Committee

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 16

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 17

5 WORKPLACE SAFETY POLICY

It is therefore our policy to:

Workers & Visitors are responsible for:

This production will also endeavor to-

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 18

6 WH&S LEGISLATION, REGULATIONS, & CODES OF PRACTICE

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 19

6.4 Department WHS Obligations Matrix

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 20

7.1 PCBU Definitions

A PCBU has further obligations if involved in specific kinds of activities like:

7.3 PCBU - Primary Duty of Care

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 21

7.6 Employer’s Responsibilities

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 22

7.7 Department Head Responsibilities

7.8 Employee Responsibilities

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 23

8.2 Duty of Care

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 24

8.3 Rights and Obligations

10 November 2004 DRAFT NATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES Page 25